Icarus Reference Guide PDF
Icarus Reference Guide PDF
Icarus Reference Guide PDF
Version V7.3.1
March 2011
Generation No: 13 (G13)
Chapters with G13 in the footer are new for this edition. Chapter generation numbers are also
indicated in the Table of Contents.
Copyright (c) 2001-2011 by Aspen Technology, Inc. All rights reserved.
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator, Aspen Process Economic Analyzer, Aspen Capital Cost Estimator,
AspenTech, and the aspen leaf logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aspen Technology,
Inc., Burlington, MA.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
companies.
This manual is intended as a guide to using AspenTechs software. This documentation contains
AspenTech proprietary and confidential information and may not be disclosed, used, or copied without
the prior consent of AspenTech or as set forth in the applicable license agreement. Users are solely
responsible for the proper use of the software and the application of the results obtained.
Although AspenTech has tested the software and reviewed the documentation, the sole warranty for the
software may be found in the applicable license agreement between AspenTech and the user.
ASPENTECH MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
WITH RESPECT TO THIS DOCUMENTATION, ITS QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Aspen Technology, Inc.
Burlington, MA 02141-2201
USA
Phone: 781-221-6400
Toll Free: (888) 996-7100
Website http://www.aspentech.com
Preface
Aspen Technologys Icarus Office develops and provides knowledge-based
process evaluation technology, software, and services.
Icarus systems are based on a core design, estimating, scheduling, and expert
systems technology. They automatically develop preliminary design-based
economic results - early from minimal scope, and refined designs and
economics later in the project. Icarus systems are strategically located and
linked into the project knowledge stream of concurrent design 0 after process
simulation and before detailed design, CAD/CAE, detailed scheduling and
project control. This unique technology provides:
The best, most economical process and plant design for funding/
bidding decisions and project evaluation.
iii
Scope of Document
This document is designed as a reference tool for Icarus project evaluation
systems. The document is best referenced when you have a question about
system input.
Related Documentation
In addition to this reference manual, AspenTech provides the following
documentation for Aspen Economic Evaluation V7.3.1.
iv
Search for technical tips, solutions, and frequently asked questions (FAQs).
Send suggestions.
Technical advisories.
Product updates.
Hours of Operation
North America
South America
Europe
vi
Contents
(G11)
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Technology Behind
Icarus Systems . . . . . . . . . . .
Scope of Document . . . . . . . . .
How to Use This Document . . . .
A Note to Icarus System Users .
Related Documentation . . . . . .
Online Technical Support Center
Phone and E-mail. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
iii
iv
iv
iv
iv
.v
.v
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
8
25
28
29
Compressors (G6)
1
Air Compressors (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Gas Compressors (GC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fans, Blowers (FN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Drivers (G11)
1
Electrical Motors (MOT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Turbines (TUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Heat Transfer (G10)
Heat Exchangers (HE) . . . . . . .
Reboilers (RB) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) .
Icarus Supported TEMA Types . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Contents (G11)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
. 2
. 30
. 39
. 43
.
.
.
.
1
2
5
7
9
.
.
.
.
iii
Pumps (G10)
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear Pumps (GP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P)
Pump Efficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
20
22
27
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
7
7
9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
4
7
8
9
11
13
14
1
2
13
13
14
18
22
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
. 2
. 6
. 11
. 26
. 29
iv
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Contents (G11)
Screens (VS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Utility Service Systems (G6)
Cooling Towers (CTW) . . . . . . . .
Steam Boilers (STB). . . . . . . . . .
Heating Units (HU). . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigeration Units (RU) . . . . . . .
Electrical Generators (EG). . . . . .
Water Treatment Systems (WTS)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
3
44
45
47
51
52
53
54
57
58
59
65
67
69
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
10
14
14
15
15
16
17
Steel (G6)
1
Steel Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Instrumentation (G10)
1
Instrumentation Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Sensor Loop Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Contents (G11)
.....
.....
.....
Tables
.....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
17
18
19
22
23
23
24
25
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
4
4
5
15
Paint (G6)
1
Introduction to Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Paint Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
How Icarus Systems Paint Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Site Development (G6)
Introduction to Site Development
Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drainage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earthwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landscaping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roads - Slabs - Paving . . . . . . . .
Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Railroads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
3
4
6
10
11
12
15
17
Buildings (G6)
Introduction to Buildings. . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding a Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Building Types and Defaults . . . . . . . . .
Default floor Heights/Levels . . . . . . . . .
Building Construction Range Adjustment
Calculating Building Costs and Labor . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
2
5
6
6
7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
Quoted Equipment and Libraries (G6)
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Quoted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
User Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
vi
Contents (G11)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
3
10
11
14
15
15
22
23
27
35
39
47
51
56
61
64
66
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
4
6
8
Engineering (G13)
1
Design and Construction Engineering Disciplines and Wage Rates . . 2
Engineering Expenses and Indirects (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Aspen Process Economic Analyzer ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Standard Engineering Drawing Types (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Aspen Process Economic Analyzer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1
Construction Equipment(G4)
Introduction to Construction Equipment Rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Construction Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Base Indices (G13)
1
Base Indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Code Accounts (G10)
Introduction to Code Accounts. .
Indirect Codes and Descriptions.
Direct Codes and Descriptions . .
Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents (G11)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
. 2
. 6
. 8
. 10
vii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
3
7
8
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
14
15
16
16
16
20
22
23
25
25
27
27
27
28
29
29
31
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
9
10
11
13
23
26
27
29
32
34
36
36
viii
Contents (G11)
Glossary (G5)
Contents (G11)
ix
Contents (G11)
1 Introduction to Process
Equipment
(G6)
1-5
Introduction
Chapters 2 through 16 describe the process equipment available in
Icarus systems. The chapters are organized as the equipment appears in
the systems.
1-6
Item
Symbol
Description
Item
Symbol
Description
AC
Air Compressor
HE
Heat Exchanger
AD
Air Dryer
HO
Hoist
AG
Agitator
HT
Horizontal Tank
AT
Agitated Tanks
HU
Heating Unit
BL
Blender
Kneader
Condenser
LIN
Lining
CE
Crane
Mill
CO
Conveyor
MOT
Motor/Motor Reducer
CP
Centrifugal Pump
MX
Mixer
CR
Crusher
Pump
CRY
Crystallizer
PAK
Packing
CT
Centrifuge
Reactor
CTW
Cooling Tower
RB
Reboiler
Dryer
RD
Rotary Drum
DC
Dust Collector
RU
Refrigeration Unit
DD
Drum Dryer
Scale
DDT
SE
Separation Equipment
Evaporator
ST
Stock Treatment
EG
Electric Generator
STB
Steam Boiler
EJ
Ejector
STK
Stack
EL
Elevator
Thickener
Filter
TDS
FE
Feeder
TUR
Turbine
FL
Flaker
TW
FLR
Flare
VP
Vacuum Pump
FN
Fan
VS
Screen
FU
Furnace
VT
Vertical Tank
Item
Symbol
Description
Item
Symbol
GC
Gas Compressor
WFE
GP
Gear Pump
WTS
Description
Chapter 2: Agitators
Agitators (AG)
Item Type
Description
FIXED PROP
PORT PROP
DIRECT
GEAR DRIVE
MECH SEAL
ANCHOR
PULP STOCK
ANCHOR REV
COUNT ROT
HIGH SHEAR
SAN FIXED
SAN PORT
Description
MIXER
REACTOR
OPEN TOP
FLOAT CELL
Floatation machine
COND CELL
MACH PULP
On machine pulper
OFF MACH
1-7
Blenders (BL)
Item Type
Description
BLENDER
ROTARY
KETTLE
ROTARYBOWL
MSHELSTAG
Kneaders (K)
Item Type
Description
STATIONARY
TILTING
VAC TILTING
Mixers (MX)
Item Type
Description
EXTRUDER
MULLER EXT
PAN
Pan mixer
PORT PROP
FIXED PROP
SIGMA
SPIRAL RIB
STATIC
Static mixer
TWO ROLL
Two-roll mixer
HIGH SPEED
RIBBON
PISTON HOM
SHEAR HOM
Chapter 3:
Compressors
1-8
Item Type
Description
CENTRIF M
CENTRIF T
RECIP GAS
RECIP MOTR
SINGLE 1 S
SINGLE 2 S
Description
CENTRIF
CENTRIF IG
RECIP GAS
RECIP MOTR
Reciprocating compressor
Description
PROPELLER
Propeller fan
VANEAXIAL
Vaneaxial fan
CENTRIF
Centrifugal fan
ROT BLOWER
CENT TURBO
Chapter 4: Drivers
Electrical Motors (MOT)
Item Type
Description
OPEN
SYNCHRON
Synchronous motor
ENCLOSED
EXP PROOF
VARY SPEED
Turbines (TUR)
Item Type
Description
GAS
CONDENSING
NON COND
Description
FLOAT HEAD
FIXED T S
AIR COOLER
U TUBE
1-9
Item Type
Description
TEMA EXCH
PRE ENGR
CROSS BORE
SHELL TUBE
FIN TUBE
HEATER STM
SUC HEATER
Tank suction
HEATER ELC
JACKETED
SPIRAL PLT
ONE SCREW
TWO SCREW
WASTE HEAT
PLAT FRAM
CORRUGATED
HOT WATER
MULTI P F
STM HE MOD
Reboilers (RB)
Item Type
Description
KETTLE
U TUBE
THERMOSIPH
Description
HEATER
BOX
PYROLYSIS
Pyrolysis unit
REFORMER
VERTICAL
1-10
Description
PACKING
ACID BRICK
MONOLITHIC
OTHER
Chapter 7: Pumps
Centrifugal Pumps (CP)
Item Type
Description
API 610
ANSI
ANSI PLAST
GEN SERV
CENTRIF
AXIAL FLOW
TURBINE
API 610 IL
IN LINE
PULP STOCK
MAG DRIVE
CANNED
- SAN PUMP
- FLUME PUMP
Description
GEAR
CANNED RTR
MECH SEAL
Description
SIMPLEX
DUPLEX
TRIPLEX
DIAPHRAGM
SLURRY
Slurry pump
ROTARY
1-11
Item Type
Description
RECIP MOTR
HD STOCK
ROTARYLOBE
AIR DIAPH
Description
PACKED
TRAYED
Description
PACKED
Packed tower
TRAYED
Trayed tower
TRAY STACK
DC HE TW
TS ADSORB
Description
BAROMETRIC
Barometric condenser
Ejectors (EJ)
1-12
Item Type
Description
SINGLE STG
TWO STAGE
2 STAGE
4 STAGE B
4 STAGE
5 STAGE B
Description
WATER SEALS
MECHANICA
MECH BOOST
Description
MULTI WALL
HORIZ DRUM
Horizontal drum
JACKETED
SAN TANK
Description
CYLINDER
MULTI WALL
JACKETED
SPHERE
SPHEROID
STORAGE
CRYOGENIC
PLAST TANK
WOOD TANK
GAS HOLDER
CONE BTM
LIVE BTM
CHEST REC
CHEST CYL
CHEST MTL
SAN TANK
SAN HOPPER
1-13
Crushers (CR)
Item Type
Description
CONES
GYRATORY
ECCENTRIC
JAW
ROTARY
Rotary crusher
S ROLL LT
S ROLL MED
S ROLL HVY
SAWTOOTH
REV HAMR
Reversible hammermill
HAMMER MED
SWING HAMR
BRADFORD
S IMPACT
PULVERIZER
ROLL RING
Ring granulator
Flakers (FL)
Item Type
Description
DRUM
Mills (M)
Item Type
Description
ATTRITION
Attrition mill
AUTOGENOUS
Autogenous mill
BALL MILL
ROD MILL
MIKRO PULV
Mikro-pulverizer
ROLLER
Roller mill
ROD CHARGR
Description
REFINER
DEFLAKE DK
DEFLAKE CN
1-14
Crystallizers (CRY)
Item Type
Description
BATCH VAC
MECHANICAL
OSLO
Evaporators (E)
Item Type
Description
FALL FILM
FORCED CIR
LONG TUBE
LONG VERT
STAND VERT
STAND HOR
Description
THIN FILM
WFE SYSTEM
Description
AIR DRYER
Dryers (D)
Item Type
Description
ATMOS TRAY
VAC TRAY
PAN
SPRAY
Description
SINGLE ATM
DOUBLE ATM
SINGLE VAC
S COOKCOOL
1-15
Description
DIRECT
INDIRECT
JAC VACUUM
VACUUM
Description
ATM SYSTEM
VACUUM
TURBO
VAC SYSTEM
Description
OPEN BELT
CLOSED BLT
APRON
PNEUMATIC
ROLLER
SCREW
VIBRATING
CENT BKT L
Elevator-spaced bucket
CONT BKT L
Elevator-continuous bucket
Cranes (CE)
Item Type
Description
BRIDGE CRN
HOIST
1-16
Item Type
Description
FREIGHT
Freight elevator
PASSENGER
Passenger elevator
Feeders (FE)
Item Type
Description
BELT
BIN ACTVTR
Bin activator
ROTARY
Rotary feeder
VIBRATING
Vibrating feeder
WT LOSS
Loss-in-weight feeder
DUMPER
Sanitary dumper
SACK DUMP
SAN SCREW
SAN BELT
Hoists (HO)
Item Type
Description
HOIST
1 SPEED
5 SPEED
HAND GT
HAND PT
HAND NT
Scales (S)
Item Type
Description
BEAM SCALE
Beam scale
BELT
BENCH
FULL FRAME
SEMI FRAME
TANK SCALE
TRACK
TRUCK
SAN FLOOR
Description
ATM SUSPEN
BATCH AUTO
BATCH BOTM
1-17
TOP UNLOAD
BOT UNLOAD
BATCH TOP
DISK
RECIP CONV
SCROLL CON
SOLID BOWL
SCREEN BWL
TUBULAR
VIBRATORY
INVERTING
Description
CENTRF PRE
Centrifugal precipitator
CLOTH BAY
CYCLONE
MULT CYCLO
ELC H VOLT
ELC L VOLT
WASHERS
PULSE SHKR
Filters (F)
1-18
Item Type
Description
CARTRIDGE
LEAF DRY
LEAF WET
PLATE FRAM
ROTY DISK
ROTY DRUM
SEWAGE
Sewage filter
SPARKLER
Sparkler filter
TUBULAR
SCROLL
WHITEWATER
METAL TRAP
RECL REEL
SAN AIR
SAN PIPE
SAN PRESS
SAN STEAM
SAN STRAIN
Description
WATER CYCL
OIL WATER
PULP STOCK
Thickeners (T)
Item Type
Description
THICKENER
Thickener/clarifier
Screens (VS)
Item Type
Description
ONE DECK
TWO DECK
THREE DECK
HUMMER
SIFTER 1
SIFTER 2
SIFTER 3
PRESSURE
Pressure screen
LD STOCK
BAR
Description
COOLING
COOLING WP
Item
Description
PACKAGED
1-19
Description
BOILER
STM BOILER
Description
CYLINDER
Description
CENT COMPR
MECHANICAL
Description
PORTABLE
TURBO GEN
Description
DEMINERAL
SOFTENING
AERATOR
Surface aerator
1-20
Item Type
Description
DERRICK
GUYED
SELF SUPP
HORIZONTAL
THRM OX LC
STORAGE
Stacks (STK)
Item Type
Description
STACK
1-21
1-22
2 Agitators
(G6)
2 Agitators (G6)
2-1
Agitators (AG)
Description
Type
DIRECT
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL, RUBCV
Driver Power:
0.75 - 3 HP [0.75 - 2.22 KW]
Portable, clamp-on, gear drive with explosion-proof
motor. Typically used to keep solids in suspension,
medium viscosity blending and dissolving.
GEAR DRIVE
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL, RUBCV
Driver Power:
0.25 - 5 HP; [0.75 - 3 KW]
2-2
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
MECH SEAL
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL, RUBCV
Impeller diameter:
Max: 10 FEET [3.00 M]
Driver power:
Min: 2.00 HP [1.5 KW];
Max: 200 HP [140 KW]
Impeller Speed:
Min: 1,200 RPM [1,000 RPM];
Max: 1,800 RPM [1,500 RPM]
Driver type:
*STD*- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
Impeller type:
*MP3B5*
Fixed mount, top-entering, gear drive, anchor, stuffing ANCHOR
box, explosion-proof motor. Typically used for low
speed mixing on closed tanks.
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL, RUBCV
Driver power:
0.75 - 5 HP [0.75 - 3 KW]
Portable propeller mixer with motor to 7.5 HP
[5.5 KW].
PORT PROP
Material:
*CS*, SS
Driver power:
0.33 - 7.5 HP [0.75 - 5.5 KW]
Fixed propeller mixer with motor and gear drive to 100 FIXED PROP
HP [75 KW].
Includes motor, gear drive, shaft and impeller.
Material:
*CS*, SS
Driver power:
2 - 100 HP [1.5 - 75 KW]
2 Agitators (G6)
2-3
Type
PULP STOCK
Material:
*CS*, SS403, SS316, SS321, SS347, 304L, 316L, NI,
INCNL, MONEL, HAST, TI
Driver type:
DRCT - Direct drive, no speed reduction
BELT- Belt driven speed reduction
VFD - Variable frequency drive
GEAR - Gear drive speed reduction
Liquid volume:
Enter Capacity or Impeller Diameter
Impeller diameter:
Enter Capacity or Impeller Diameter
Agitator orientation:
Default: *VTOP*
VTOP - Top entry agitator for open tanks
VTCL - Top entry agitator for closed tanks
SIDE - Side entry agitator
Driver speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM [3,000 RPM, metric units];
Default: *1,800* RPM: [*1,800* RPM, metric units]
Consistency - Air Dried%:
Max: 10.0; Default: *4.0*
Fluid density:
*62.4* PCF [*1000* KG/M3]
Seal type:
Default: *PACK*
PACK - Packing
MECH - Mechanical seal
Sanitary reversing anchor agitator
ANCHOR REV
2-4
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
COUNT ROT
HIGH SHEAR
2 Agitators (G6)
2-5
Type
SAN FIXED
2-6
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
SAN PORT
2 Agitators (G6)
2-7
Description
Type
MIXER
Includes top entering impeller and geared motorreducer, tank designed for 15 PSIG
[100 KPA].
Application:
Defines vessel function and related pipe/instrum.
model.
<blank>- Standard continuous process
BATCH- Batch process
Shell Material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
(Cladding is defined below.) Default: *A285C*.
Liquid Volume:
Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height.
Vessel Diameter:
Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height.
Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height:
Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height.
2-8
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
MIXER - continued
Design Gauge Pressure:
Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: Pressure.
Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: Pressure.
Design Temperature:
*250* DEG F [*120* DEG C]
Operating Temperature:
Default: Design temperature.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure:
Pressure must be specified to obtain a jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL - Full jacket
PIPE - Half-pipe jacket
Jacket Thickness:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Material:
Default: *CS*
CS - Carbon steel
A 515 - A 515
A 204C - C - .5Mo
A 387B - 1Cr - .5Mo
A 387D - 2.25Cr - 1Mo
SS304 - SS304
SS316 - SS316
SS321 - SS321
SS347 - SS347
SS410 - SS410
SS430 - SS430
304L - 304L
316L - 316L
NI - Nickel
INCNL - Inconel
MONEL - Monel
HAST - Hastelloy
2 Agitators (G6)
2-9
Type
MIXER - continued
SEE CARBON STEEL
- Select from types of Carbon Steel
SEE HEAT-TREATED STEEL
- Select from types of Heat Treated Steel
SEE LOW ALLOY STEEL
- Select from types of Low Alloy Steel
SEE HIGH ALLOY STEEL
- Select from types of High Alloy Steel
SEE NON-FERROUS
- Select from types of Non-Ferrous Steel
Driver Type:
Default: *STD*
STD - Standard motor
VFD - Variable frequency drive
Cladding Material:
Default: None.
Skirt or Leg Height:
Enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure, legs provided if
capacity < 10,000 GAL [37 M3].
Manhole Diameter:
If no value is specified, a value is calculated as a
function of vessel diameter and height with a
maximum manhole diameter of 48 INCHES [1200
MM].
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
For CS alloys, the default is 0.125 INCHES [3 MM]; 0.0
for all other materials.
Weld Efficiency%:
5 - 100 (For ASME and JIS codes only).
Stress Relief:
CODE - Provide stress relief if code requires
YES - Provide stress relief
NO - No stress relief required
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified; otherwise 0.0.
Fluid Depth:
Maximum fluid depth: vessel height less 12 INCHES
[300 MM]
- Continued on next page -
2-10
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
MIXER - continued
Fluid Density:
*62.4* PCF [*1,000* KG/M3]
Fluid Viscosity:
*1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Impeller Type:
See Impeller Types table later in this chapter.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside Diameter
ID- Inside Diameter
Open with loose-fitting cover, optional jacket. Includes OPEN TOP
impeller and geared motor reducer, supported by
structural steel spanning tank top, tank without head.
Shell Material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
(Cladding is defined below.) Default: *A285C*.
Liquid Volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel Diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Design Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Operating Temperature:
Default: Design Temperature.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: no jacket.
Jacket Type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
2 Agitators (G6)
2-11
Type
2-12
2 Agitators (G6)
Description
Type
2 Agitators (G6)
2-13
Type
REACTOR
2-14
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
REACTOR - continued
Jacket Material: Default: *CS*
CS - Carbon steel
A 515 - A 515
A 204C - C - .5Mo
A 387B - 1Cr - .5Mo
A 387D - 2.25Cr - 1Mo
SS304 - SS304
SS316 - SS316
SS321 - SS321
SS347 - SS347
SS410 - SS410
SS430 - SS430
304L - 304L
316L - 316L
NI - Nickel
INCNL - Inconel
MONEL - Monel
HAST - Hastelloy
SEE CARBON STEEL
- Select from types of Carbon Steel
SEE HEAT-TREATED STEEL
- Select from types of Heat Treated Steel
SEE LOW ALLOY STEEL
- Select from types of Low Alloy Steel
SEE HIGH ALLOY STEEL
- Select from types of High Alloy Steel
SEE NON-FERROUS
- Select from types of Non-Ferrous Steel
Driver Type:
Default: *STD*
STD - Standard motor
VFD - Variable frequency drive
Cladding Material:
Default: None.
Skirt or Leg Height:
Enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure, legs provided if
capacity < 10,000 GAL [37 M3].
Manhole Diameter:
If no value is specified, a value is calculated as a
function of vessel diameter and height with a
maximum manhole diameter of 48 INCHES
[1200 MM].
2 Agitators (G6)
2-15
Type
REACTOR - continued
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
For CS alloys, the default is 0.125 INCHES [3 MM]; 0.0
for all other materials.
Weld Efficiency:
5 - 100 (For ASME and JIS codes only).
Stress Relief:
CODE- Provide stress relief if code
requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified; otherwise 0.0.
Fluid Depth:
Maximum fluid depth: vessel height less
12 INCHES [300 MM]
Fluid Density:
*62.4* PCF [*1,000* KG/M3]
Fluid Viscosity:
*1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Impeller Type:
See Impeller Types table later in this chapter.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside Diameter
ID- Inside Diameter
2-16
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
Application Symbol:
Default: *BATCH*
BATCH - Batch pulper
CONT- Continuous pulper
Tank or Vat Material:
CS, SS304, *SS316*, SS321, SS347, 304L, 316L, NI,
INCNL, MONEL, HAST, TI
Configuration:
Default: *RECT*
CYLIN- Cylindrical tank
RECT- Rectangular tank
Hydraulic Volume:
Enter pulping rate or hydraulic capacity.
Pulping Rate Air Dried:
Enter pulping rate or hydraulic capacity.
Tank Length or Diameter:
Enter length for rectangular tank or diameter for
cylindrical tank.
Vessel Width:
Rectangular tanks only.
Number of Rotors or Drives:
1-2; Default: *1*.
Consistency Air Dried:
Max: 18; Default: *4.00*
Impeller Type:
Default: *STD*
STD - Standard rotor shaft length
EXTD - Extended rotor shaft length
2 Agitators (G6)
2-17
Description
Type
2-18
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
2 Agitators (G6)
2-19
Type
COND CELL
Material:
Default: *CS*
Cell Volume:
10.0 - 1,500.0 CF [0.3 - 40 M3]
Floatation machine, minerals separation, multi-cell.
FLOAT CELL
2-20
2 Agitators (G6)
Relationships between PF, PN, FN, RN for each impeller listed in the
Impeller Types table are contained in the AT agitated tank model. Power is
derived from PN.
General Nomenclature
2 Agitators (G6)
Variable
Description
Value
impeller contant
impeller contant
impeller diameter
FN
Froude Number
gc
gravitational constant
PN
Power number
RN
Reynolds number
FD
fluid density
FV
fluid viscosity
2-21
2-22
No.
Type
Symbol
T6FB
Reynolds Number
Type
D/d
Baffles
Low High
L/d
E/d
Turbine with
3
six flat blades.
B=0.25d;
Blade Height =
0.2d
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
1-10
No.
0.17
B/D
Ref
T6FB2
Same as No.1
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
1-106
0.10
T6FB3
Same as No.1
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
1-106
0.04
4*
T6FB4
Same as
No.1;a=1,
b=40
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
1-106
T6CB
Turbine with
six curved
blades. Blade
sizes same as
No.1
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
1.8-106 4
0.10
T6AB
Turbine with
six arrowhead
blades. Blade
size same as
No.1
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
3-106
0.10
STDR
Shrouded
2.4
turbine with six
blades. 20
blade deflector
ring.
0.74
0.9
20,000- 0
90,000
STDR2
Similar to No.7, 3
but not
identical.
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
2.5-106 0
ST
Same as No.8, 3
but no deflector
ring.
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
10-106 4
0.10
10
AT8B45
Axial turbine
with eight
blades at a 45
degree angle.
See No.11.
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
1.8-106 4
0.10
11
AT4B60
Axial turbine
with four
blades at a 60
degree angle.
B=0.25d.
0.50
1560,000
2 Agitators (G6)
Reynolds Number
No.
Type
Symbol Type
D/d L/d
E/d
12
AT4B45
Axial turbine
with four
blades at a 45
degree angle.
See No. 11
5.2
5.2
0.87
13
P4B
Paddle with
four blades.
14
P2B3
15
MP3B2
Marine
propeller with
three blades.
Pitch-2d;
a=1.7; b=18.
16
MP3B5
17*
Baffles
Low High
No. B/D
Ref
60040,000
0.50
200 70,000
2.7-3.9
0.70-1.3
2-106
0.10
3.3
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
2.5-106 0
Same as
No.15, but
pitch=1.05d;
a-2.3; b=18.
4.5
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
2.5-106 0
MP3B6
Same as
No.15, but
pitch=1.04d;
a=0; b=18.
4.5
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
2.5-106 0
18
MP3B7
Same as
No.15, but
pitch=d
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
2.3-106 4
0.10
19*
MP3B8
Same as
No.15, but
pitch=d;
a=2.1; b=18.
2.7-3.9
0.75-1.3
2.5-106 0
20
MP3B9
Same as
No.15, but
pitch=d
3.8
3.5
1.0
3000
500,000
21
HRA
Helical ribbon.
Ribbon
width=d/
8.5;helical
screw=D/30.
1.05 1.5
0.7-23
2 Agitators (G6)
2-23
Impeller Materials
If Component
Impeller Material
CLAD
Match cladding
GLSCS
SS316 blades/shaft
Other
Match steel
Hixson, S. Q., and S. J. Baum, Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, 34, 194,
1942.
Stoops, C. E., and C. L. Lovell, Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, 35, 845,
1943.
Motor/Reducer
12
INCH
Min.
B
D
2-24
2 Agitators (G6)
Blenders (BL)
Rotary, batch, dry or semi-dry solids, motor and speed reducer.
Description
Type
Rotary drum.
BLENDER
.ROTARY
KETTLE
2 Agitators (G6)
2-25
Type
KETTLE - continued
Operating Temperature:
*68 DEG F
[20 DEG C]
Cover Type:
*LFTHG*- Lift-off or hinged cover
NONE- No cover required
Lift off cover to 80 GAL [0.3 M3], else hinged cover.
Jacket option:
*NO*- Jacket not required
YES- Jacket is required
Mounting type:
*RIM*- Rim mounting
LEGS- Leg type mounting
Sanitary rotary bowl blender.
ROTARYBOWL
Mounting type:
*FIXD*- Fixed type blender
PORT- Portable type blender on casters
2-26
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
MSHELSTAG
2 Agitators (G6)
2-27
Kneaders (K)
Jacket, motor, motor reducer, cover, nozzles and agitator.
Description
Type
TILTING
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL
Liquid Volume:
10 - 500 GALLONS [0.5 to 1.8 M3]
Vacuum, tilting, double-arm.
VAC TILTNG
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL
Liquid Volume:
10 - 500 GALLONS [0.5 to 1.8 M3]
2-28
2 Agitators (G6)
Mixers (MX)
Typically used for keeping solids in suspension, for dissolving solids and for
mixing and/or reacting two or more feed streams.
Description
Type
EXTRUDER
Material:
*CS*
Driver power:
5 - 40 HP [4 - 30 KW]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Extruder muller type with open motor.
MULLER EXT
Material:
*CS*
Driver Power:
3 - 75 HP [2.22 - 55 KW]
Driver Speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Pan includes motor and drive.
PAN
Material:
*CS*
Mixer Volume:
4 - 40 CF [0.2 - 1.1 M3]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Portable propeller mixer with motor to 7.5 HP
[5.5 KW].
Includes motor driver.
PORT PROP
Material:
*CS*, SS
Driver power:
0.33 - 7.5 HP [0.75 - 5.5 KW]
Fixed propeller mixer with motor and gear drive to 100 FIXED PROP
HP [75 KW].
This item is a top entering mixer including a gear
drive, TEFC motor, shaft and impeller.
Material:
*CS*, SS
Driver power:
2 - 100 HP [1.5 - 75 KW]
2 Agitators (G6)
2-29
Type
SPIRAL RIB
Material:
*CS*
Driver power:
5 - 50 HP [4 - 37.5 KW]
Mixer Volume:
10 - 395 CF [0.3 - 11 M3]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
STATIC
2-30
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
STATIC - continued
Note: For non-sanitary material, use any pipe
diameter in the above range; for sanitary
material, use only the following:
INCHES
MM
0.50
15
0.75
20
1.00
25
1.50
40
2.00
50
2.50
65
3.00
80
4.00
100
2 Agitators (G6)
2-31
Type
TWO ROLL
Material:
*CS*
Driver power:
50 - 300 HP [37.5 - 224 KW]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
RIBBON
2-32
2 Agitators (G6)
Type
RIBBON - continued
Material:
SS304, *SS316*
Blender type:
*1SHAFT* - Single shaft blender
2SHAFT - Twin shaft blender (available only for
capacities of 500 - 750 GALLONS [1.9 - 2.85 M3]
Liquid volume:
MIN: 10 GALLONS [0.038 M3],
MAX: 3,800 GALLONS [14.3 M3]
Driver power per shaft:
MIN: 1 HP [0.75 KW],
MAX: 150 HP [112 KW]
For twin shaft type, this is the driver power for each
shaft.
Driver type:
*WXXDC*- Washdown, direct drive, CS
WVCDC- Washdown, VFD controlled,
direct drive, CS
WXXIC- Washdown, indirect drive, CS
WVCIC- Washdown, VFD control, indirect
drive, CS
HXXCZ- Hydraulic drive with hydraulic
system (available for twin shaft
only)
No indirect drivers < 180 GALLONS [0.68 M3] or < 7.5
HP [5.5KW]
Cover type:
NONE- Cover not required
STD- Standard cover is required
LCHTS- Load chute for twin shaft blender only
Default: STD for twin shaft, NONE for single shaft
Jacket option:
NO- Jacket not required
*YES* - Jacket required
Not applicable for twin shaft blender type.
Leg material:
CS- Carbon steel
*SS*- Stainless steel
Not applicable for twin shaft blender type.
Seal for shaft:
*STD*- Standard shaft seal
MECO- Clean-In-Place steam proof seal
Applicable for twin shaft only
2 Agitators (G6)
2-33
Type
RIBBON - continued
Operating temperature:
MIN: 68 DEG F [20 DEG C]
PISTON HOM
Plunger Diameter
Capacity
@ 2000 PSIG
[13800 KPA]
Gauge
Pressure
@ 10000 PSIG
[68900 KPA]
Gauge
Pressure
GPH
M3/H INCHES MM
INCHES MM
15
.057
0.625
2000
7.5
6000
22.7
3.52
902
----
----
9000
37.4
3.1253
803
----
----
0.625
----
16
----
1.5
16
401
Maximum diameter
2-34
2 Agitators (G6)
Item
SHEAR HOM
2 Agitators (G6)
2-35
2-36
2 Agitators (G6)
3 Compressors
(G6)
3 Compressors (G6)
3-1
Type
CENTRIF M
3-2
3 Compressors (G6)
Type
CENTRIF M - continued
Design temperature Inlet:
-50 - 200 DEG F [-45 - 90 DEG C];
Default:
*68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA]
CENTRIF T
3 Compressors (G6)
3-3
Type
RECIP MOTR
Material: *CS*
Design gauge Pressure outlet:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,300 KPA]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Default: *68* PSIG [*20* KPA]
Driver Power:
Max: 15,000 HP [11,000 KW]
Design temperature Inlet:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
SINGLE 1 S
Single stage, non-lubricated, packaged
reciprocating compressor for oil-free air; includes
motor and drive, coupling, base plate, cooler.
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
75 - 1,100 CFM [130 - 1,850 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
90 - 150 PSIG [620 - 1,000 KPA]
Design temperature Inlet:
-50 - 200 DEG F [-45 - 90 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Default:*0* PSIG [*0* KPA]
SINGLE 2 S
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
80 - 700 CFM [140 - 1,150 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
150 - 500 PSIG [1,040 - 3,400 KPA]
Design temperature Inlet:
-50 - 200 DEC F [-45 - 90 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* KPA]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA]
3-4
3 Compressors (G6)
Type
CENTRIF
Casing material:
See Casting Materials in Chapter 28 for
a complete list of materials. Default: *CS*.
Actual gas flow rate Inlet:
500 - 200000 CFM [850 - 339000 M3/H]
Design temperature Inlet:
-200 - 200 DEG F [-125 - 90 DEG C];
Default - *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
Max: 2000 PSIG [13750 KPA]
Molecular weight:
Default: *29*
Specific heat ratio:
Default: *1.4*
Compressibility factor Inlet:
Default: *1*
Compressibility factor Outlet:
Default: *1*
Maximum interstage temperature:
Specify the maximum temperature reached during
compression before inter-cooling.
Max: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C]; Default: *350* DEG F
[*175* DEG C]
Intercooler outlet Temperature:
Specify the interstage inlet temperature after cooling.
-50 - 150 DEG F [-45 - 65 DEG C]; Default: *90* DEG
F [*30* DEG C]
3 Compressors (G6)
3-5
Type
CENTRIF - continued
Driver type:
Default: *MOTOR*
NONE - No driver
GAS ENGINE - Gas engine driver
MOTOR - Motor driver
TURBINE - Turbine driver
Turbine gauge pressure:
Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA];
Default:
*300* PSIG [*2050 KPA]
Gear reducer type:
Default: gear reducer included if driver type specified;
otherwise none.
YES - Gear reducer required
NO - No gear reducer
Lube oil system:
Default: *YES*
YES - Lube system required
NO - No lube oil system
CENTRIF IG
Integral gear centrifugal gas compressor with
driver (motor, turbine or gasoline engine),
scrolls (inter-stage piping), bull gear, coupling,
guard; may include lube oil system, intercoolers,
aftercooler: excludes filter and silencers.
Casing material:
See Casting Materials in Chapter 28 for a
complete list of materials. Default: *CS*.
Actual gas flow rate Inlet:
500 - 70,000 CFM [850 - 118,900 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
-0.4 -100 PSIG [-2.7 - 689 KPA];
Default: *0.0* PSIG [*0.0* KPA]
Design temperature Inlet:
32 - 200 DEG F [0 - 90 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
Max: 700 PSIG [4825 KPA]
Design temperature Outlet:
-200 - 200 DEG F [-125 - 90 DEG C]
Number of impellers:
2-4
- Continued on next page -
3-6
3 Compressors (G6)
Type
CENTRIF IG - continued
Gas type option:
Sets default gas properties and makes adjustments for
explosive gases.
Default: *AIR*.
AIR - Air
O2GAS - Oxygen
N2GAS - Nitrogen
ARGAS - Argon
FLGAS - Flammable gas
NONFL - Non-flammable gas
Molecular weight:
Default based on chosen gas type.
Specific heat ratio:
Default based on chosen gas type.
Compressibility factor Inlet:
Default: *1.0*.
Compressibility factor Outlet:
Default: *1.0*.
Intercooler required:
Default: *YES*
YES - Cooler required
NO - None required
After cooler Required:
Default: *NO*.
YES - Cooler required
NO - None required
Maximum interstage temperature:
Specify the maximum temperature reached during
compression before inter-cooling.
Max: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C].
Intercooler outlet temperature:
The interstage inlet temperature after intercooling.
- 5- - 150 DEG F [-45 - 65 DEG C];
Default: *90* DEG F [*30* DEG C].
Driver type:
Default: *MOTOR*
NONE - No driver
GAS ENGINE - Gas engine driver
MOTOR- Motor driver
TURBINE- Turbine driver
3 Compressors (G6)
3-7
Item
CENTRIF IG - continued
Turbine gauge pressure:
Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA];
Default: *300* PSIG [*2,050* KPA].
Lube oil system:
Default: *YES*
YES- Lube system required
NO- No lube oil system
Shop assembly option:
Partial assembly denotes multiple
skids field connected wither intercoolers.
Default:
*FULL*.
FULL- Full shop assembly
PART- Part shop assembly
NONE- No shop assembly
Motor or turbine-driven reciprocating process gas
compressor. Includes motor, gear reducer and
pulsation dampers. Does not include intercoolers or
aftercoolers.
RECIP MOTR
3-8
3 Compressors (G6)
Type
RECIP GAS
Material:
*CS*
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [4,100 KPA]
Driver power:
Min: 100 HP;
Max: 10,000 HP
Design temperature inlet:
Default: *68* DEC F [*20* DEG C]
3 Compressors (G6)
3-9
Type
CENT TURBO
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
100 - 40,000 CFM [170 - 67,950 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
0.5 - 30.0 PSIG [3.5 - 205 KPA]
Speed:
900 - 3,600 RPM
3-10
3 Compressors (G6)
Type
Centrifugal fan.
CENTRIF
PROPELLER
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
1,000 - 15,000 CFM [1,700 - 25,400 M3/H]
3 Compressors (G6)
3-11
Type
ROT BLOWER
VANEAXIAL
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
2,300 - 40,000 CFM [3.950 - 67,900 M3/H]
3-12
3 Compressors (G6)
4 Drivers
(G11)
4 Drivers (G11)
4-1
Type
OPEN
Driver Power:
0.75 - 50,000 HP [0.75 - 37,000 KW]
Enclosure Type:
Default: *STD*
STD- Standard indoor service (open drip- proof with
vent openings)
WPI- Normal outdoor service (weatherprotected (rain, snow, air-borne particles)
WPII- Severe outdoor service (outside
weather-protected service)
4-2
4 Drivers (G11)
Type
OPEN - continued
Driver Type:
Default: *STD*
STD- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
Speed:
Range: (15 x HZ) - (60 x HZ) RPM; Default: *
(30 x HZ)* RPM
Synchronous motors with high efficiency at low speed
for large HP [KW] requirements, reciprocating
SYNCHRON
Driver Power:
200 - 20,000 HP [150 - 15,000 KW]
Enclosure Type:
Default: Water cooled if greater than 8,000 HP
[6,000], else standard.
STD- Standard outdoor service
WPI- Normal outdoor service
WPII- Severe outdoor service
TEWAC- Water cooled
Speed:
Range: (3.7 x HZ) - (30 x HZ) RPM; Default: *
(30 x HZ)* RPM
Totally-enclosed fan-cooled motors (TEFC)
ENCLOSED
4 Drivers (G11)
4-3
Type
ENCLOSED - continued
Driver Power:
0.75 - 10,000 HP [0.75 - 7,100 KW]
Driver Type:
Default: Water cooled (TEWAC) if greater than
300 HP [224 KW], else fan cooled (TEFC).
STD- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
Speed:
Range: (20 x HZ) - (60 x HZ) RPM; Default: *(30 x
HZ)* RPM.
Explosion-proof motors for Class I Division 1
hazardous use.
EXP PROOF
4-4
4 Drivers (G11)
Type
VARY SPEED
4 Drivers (G11)
4-5
Power Level
Power is supplied to a motor at a voltage level as follows.
Voltage Level (3 Phase Service)
Motor Size
110 V
240v
Low Voltage
*230/480* V
Low Voltage
*415* V
4,160 V
3,300 V
13,800 V
11,000 V
Frequency
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
4-6
4 Drivers (G11)
KW
0.75
1.11
1.50
2.22
3.0
4.0
5.5
7.5
11.0
15.0
18.5
22.0
30.0
37.5
45.0
55.0
75.0
80
80
85
95
100
106
112
118
125
132
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
212
224
236
250
265
280
300
315
335
375
400
425
450
475
500
530
560
560
600
630
670
710
750
800
900
1000
1120
1250
1400
1600
1800
2000
2240
2500
2500
2800
3150
3550
4000
4500
5000
5600
6300
7100
8000
9000
10000
4 Drivers (G11)
4-7
4-8
50 Hertz Service
1500
1000
750
600
500
428
375
333
300
272
250
231
214
200
187
4 Drivers (G11)
Turbines (TUR)
Description
Type
CONDENSING
Material:
Default: *CS*
Power Output:
10 - 30,000 HP [8 - 22,300 KW]
Steam Gauge Pressure:
Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA];
Default: *400* PSIG [*2,700* KPA]
Speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM; Default: *3,600* RPM
Non-condensing type steam turbine driver includes
accessories.
NON COND
Material:
Default: *CS*
Power Output:
10 - 30,000 HP [8 - 22,300 KW]
Steam Gauge Pressure:
Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA];
Default: *400* PSIG [*2,700* KPA]
Speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM;
Default: *3,600* RPM
4 Drivers (G11)
4-9
Description
Type
TURBOEXP
4-10
4 Drivers (G11)
5 Heat Transfer
(G10)
5-1
5-2
Type
AIR COOLER
5-3
Type
FIXED T S
5-4
Type
FIXED T S - continued
Fixed tube sheet heat exchangers are more
economical to fabricate than floating head heat
exchangers, but unless an expansion joint is placed in
the shell the difference in temperature between the
shell and tubes must be small or the unequal thermal
expansion of the shell and tube bundle will cause
unacceptable mechanical stresses. The fixed tube
sheet design also does not allow the tube bundle to be
removed. Therefore, fixed tube sheet heat exchangers
are limited to clean services and services where the
dirt and scale on the outside surface of the tubes is
easily cleaned by chemical means.
Heat transfer area:
Enter either heat transfer area or number of
shells, tubes/shell and tube data.
Number of shells:
Enter either heat transfer area or number of
shells, tubes/shell and tube data.
Tube material:
Default: A 214 to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C],
304S for higher temperatures. See Chapter 28 for
tube materials.
Tube design gauge pressure:
Default: *150* PSIG [*1,000* KPA]
Tube design temperature:
Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys;
other material: 640 DEG F [340 DEG C]
Tube operating temperature:
Default: design temperature
Tube outside diameter:
0.25 - 6.0 INCHES [6 - 150 MM];
Default: *1.0* INCHES [*25* MM]
Shell material:
Default: A285C to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C], SS304 for
higher temperatures. See Chapter 28 for materials.
Shell design gauge pressure:
Default: *150* PSIG [*1,000* KPA]
Shell design temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200
DEG C] for copper alloys; *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C]
for other materials.
5-5
Type
FIXED T S - continued
Shell operating temperature:
Default: design temperature
Tube side pipe material:
See Chapter 18 for pipe materials.
Shell side pipe material:
See Chapter 18 for pipe materials.
Number of tubes per shell:
Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells,
tubes/shell and tube data.
Tube length extended:
8 - 60 FEET [2.5 - 18 M];
Default: *20* FEET [*6* M]
Tube gauge:
Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both,
including corrosion allowance; 1 - 24 BWG
Tube wall thickness:
Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both,
including corrosion allowance; 0.02 - 0.34 INCHES
[0.6 - 8.6 MM]
Tube corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.0025 INCHES [0.06 MM] for CS, 0.0 for
other materials
Tube seal type:
Default: *SEALW*
EXPND- Expanded tube-to-tubesheet joints
SEALW- Seal welded tube joints
STRNW- Strength welded tube joints
Tube pitch:
1.25 x tube outside diameter
Tube pitch symbol:
Default: *TRIANGLE*
DIAMOND- Diamond tube pitch
SQUARE- Square tube pitch
TRIANGULAR- Triangular tube pitch
Shell diameter:
Max: 192.0 INCHES [4,875.0 MM]
Shell wall thickness:
Shell thickness including corrosion allowance.
Shell corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS,
0.0 for other materials.
5-6
Type
FIXED T S - continued
Expansion joint:
Default: *NO*
NO- No expansion joint in shell
YES- Expansion joint required in shell
Tube sheet material:
See Chapter 28 for tube materials.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance:
Default: lesser of 50 x tube corrosion
allowance or 0.25 INCHES [6 MM].
Channel material:
Default: tubesheet material. See Chapter
28 for materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material
specified, otherwise 0.0.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for material selection.
Cladding location:
Default: *SHELL*
SHELL- Cladding on shell side only
TUBE- Cladding on tube side only
BOTH- Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes:
Default: *1*
Number of shell passes:
Default: *1*
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE - Provide stress relief if code requires
YES - Provide stress relief
NO - No stress relief required
Weld X-ray:
Max: 100; Default: *20*
TEMA type:
Default: BEM for 1 shell pass, BFM for 2 shell passes.
Vendor grade:
Default: *HIGH*
STAND - Standard vender
HIGH - Specialty vender - high grade/custom work
Regulation type:
Japanese country base only. Required government
regulation and testing; Default: *NONE*
NONE - No special regulations
PV - Pressure vessel regulations
HPG - High pressure gas regulations
5-7
Type
5-8
Type
5-9
Type
5-10
Type
5-11
Type
U TUBE - continued
Shell design gauge pressure:
Default: *150* PSIG [*1,000* KPA]
Shell design temperature:
Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for
copper alloys; *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] other
materials
Shell operating temperature:
Default: design temperature
Number of tubes per shell:
Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells,
tubes/shell and tube data.
Tube length extended:
Range: 8 - 12 FEET [2.5 - 36 M];
Default: *40*Feet [*12* M]
Tube gauge:
Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both, including
corrosion allowance. Range: 1-24 BWG
Tube wall thickness:
Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both, including
corrosion allowance. Range:0.02 - 0.34 INCHES
[0.6 - 8.6 MM]
Tube corrosion allowance:
Default: *0.0025* INCHES [*0.06* MM] for CS, *0.0*
for other materials.
Tube seal type:
Default: *SEALW*
EXPD - Expanded tube-to tubesheet joints
SEALW - Seal welded tube joints
STRNW - Strength welded tube joints
Tube pitch:
Default: 1.25 x tube outside diameter
Tube pitch symbol:
Default: *TRIANGULAR*
DIAMOND- Diamond tube pitch
SQUARE- Square tube pitch
TRIANGULAR- Triangular tube pitch
Shell diameter:
Max: 192 INCHES [4,875 MM]
Shell wall thickness:
Shell thickness including corrosion allowance.
Shell corrosion allowance:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for
CS, *0.0* for other materials
- Continued on next page -
5-12
Type
U TUBE - continued
Expansion joint:
Default: *NO*
NO - No expansion joint in shell
YES - Expansion joint required in shell
Tube sheet material:
See Chapter 28 for tube materials.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance:
Default: Lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance, or
*0.25* INCHES [*6* MM]
Channel material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material
is specified; otherwise *0.0*
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding location:
Default: *SHELL*
SHELL - Cladding on shell side only
TUBE - Cladding on tube side only
BOTH - Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes:
Default: *2*
Number of shell passes:
Default: *1*
Stress relief:
Default: See Project Design Basis.
CODE - Provide stress relief if code requires
YES - Provide stress relief
NO - No stress relief required
Weld X-ray:
Max: 100; Default: *20*
TEMA type:
*BEU* for 1 shell pass, *BFU* for 2 shell passes.
Vendor grade:
Default: *HIGH*
STAND - Standard vendor
HIGH - Specialty vendor - high grade/custom work
Regulation type:
Japanese country base only. Required government
regulations and testing.
Default: *NONE*.
NONE - No special regulations
PV- Pressure vessel regulations
HPG- High pressure gas regulations
5-13
Type
TEMA EXCH
5-14
Type
5-15
Type
5-16
Type
5-17
Type
5-18
Type
The following three options can be found under "Heat exchanger design option".
Blank
Standard exchanger design
TBWNB Tube bundle design only, w/o system bulks
STABN Stabbed-in tube bundle design only, w/o system bulks
The third option (STABN) is available in the 2004 release. The "Standard exchanger
design" option would cost a regular heat exchanger (shell, tubes, baffles, etc.) and its
bulks, while TBWNB would cost a "tube bundle design only without any system bulks."
TBWNB would not generate any shell and heads, but it will include tubes, internals/
baffles, and tube sheet.
The STABN option is a variation of TBWNB with the following major differences from
TBWNB.
In STABN:
The tube bundle is horizontally installed (stabbed) into the vertical vessel (tower),
in a way that the tube-side flow inlet/outlet headers stay outside the vessel beyond
the tubesheet.
The front head is also included to act as a cap of the inlet/outlet headers for the
tube-side flow.
STABN also costs a reboiler tub and support arrangement for the tube bundle. The
reboiler tub inside the vessel is designed to bear the liquid held-up in the tub
around the tube bundle to avoid the dry-out. The tub is designed to
contain and bear the hydrostatic load of the liquid held-up. The overall hydrostatic
load on the tub bottom is eventually supported by an I-beam design running in the
middle of the vessel along its diameter.
5-19
Type
5-20
Type
5-21
Type
HEATER ELC
Material:
Default: *CU*
CU- Copper
SS304- SS304
Power output:
Range: 6 -200 KW
Heating/cooling coil with spiral or serpentine coil of
HEATER STM
bare pipe, use as tank heater or column tray cooler to
keep the contents of a tank from solidifying or
becoming too viscous to pump.
This item is a steam coil. A steam coil is a long length
of pipe that covers the bottom of a tank usually in a
spiral or serpentine pattern. Steam is passed through
the coil to heat the contents of the tank. If cooling
water was passed through the coil instead of steam,
this item would be a cooling coil.
This is normally a field fabricated item.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel316LP- 316L
SS- Stainless steel321P- SS321
A333C- 3.5 NiCU- Copper
A335C- 1.25 Cr - .5 Mo - SiNI- Nickel
A335F- 5 Cr - .5 MoMONEL- Monel
304LP- 304LINCNL- Inconel
316P- SS316
Heat transfer area:
Range: 1 - 25,000 SF [0.1 - 2,300 M2]
Pipe diameter:
Range: 1 - 6 IN DIAM [25 - 150 MM DIAM]
Bare-tube double-pipe heat exchanger.
JACKETED
5-22
Type
JACKETED - continued
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Heat transfer area:
10 - 1,000 SF [1 - 90 M2]
Tube length:
Range: 8 - 25 FEET [2.5 - 7.5 M];
Default: *20* FEET [*6* M]
Number of tubes per shell:
Default: *1*
1- 1 tube per shell
7- 7 tubes per shell
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [40,000 KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,200 DEG F [645 DEG C]
Longitudinal finned double-pipe heat exchanger.
Hairpin sections are connected in series or parallel.
FIN TUBE
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Heat transfer area:
Enter total heat transfer area (i.e., total extended
surface or finned tubes).
Range:
70 - 10,000 SF [7 - 920 M2]
Tube length:
Range: 8 - 25 FEET [2.5 - 7.5 M];
Default: *20* FEET [*6* M]
Number of fins:
Range: 12 - 48; Default: *24*
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [40,000 KPA]
Number of tubes per shell:
Default: *1*
1- 1 tube per shell
7- 7 tubes per shell
5-23
Type
CROSS BORE
Material:
Default: *GRAPH*
Heat transfer area:
Range: 8 - 150 SF [1.0 - 13.5 M2]
ONE SCREW
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
Heat transfer area:
10 - 400 SF [1 - 37 M2]
Twin screw thermascrew conveyor with motor
and drive.
TWO SCREW
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
Heat transfer area:
10 - 400 SF [1 - 37 M2]
Graphite tube with carbon steel shell exchanger.
SHELL TUBE
5-24
Type
SPIRAL PLT
Material:
Default:*SS304*
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
TI- Titanium
HAST- Hastelloy
Heat transfer area:
Range: 40 - 1,330 SF [4 - 123 M2]
Tube design gauge pressure:
Range: 150 - 300 PSIG [1,000 - 2,000 KPA];
Default: 150 PSIG [1,000 KPA]
Tank suction heater without tank.
SUC HEATER
Material:
Default: *CS*
Heat transfer area:
Range: 135 - 4,000 SF [13 - 370 M2]
Waste heat boiler for generation of steam, hot WASTE HEAT
gas or liquid heating medium.
A waste heat boiler is used to generate steam
from heat that would otherwise be wasted. A
waste heat boiler is essentially the convection
section only of a normal water-tube gas or
liquid boiler. The heating medium is a hot gas
or liquid produced by exothermic chemical
reactions, regeneration of cracking catalyst,
etc. The flow rate is used only to calculate
piping diameters for the P&ID.
A steam production rate can be entered in this
field. If other flow types are needed, piping
diameters may need to be revised. The
equipment cost is determined solely by the
heat transfer area.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Flow Rate:
Steam production rate (lb/hr or kg/hr)
Heat transfer area:
Range: 1,300 - 10,000 SF [125 - 925 M2]
5-25
Type
PLAT FRAM
Plate material:
Default: *SS304*
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
S04L- 304L
S16L- 316L
HAST- Hastelloy
Heat transfer area:
Range: 10 - 2,000 SF [1.0 - 185 M2]
Number of plates:
Max: 500
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 350 PSIG [2,410 KPA];
Default: *200* PSIG [*1,380* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 400 DEG F [204 DEG C];
Default: *200* DEG F [*93* DEG C]
Sanitary corrugated double pipe exchanger
CORRUGATED
Outer
Tube
3x20
3 Inches
Inner
Tube
2 Inches
Metric
Outer
Tube
75 MM
Inner
Tube
50 MM
4x25
60 MM
4x30
4 Inches
3 Inches
100MM
75 MM
5x30
5 Inches
3 Inches 125 MM
75 MM
6x40
6 Inches
(Close-up of piping)
5-26
Type
CORRUGATED - continued
Number of tube passes:
Any two must be entered: total area, tube length/
pass, number of passes.
Frame option:
*INCL*- Frame is included
HUNG- Frame is not included
Water heater (shell+tube - hot water set)
HOT WATER
MULTI P F
5-27
Type
MULTI P F - continued
Frame material:
Default: SS for plate areas equal to or less than 1.87
SF [0.174 M2], else SSCLD.
SS- Stainless steel. Only available for plate areas
equal to or less than 1.87 SF [0.174 M2]
SSCLD- SS clad carbon steel. Only available for plate
areas greater than 1.87 SF [0.1737 M2].
CS- Carbon steel. Available for all plate areas.
Area per plate:
MIN: 0.27 SF [0.025 M2], MAX: 6.0 SF [0.557 M2].
The maximum number of plates will depend upon the
area per plate. There are seven standard plate areas:
Plate Area
SF
M2
0.27
0.025
152
0.92
0.085
200
1.81
0.168
150
1.87
0.173
200
3.75
0.348
420
5.6
0.520
600
6.0
0.557
550
5-28
Type
STM HE MOD
5-29
Reboilers (RB)
Reboilers are a special kind of shell and tube heat exchanger specifically
designed to add heat to distillation columns.
Liquid from the bottom of the distillation column flows over the reboiler tubes
picking up heat from a hot fluid, such as steam, which is flowing inside the
reboiler tubes. The liquid from the column is vaporized and returned to the
column.
These are similar to the shell and tube heat exchanger, except that the shell is
considerably larger than the tube inside. The design provides space for vaporliquid disengagement so that only vapor is returned to the distillation column,
not a vapor-liquid mixture.
Description
Type
KETTLE
5-30
Type
KETTLE - continued
Heat exchanger design option:
*<BLANK>*- Standard exchanger design
TBWNB- Tube bundle design only, w/o system bulks
Design/cost option for TBWNB only
Tube design gauge pressure:
Default: *150* PSIG [*1,000* KPA]
Tube design temperature:
Default: *400* DEG F [*200 DEG C] for copper alloys;
other material: *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C]
Tube operating temperature:
Default: design temperature
Tube outside diameter:
Default: 0.25 - 6.0 INCHES [6 - 150 MM];
Default: *1.0* INCHES [*25* MM]
Shell material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *A285C* to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C],
*SS304* for higher temperatures
Shell design gauge pressure:
Default: *150* PSIG [*1,000* KPA]
Shell design temperature:
Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for copper
alloys; *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] other material
Shell operating temperature:
Default: design temperature
Number of tubes per shell:
Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells,
tubes/shell and tube data.
Tube length extended:
Range: 8 - 60 FEET [2.5 - 18 M];
Default: *20* FEET [*6* M]
Tube gage:
Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both, including
corrosion allowance. Range: 1 - 24 BWG
Tube wall thickness:
Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both, including
corrosion allowance. Range: 0.02 - 0.34 INCHES
[0.6 - 8.6 MM]
Tube corrosion allowance:
Default: *0.0025* INCHES [0.06 MM] for CS, *0.0*
for other materials
- Continued on next page -
5-31
Type
KETTLE - continued
Tube pitch:
Default: 1.25 x tube outside diameter
Tube pitch symbol:
Default: *TRIANGULAR*
DIAMOND- Diamond tube pitch
SQUARE- Square tube pitch
TRIANGULAR- Triangular tube pitch
Shell diameter:
Max: 192 INCHES [4,875 MM];
Default: *1.5 x port diameter*
Shell wall thickness:
Shell wall thickness including corrosion allowance.
Shell corrosion allowance:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS, *0.0* for
other materials.
Tube sheet material:
See Chapter 28 for tube materials.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance:
Default: Lessor of 50 x tube corrosion allowance or
0.25 INCHES [6 MM].
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise 0.0.
Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding
materials.
Cladding location:
Default: *SHELL*
SHELL- Cladding on shell side only
TUBE- Cladding on tube side only
BOTH- Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes: Default: *2*
Duty:
Default: 0.004 x surface area (SF); 0.01262 x surface
area (M2).
Vaporization:
Max: 100; Default: *90*
Specific gravity tower bottoms:
Default: *0.50*
Molecular weight bottoms:
Default: *100*
Heat of vaporization:
Default: *150* BTU/LB [*350* KJ/KG]
- Continued on next page -
5-32
5-33
Description
Type
KETTLE - continued
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
TEMA type: Default: *BKT*
Horizontal or vertical thermosiphon reboilers.
THERMOSIPH
If a shell diameter is not specified, a value is
calculated from the surface area, number of shells,
tubes per shell, tube diameter, tube pitch, etc.
The thermosiphon reboiler is the most common
reboiler used. However, the thermosiphon reboiler can
not be used when the hydrostatic head above the
reboiler varies, when the operating pressure is in the
high vacuum range or when there is a low percentage
of volatiles (for example, less than 5%) in the feed to
the reboiler.
The vertical thermosiphon reboiler, like the kettle
reboiler, is a shell and tube heat exchanger used to
supply heat to a distillation column. The thermosiphon
reboiler operates in the following manner. Liquid from
the bottom of the column or from a trapout tray flows
into the bottom of the reboiler through a pipe called
the downcomer.
The column bottoms are partially vaporized in the
reboiler and a two phase mixture is returned to the
column through a pipe called the riser. The difference
in density between the liquid in the downcomer and
the two phase mixture in the reboiler and riser causes
the tower bottoms to flow through the reboiler by
natural circulation. Usually about 25% of the tower
bottoms are vaporized in the thermosiphon reboiler.
Thermosiphon reboilers are classified as either vertical
or horizontal according to their erected position.
The tower bottom enter the bottom head of the
vertical thermosiphon, flow upward through the tubes
and leave the top head. The heating fluid, usually
steam, passes through the shell side. Vertical
thermosiphons are available only as fixed tube-sheet
exchangers.
The horizontal, fixed tube-sheet, thermosiphon
reboiler differs from the vertical thermosiphon in that
it is erected horizontally and the bottoms liquid from
the distillation column flows through the shell side of
the reboiler and the heat transfer fluid flows through
the tubes.
Thermosiphon type: Default: *V-FXD*
H-FLOT - Horizontal: float head
H-FXD - Horizontal: fixed tubesheet
H-UTUB - Horizontal: u-tube
V-FXD - Vertical: fixed tubesheet
- Continued on next page -
5-34
Type
Thermosiphon - continued
V-COLM a tube bundle that is designed to be installed
into a Column (Tower) to hold catalyst or function as
an exchanger within a Column. There are no bulks
associated with this item. If fluid is desired on the
shell side of the tubes, then the additional piping lines
must be added via Pipe-Item Details entries.
Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area
or number of
shells, tubes/shell and tube data.
Number of shells: Enter either heat transfer area or
number of
shells, tubes/shell and tube data.
Tube material: See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *A 214* to 900 DEG F [*482* DEG C],
*304S* for higher temperatures
Heat exchanger design option:
*<BLANK>* - Standard exchanger design
TBWNB - Tube bundle design only, w/o system bulks
Design/cost option for TBWNB only
Tube design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F
[*200* DEG C] for copper alloys; other material:
*650* DEG F [*350* DEG C].
Tube operating temperature: Default: design
temperature
Tube outside diameter: Range: 0.25 - 6.0 INCHES
[6 - 150 MM];
Default: *1.0* INCHES [*25* MM]
Shell material: See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *A285C* to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C],
*SS304* for higher temperature
Shell design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG
[*1,000* KPA]
Shell design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F
[*200* DEG C] for copper alloys; *650* DEG F
[*340* DEG C] other material.
Shell operating temperature: Default: design
temperature
Tube side pipe material: See Chapter 18 for pipe
materials.
Shell side pipe material: See Chapter 18 for pipe
materials.
- Continued on next page -
5-35
Type
Thermosiphon - continued
Tube Wall Thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness,
not both, including corrosion allowance. Range: 0.02
to 0.34 INCHES
[0.6 - 8.6 MM].
Tube corrosion allowance: Default: 0.0025 INCHES
[0.06 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other materials.
Tube pitch: Default: *1.25 x tube outside diameter*
Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGULAR*
DIAMOND - Diamond tube pitch
SQUARE - Square tube pitch
TRIANGULAR - Triangular tube pitch
Shell diameter: Max: 192.0 INCHES [4,875.0 MM]
Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including
corrosion allowance.
Shell corrosion allowance: Default: 0.125 INCHES
[3 MM] for CS,
0.0 for other materials.
Tube sheet material: See Chapter 28 for tube
materials.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance: Default: Lesser of
50 x tube corrosion allowance, or 0.25 INCHES [6
MM].
Cladding thickness: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM]
if cladding material is specified, otherwise 0.0
Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for materials.
Cladding location: Default: *SHELL*
SHELL - Cladding on shell side only
TUBE - Cladding on tube side only
BOTH - Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes: Default: 1 pass per vertical
fixed tube sheet type, 2 passes for all others.
Duty: Default: 0.004 x surface area (SF); 0.01262 x
surface area (M2).
Vaporization: Max: 100; Default: *20*
Specific gravity tower bottoms: Default: *0.50*
Molecular weight bottoms: Default: *100*
Heat of vaporization: Default: *150*
Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis
CODE - Provide stress relief if code requires
YES - Provide stress relief
NO - No stress relief required
TEMA type: Default: Based on the specified
thermosiphon design symbol.
5-36
Reboilers - continued
Description
Type
U TUBE
5-37
Type
5-38
Type
5-39
Type
BOX - continued
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
A-frame process heater with sloping walls, radiant
section along sides and roof of cabin, convection
section in duct above roof of radiant section and
vertical floor-mounted burners. For use as hot oil
heater, pre-heater or cracking. Includes integral
stacks.
HEATER
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW]
Standard gas flow rate:
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process
Economic Analyzer only. For liquid process fluid, enter
liquid flow GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.
Process type:
GAS- Gas process fluid
LIQ- Liquid process fluid
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
Pyrolysis.
PYROLYSIS
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW]
Standard gas flow rate:
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process
Economic Analyzer only. For liquid process fluid, enter
liquid flow in GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.
Process type:
GAS- Gas process fluid
LIQ- Liquid process fluid
- Continued on next page -
5-40
Type
PYROLYSIS - continued
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
Box-type reformer without catalyst.
REFORMER
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW]
Standard gas flow rate:
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process
Economic Analyzer only. For liquid process fluid, enter
liquid flow in GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.
Process type:
GAS- Gas process fluid
LIQ- Liquid process fluid
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
Gas or oil fired vertical cylindrical type for low heat
duty range moderate temperature with long contact
time.
VERTICAL
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW]
Standard gas flow rate:
For liquid process fluid, enter liquid flow in GPM [L/S]
in place of gas flow.
Process type:
GAS- Gas process fluid
LIQ- Liquid process fluid
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
5-41
5-42
FLOAT HEAD
FIXED-T-S
Front End
Stationary Head
Types
A, B, C
A, B, C
A, B, N
Shell Types
E, F, G, H, J, X
E, F, G, H, J, X
E, F, G, H, J, X
P, S, T, W
L, M, N
THERMOSIPH
KETTLE
A, B, C
A, B, C, N
A, B, N
K,
E**, J*
Reboilers
Front End Stationary U-TUBE
Head Types
Front End
Stationary Head
Types
Shell Types
Rear End Head
Types
TEMA CLASS B: Equipment cost includes shell, tube bundle, nozzles and saddles.
* Horizontal only
**Vertical only
5-43
5-44
5-45
5-46
6 Packing, Linings
(G6)
6-1
Introduction to Packing
There are two types of packing used in packed tower:
Packing constructed of inert material to provide surface area for mass transfer.
Inert packing is most commonly used since it can be utilized repeatedly without
significant deterioration. The majority of inert packings used are of the ring or
saddle type.
Ring packings are commonly made of metal or plastic except for Raschig rings, which
are generally ceramic. Ring packings are used mostly in distillation because of their
excellent turndown properties and availability in press-formed metals of all types.
Usually ring-type packings are used in handling organic materials when there are no
major corrosion problems. Unfortunately rings do not promote most redistribution of
liquids, and the Raschig ring occasionally promote liquid maldistribution.
Saddle type packings are commonly made from ceramic or plastic, seldom from metal.
Saddles are used largely in absorption and regeneration operations because they
provide good liquid redistribution and are available in ceramic and plastic, which yield
good corrosion resistance at very low cost. Saddles are usually used for aqueous
systems when corrosion is a major factor.
Large active surface exposed per unit volume (high surface area per
cubic foot/meter).
6-2
Raschig rings are small hallow cylinders. They are the least efficient inert
packing available because their construction does not promote much liquid
distribution, occasionally may promote liquid maldistribution, lends itself to
pattern packing, and does not provide much turbulent contact between
phases. They are available in carbon steel, stainless steels, stoneware,
porcelain, karbate and plastics. Diameter sizes range from 1.0 to 3.0 INCHES.
Size 3:0.5CIS, 1.0CIS, 1.5CIS, 2.0CIS
0.5PIS, 1.0PIS, 1.5PIS, 2.0PIS
There are widely used in the manufacturing of sulfuric acid, CO2 absorption in the pulp
and paper industry, cooling and drying of chlorine and removal of noxious fumes in may
industries.
The Intalox saddle is a packing that offers large total surface area per cubic
foot, minimum resistance to liquid and gas flow, high percentage of void
space, a low packing factor, excellent liquid distribution, maximum
randomness and high efficiency with a large capacity in mass transfer
operations. These qualities make Intalox saddles especially effective in
distribution and absorption operations. Saddles are available in ceramics and
plastics. Ceramics are chemical stoneware and chemical porcelain, of which
chemical porcelain is preferred since it is mechanically stronger, non-porous,
iron-free and inert to chemical attack. Plastic saddles are available in
polypropylene, linear polyethylene, rigid PVC, CPVC, glass reinforced
polypropylene, kynar and halar. Diameter sizes range from 0.25 to 3.0
INCHES.
Size 3:0.5CBS,.75CBS, 1.0CBS, 1.5CBS
0.5PBS,.75PBS, 1.0PBS, 1.5PBS
6-3
Those used for adsorption of gases and vapors, for which a granular material,
providing great surface area and pore volume is generally employed.
Many carbonaceous materials treated with oxidizing gases (e.g., coal, lignite,
sawdust) may be used for the manufacture of activated carbon depending on
its desired application. Activation is a physical change where the surface of the
carbon is greatly increased by the removal of hydrocarbons.
Size 3: M107YA, M107YB, M107YC, M76YA, M76YB, M76YC,
M76XA, M76XB, M76XC, M62YA, M62YB, M62YC,
M35YA, M35YB, M35YC, M35XA, M35XB, M35XC
Structured packing consists of layers of corrugated (crimped) steel sheets
stacked parallel to each other in sections that are typically 8 to 12 inches high.
The sheets are typically grooved and perforated and are arranged at a fixed
angle with respect to the vertical axis. For a given packing type, changing this
angle of orientation will alter the packing factor while maintaining the surface
area per unit volume and weight per unit volume. When installed in a column,
6-4
Introduction to Lining
A lining is material that lines the inside surface of a tank, tower, furnace, or
other piece of process equipment and protects that piece of equipment from
destruction by high temperature, corrosion or abrasion. Some of the common
lining types follow.
Acid Brick
These linings are used in Acid Service (pH less than 4.5) to protect a
membrane coating from deterioration due to abrasion or high temperature (T
greater than 150 DEG F). Red Shale Brick (RSB) is the cheapest and can be
used in low temperature service. When a more refractory material is desired,
acid resistant fireclay (30% alumina) is used.
Acid brick can be installed with two different mortars. Silica mortar is more
economical but can not be used in all applications. Furfural based mortar is
more expensive but is resistant to a wider range of materials.
Fluorocarbon Linings
Fluorocarbon linings are resistant to a wide variety of corrosive chemicals at
temperatures up to 180 DEG F. The most common fluorocarbon linings are TeflonTM and
KynarTM.
6-5
Glass Linings
Glass linings are shop installed and are all satisfactory for a wide range of
corrosive services at temperatures up to 450 DEG F.
Refractory Brick
These linings are used in high temperature service. Selection of the type brick
to be used is a function of the process temperature, expected degree of
chemical attack and expected degree of abrasion.
Insulating firebrick has lower thermal conductivity and heat capacity than
refractory firebrick. It is generally used as a backing for refractory firebrick.
Since it is relatively non-resistant to chemical attack and abrasion, it is used as
the inner lining only when no erosion or abrasion is expected. Insulating
firebrick is ASTM Group 26 material (good to 2,600 DEG F).
Sixty percent alumina firebrick is a high alumina refractory useful for operating
conditions involving thermal cycling and chemical attack. Sulfuric acid
processing and spent acid regeneration are two applications for this material.
Ninety percent alumina firebrick is a high alumina refractory useful in
operating conditions involving thermal shock, slagging, corrosion and high
temperatures. Typical applications for this material are hydrotreating and
sulfur burners.
Resin Linings
Resin linings are used in a variety of corrosive services at operating
temperatures up to 250 DEG F. These linings offer good solvent resistance.
Some common resis linings are asphaltic resin, epoxy resin and phenolic resin.
Resin linings may be applied by spray gun, brush or roller.
Rubber Linings
These linings are satisfactory in a wide range of corrosive services at
temperatures less than 150 DEG F. Rubber linings are almost always applied in
the vendors shop. The most common rubber linings are butyl rubber, natural
rubber and neoprene.
Lead Linings
Lead sheet was used extensively in the manufacture of sulfuric acid. Today,
new process technology has nearly eliminated the use of lead as a lining
material.
Zinc Linings
Zinc is frequently applied to water tanks for cathodic protection. The zinc can be flame
sprayed (also called metallizing) or painted onto the carbon steel base material. Flame
spraying is the process whereby metallic zinc is vaporized in a flame and sprayed onto
the steel base material. The hot zinc does not merely coat the carbon steel, it forms an
alloy with the steel several mils deep.
6-6
Zinc can also be supported in an epoxy base paint and brushed, rolled or sprayed onto
the steel.
Type
PACKING
Packing type:
See Chapter 28 for packing materials.
6-7
Description
Type
ACID BRICK
Lining material:
Default: *25RSB*
25RSB- 2.5 INCHES [62 MM] red shale
45RSB- 4.5 FINCHES [112 MM] red shale
80RSB- 8.0 INCHES [200 MM] red shale
25AFC- 2.5 INCHES [62 MM] Al f-clay
45AFC- 4.5 INCHES [112 MM] Al fclay
90AFC- 9.0 INCHES [225 MM] Al fclay
Mortar type:
Default: *FUR*
FUR- Furfural base motar
SIL- Silicone base motar
Lining adjustment:
See Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustment.
Range:
1 - 10; Default: *4*
Castable refractory or gunned mixes.
MONOLITHIC
Lining material:
Default: *GUNIT*
GUNIT- Gunite on wire mesh
GUNA5- Gunn. 50% Al anchored
GUNA9- Gunn. 90% Al anchored
CASA9- Cast. 90% Al anchored
GUN50- Gunn. 50% Al no anchor
GUN90- Gunn. 90% Al no anchor
CAS90- Cast. 90% Al no anchor
Lining thickness:
Max: 9 INCHES [225 MM];
Default: 4 INCHES [100 MM]
- Continued on next page -
6-8
Item
MONOLITHIC - continued
Lining adjustment:
See Suggested Lining Difficulty
Adjustment. Range: 1 - 10; Default: *4*
Brick: 60%, 90% alumina firebrick, insulating
firebrick; abrasion resistant, replaceable linings:
ceramic, rubber, steel, alloy; coatings: organic, glass
and metallic.
OTHER
Lining material:
See Chapter 28 for lining materials.
Default:
*EPLCS*
Lining adjustment:
See Suggested Lining Difficulty
Adjustment. Range: 1 - 10; Default: *4*
Difficulty Adjustment
Typical lining
10
6-9
6-10
7 Pumps
(G10)
7 Pumps (G10)
7-1
ANSI type:
CENTRIF type:
General Service:
IN LINE type:
Description
Type
7-2
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
ANSI - continued
Fluid head:
MAX: 75 FEET [25 M] at 20 x HZ; 200 FEET
[60 M] at 30 x HZ; 575 FEET [175 M] at
60 x HZ.
Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,200 - 3,600 RPM;
Speed varies with pump head
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default *1.0*
Driver type:
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Seal type:
PACK- Packing
*SNGL*- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only.
Default: *400* PSIG [*2,800* KPA].
Primary seal pipe plan:
*11*- API primary seal piping plan number 11
12- API primary seal piping plan number 12
13- API primary seal piping plan number 13
21- API primary seal piping plan number 21
22- API primary seal piping plan number 22
23- API primary seal piping plan number 23
31- API primary seal piping plan number 31
32- API primary seal piping plan number 32
41- API primary seal piping plan number 41
2- API primary seal piping plan number 2
- Continued on next page -
7 Pumps (G10)
7-3
Type
ANSI - continued
Secondary seal pipe plan:
Default: *NONE*
51- API secondary seal piping plan number
52- API secondary seal piping plan number
53- API secondary seal piping plan number
54- API secondary seal piping plan number
61- API secondary seal piping plan number
62- API secondary seal piping plan number
Cooling water pipe plan:
Default: *NONE*
A- API cooling water piping plan A
B- API cooling water piping plan B
C- API cooling water piping plan C
D- API cooling water piping plan D
E- API cooling water piping plan E
F- API cooling water piping plan F
G- API cooling water piping plan G
H- API cooling water piping plan H
J- API cooling water piping plan J
K- API cooling water piping plan K
L- API cooling water piping plan L
Pipe plan pipe type:
Default: *WELD*
TUBE- Tubing
THRD- Threaded pipe/fittings
*WELD*- Welded pipe/fittings
WFLG- Welded/flanged pipe fittings
Pipe plan material type:
Default: Based on casing material.
A 106- A 106
304P- SS304
316P- SS316
51
52
53
54
61
62
7-4
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
7 Pumps (G10)
7-5
Type
7-6
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
API 610 IL
Casing material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 450 GPM [38 M] at 30 x HZ,
900 GPM [56 L/S] at 60 x HZ.
Fluid head:
MAX: 125 FEET [38 M] at 30 x HZ, 500 FEET [152 M]
at 60 x HZ; Default: *225* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,800 - 3,600 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM.
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver type:
*STD*- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
NONE- No driver
- Continued on next page -
7 Pumps (G10)
7-7
Type
7-8
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
7 Pumps (G10)
7-9
Description
Type
7-10
7 Pumps (G10)
Description
Type
AXIAL FLOW
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
Max GPM <1,300,000/head [FT],
Max L/S <25,000/head [M].
Fluid head:
MAX: 75 FEET [25 M]; Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Temperature:
MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
CANNED
Casing material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 400 GPM [25 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 200 FEET [60 M]; Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Design temperature:
MAX: 850 DEG F [450 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Single and multistage centrifugal pumps available in a CENTRIF
variety of casing materials.
For process or general service when flow/head
conditions exceed general service; horizontally split
casing not a cartridge or barrel pump.
Casing material:
Default: *CS*
Fluid head:
Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Varies with pump head
- Continued on next page -
7 Pumps (G10)
7-11
Type
CENTRIF - continued
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: 1.0
Driver type:
Default: MOTOR
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Seal type:
PACK- Packing
*SNGL*- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default:
*400* PSIG [*2,800* KPA].
General service, cast iron for flows to 2000 GPM GEN SERV
[125 L/S].
Casing material:
Default: *CI*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 2,000 GPM [125 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 200 FEET [60 M] at 30 x HZ, 275 FEET [80 M] at
60 x HZ; Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,800 - 3,600 RPM
Speed varies with pump head
Fluid specific gravity:
0.2 - 5.0; Default: *5.0*
Driver type:
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
- Continued on next page -
7-12
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
IN LINE
Casing material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: GPM x head [FEET] < 43,000, L/S x head
[M] < 825.
Fluid head:
Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,200 - 3,600 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM.
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver type:
*STD*- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
NONE- No driver
Seal type:
PACK- Packing
*SNGL*- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
7 Pumps (G10)
7-13
Type
PULP STOCK
Casing material:
*CI*- Cast iron
SS316- SS316
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 100 - 28,000 GPM [6.4 - 1,765 L/S]
Fluid Head:
Range: 15 - 350 FEET [4.6 - 106 M]
Speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM
Fluid specific gravity.:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: 1.0
Driver type:
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency driver
TURBINE- Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Design temperature:
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Consistency Air Dried: Percent by weight of air dried
(AD)
solids in fluid. Range: 0.0 - 6.0; Default: *1.0*
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default:
*400*PSGI [*2,800 KPA].
7-14
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
MAG DRIVE
Casing material:
*SS*- Stainless steel
C 20- Carpenter 20
HASTC- Hasteloy C
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 300 GPM [18.9 L/S] at 30 x HZ, 600 GPM
[37.8 L/S] at 60 x HZ
Fluid head:
MAX: 200 FEET [60 M] at 30 x HZ, 400 FEET [120 M]
at 60 x HZ; Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,800 - 3,600 RPM; Speed varies with pump
head
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1*
Driver type:
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency driver
NONE- No driver
Design gauge pressure:
MAX: 275 PSIG [1,895 KPA]
Design temperature:
MAX: 450 DEG F [230 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1* CPOISE [*1* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
SAN PUMP
Inlet
InchPound
Outlet
Inch-
Metric
Pound
Metric
25x20
2.5 INCHES
65 MM
2 INCHES
50 MM
30x20
3 INCHES
75 MM
2 INCHES
50 MM
30X25
3 INCHES
75 MM
2.5 INCHES 65 MM
40X30
4 INCHES
40X40
4 INCHES
100 MM 3 INCHES
100 MM
4 INCHES
75 MM
100 MM
7 Pumps (G10)
7-15
Type
Speed
*30xHZ*
60XHZ
Maximum Head
Inch- Pound
Metric
92 FEET
28 M
365 FEET
63 M
Speed
Maximum Head
Inch- Pound
Metric
*30xHZ*
610 GPM
38.4 L/S
60XHZ
1,000 GPM
63 L/S
Metric
Default
1,800 RPM
1,500RPM
MIN:
1,800 RPM
1,500RPM
MAX:
3,600 RPM
3,000 RPM
7-16
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
FLUME PUMP
7 Pumps (G10)
7-17
Type
Enclosure type:
OPEN- Closed frame unit
*CLOSE*- Open frame unit
7-18
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
GEAR
CANNED RTR
Material:
*SS316*
Liquid flow rate:
40 - 570 GPM [3 - 35 L/S]
Speed:
MAX: 1,800 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM
Viscosity:
Default: *32* CSTOKE [*32* MM2/S]
7 Pumps (G10)
7-19
Type
MECH SEAL
Material:
*GSLCS* (Glass-lined CS)
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 35 - 480 GPM [3 - 30 L/S].
Speed:
MAX: 1,800 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM.
7-20
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
SIMPLEX
Material:
Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 5.5 - 910 GPM [0.4 - 56 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 1,000 FEET [300 M]
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver power:
Range: 3 - 10 HP [2.22 - 7.5 KW]
Reciprocating duplex with steam driver.
DUPLEX
Material:
Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 1,000 GPM [62 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 1,000 FEET [300 M]
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver power:
Range: 2 - 100 HP [1.5 - 7.5 KW]
Triplex (plunger) with pump-motor driver.
TRIPLEX
Material:
Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 1,000 GPM [62 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 1,000 FEET [300 M]
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default *1.0*
Driver power:
Range: 2 -100 HP [1.5 - 75 KW]
7 Pumps (G10)
7-21
Type
DIAPHRAGM
Diaphragm pump - TFE type.
Includes motor driver. For the low capacity
pumping of hazardous, toxic or abrasive
liquids. Although diaphragm pumps are made
with capacities of 100 GPM, generally they
handle 25 GPM or less. Diaphragm pumps are
also frequently used as metering pumps.
SLURRY
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 1.5 - 25 GPM [0.1 - 1.5 L/S]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
7-22
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
ROTARY
Material:
Defaults*
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 10 - 750 GPM [0.7 - 47 L/S]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Material:
BRONZ
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 25 - 450 GPM [1.6 - 28 L/S]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1*
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Reciprocating plunger pump.
RECIP MOTR
7 Pumps (G10)
7-23
Type
HD STOCK
Casing material:
*SS316*, SS317
Stock flow rate air dried:
Flow rate of air dried (AD) solids in pumped fluid.
MAX: 1,500 TPD [56 TON/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
MAX: 160 PSIG [1,100 KPA] to 550 TPD [20 TON/H],
else 100 PSIG [688 KPA].
Design temperature:
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Consistency air dried:
Percent by weight of air dried (AD) solids in fluid.
Range: 10 - 20; Default: *10*
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1*
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Driver type:
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM [*1,500* RPM]
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default:
*400* PSIG [*2,800* KPA].
7-24
7 Pumps (G10)
Type
ROTARYLOBE
06- 15
6 / 1.5
0.37 / 40
15 - 15
15 / 1.5
0.9 / 40
18 - 15
18 / 1.5
1.1 / 40
30 - 15
30 / 1.5
1.8 / 40
60 - 25
60 / 2.5
3.7 / 65
130 - 3
130 / 3
8.2 / 80
220 - 4
220 / 4
13.8 / 100
320 - 6
320 / 6
20.2 / 150
420 - 8
420 / 8
26.5 / 200
520 - 8
520 / 8
32.8 / 200
7 Pumps (G10)
7-25
Type
AIR DIAPH
Pump Efficiencies
7-26
Pump Type
Default Efficiency
Centrifugal Pumps
82%
7 Pumps (G10)
7 Pumps (G10)
7-27
7-28
7 Pumps (G10)
8 Towers, Columns
(G6)
8-1
Towers may contain trays. If the tower contains trays, the vessel is called a
tray tower, or, synonymously, a tray column.
Tower may contain packing. If the tower contains a packing, the vessel is called a
packed tower, or packed column.
If the feed to the tower is a hydrocarbon mixture and the tower separates this
mixture into two factions or streams, one stream containing the more volatile
components of the feed and the other stream the less volatile components of the
feed, the tower is called a fractionation tower. Other names for a fractionation
tower are: fractionation column, fractionator, distillation tower and
distillation column.
If the feed to the tower is liquid, and the tower removes an undesirable gas which is
dissolved in the feed, the tower is called a stripping tower. Other names for a
stripping tower are stripping column and stripper.
If the feed to the tower is a gas mixture containing one or more undesirable
components which are removed within the tower by absorbing them with a suitable
solvent, the tower is called an absorption tower. Other names for an absorption
tower are: absorption column and absorber.
If the feed to the tower is a gas or liquid mixture containing one or more
undesirable components, which are removed within the tower by adsorbing them
onto solid catalyst pellets, the tower is called an adsorption tower. Other names for
an adsorption tower are: adsorption column and adsorber.
If the feed to the tower is a liquid mixture containing one or more undesirable
components which are removed by absorbing them with another liquid, the tower is
called an extraction tower or extraction column.
Towers are similar to vertical process vessels in that they are erected vertically
and they are cylindrical in shape with heads at each end of the cylinder.
Towers are, however, normally much taller then vertical process vessels.
Typically the length to diameter ratio of a tower ranges from 3:1 to 20:1.
Towers typically range in diameter from 3 to 20 FEET and in height from 20 to
150 FEET.
Tower/Column Applications
Towers are commonly used for the following purposes:
Distillation
Stripping
Absorption
Adsorption
Extraction.
8-2
Tower/Column Internals
Trays May be divided into two major categories; crossflow trays and
counter flow trays. Crossflow trays get their name because liquid flows across
the tray to a downcomer while vapor rises through perforations in the tray
deck. There are three types of crossflow trays in common use today. They are
the bubble cap, sieve tray, and valve tray. The bubble cap trays were used
almost exclusively until about 1950. Since then, the use of bubble cap trays
has almost disappeared because their complicated construction makes them
8-3
heavy (resulting in heavier and more expensive tray supports) and expensive
to fabricate.
Bubble cap trays get their name because vapor rises through holes in the tray
and is collected underneath bubble caps. Each cap has slots in it through which
the vapor from the tray below bubbles into the liquid on the tray.
Sieve trays are the cheapest trays to fabricate because of their simple design.
They consist of a perforated plate through which vapor rises from the tray
below, a weir to hold a liquid level on the tray, and a downcomer which acts as
a downspout to direct the liquid to the tray below. The operation of the sieve
tray depends on the vapor velocity through the perforations being high enough
to keep the liquid flowing across the tray and not down through the same
perforations the vapor is rising through. The drawback to the sieve tray is that
it has a narrow operating range compared to the bubble cap tray and the valve
tray. Too low a vapor velocity and the liquid falls through the holes to the plate
below - a condition called dumping. Too high a velocity and vapor doesnt
bubble through the liquid on the tray. Instead, the vapor pushes the liquid
away from the hole so that there is no liquid-vapor contact. This condition is
called coning.
Valve trays have liftable caps which operate like check valves. These caps
make valve trays more expensive than sieve trays but they also increase the
operating range of the tray. At low vapor velocities, the caps close and prevent
dumping.
The other major category of trays is the counterflow type. These trays have no
downcomers. The liquid falls through the same openings in the tray that the
vapor from the tray below rises through. This type of tray is not widely used.
The most popular of the counterflow type tray is the Turbogrid tray.
Packings The second major category of tower internals is packings.
Packings serve the same purpose as trays; they bring a gas or vapor stream
into intimate contact with a liquid stream. Trays accomplish this by providing a
very large wetted surface area for the gas or vapor to flow by. Packed towers
would normally be selected instead of tray towers in the following instances:
1
Packed towers are low pressure drop devices, therefore, they are often used for
vacuum distillations.
A packed tower must have a larger diameter than a tray tower to handle
the same feed rate.
The most common types of packings are: Raschig rings, Berl saddles, Intalox
saddles and Pall rings.
Adsorption towers are packed towers; however, their function is to transfer a
material from the liquid or gas phase onto the surface of the solid adsorbent.
Adsorbents are not packing types. Adsorbents are generally either a granular
material or else spherical or cylindrical shaped pellets. Some common
adsorbents are: Fullers earthes (natural clays), activated clay, alumina,
activated carbon and silica gel.
8-4
Description of Towers/Columns
Towers and columns are interchangeable name for the same device. These
devices have one of two functions. One is to separate a mixture into two or
more desired parts. The other function is to transfer a material from one phase
to another phase.
Towers are classified according to the function performed. Examples are
distillation, stripping or extraction. Towers are also classified by the type of
device installed inside (internals) so the tower can perform its desired
function. Tower internals consist of either trays or packings.
Towers are always erected vertically. They are usually tall and cylindrical in
shape. Sometimes they are designed with the top of the tower one diameter
and the bottom a different (usually larger) diameter. This gives the tower a
Coke bottle shape and is called a double diameter tower.
The cylindrically shaped body of the tower is called the shell. The shell is
closed at both ends with dome-shaped covers called heads. There are three
head designs in common use:
Torispherical, the most common of which is the ASME flanged and dished
head
Hemispherical.
8-5
Materials of Construction
The tower shell and heads are usually fabricated out of carbon or low alloy
steel plate.
As the name implies, the primary alloying element in carbon steel is carbon.
All the other alloying elements in carbon steel are limited to concentrations
less than 0.5%. The most common materials of construction for towers are the
carbon steels A515 and A516.
Low alloy steel contain one or more alloying elements besides carbon in
concentrations from 0.5% to 10%. Alloying elements in concentrations greater
than 10% make the steel a high alloy steel.
When extremely corrosive materials are to be handled, the tower may be
fabricated out of a high alloy steel such as one of the stainless steels, a nonferrous metal such as titanium or monel, or a non-metal such as FRP
(fiberglass reinforced polyester). However, because these materials are either
very expensive or else have design limitations such as low strength, claddings
and linings are commonly used for corrosion resistance. Clad plate consists of
a thin layer of corrosion resistant metal permanently bonded to an inexpensive
carbon or low alloy steel backing. Linings differ from claddings in that there is
not a permanent continuous bond between the corrosion resistant material
and the backing material, and the corrosion resistant material is usually not a
metal. Common lining materials are brick, cement, rubber and glass.
8-6
8-7
Description
Type
PACKED
Application:
Defines vessel function and related
pipe/instrumentation model.
Default: *ABSORB*
ABSORB- Absorption
DESORB- Desorption
DISTIL- Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler
(not included)
- Continued on next page -
8-8
Type
PACKED - continued
DIS-RB- Distillation with kettler reboiler (not included)
EXTRAC- Extraction
GAS-AD- Gas adsorption
LIQ-AD- Liquid adsorption
STRIPP- Stripping with thermosiphone reboiler (not
included)
STR-RB- Stripping with kettle reboiler (not included)
Base material Bottom:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material
(cladding is defined below). See Chapter 28
for materials.
Design gauge pressure Bottom.:
Default: Specified top section pressure, or 50 PSIG
[350 KPA]: negative for vacuum.
Design temperature Bottom:
Default: Specified top section temp or 250 DEG F [120
DEG C].
Packing material Bottom:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *NONE*
Packing height Bottom:
Default: *0.0* FEET [*0.0* M]
Cladding material Bottom:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *NONE*
Skirt height:
Default: 1.5 x bottom diameter; enter 0.0 if vessel
hung in OPEN structure.
Manhole diameter Bottom:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM]
Thickness Bottom section:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance Bottom:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS,
0.0 for other materials.
Cladding thickness Bottom:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified; otherwise: 0.0.
Stiffening ring spacing Bottom:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
- Continued on next page -
8-9
Type
PACKED - continued
Base material Top:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material
(cladding is defined below). See Chapter 28 for
materials. Default: *A 515*
Design gauge pressure Top:
Default: Specified bottom section pressure or 50 PSIG
[350 KPA]; negative for vacuum.
Design temperature Top:
Default: Specified bottom section temperature or 250
DEG F [120 DEG C].
Packing material Top:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *NONE*
Packing height Top:
Default: *0.0* FEET [*0.0* M]
Cladding material Top:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *NONE*
Pipe material Top:
See Chapter 18 for pipe materials.
Manhole diameter Top:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM]
Thickness Top section:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance Top:
Default 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Cladding thickness Top:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified; otherwise: 0.0.
Stiffening ring spacing Top:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Wind or seismic design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in project basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Wind/seismic design
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
- Continued on next page -
8-10
Type
PACKED - continued
Fluid volume:
Max: 100; Default: *20*; For seismic design, fluid
volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed).
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure.
Weld efficiency:
50 - 100; ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin
wall vessels; Default: Area Design Basis.
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Molecular weight Overhead prod:
Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications;
otherwise 30.
Number body flange sets Bottom:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Number body flange sets Top:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD;
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Default: *D1NF*, applicable only for
ASME code design.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
8-11
Type
TRAYED
Tray type:
Default: *VALVE*
VALVE- Valve trays
BUBBL- Bubble cap trays
TURBO- Turbo grid trays
SIEVE- Sieve trays
NONE.- No trays
Application:
Defines vessel function and related pipe/
instrumentation model; Default: *DISTIL*
ABSORB- Absorption
DESORB- Desorption
DISTIL- Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler
(not included)
DIS-RB- Distillation with kettle reboiler
(not included)
EXTRAC- Extraction
GAS-AD- Gas adsorption
LIQ-AD- Liquid adsorption
STRIPP- Stripping with thermosiphon reboiler
(not included)
STR-RB.- Stripping with kettle reboiler (not included)
Base material Bottom:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material
(cladding is defined below). See Chapter 28 for
materials. Default: *A 515*.
Design gauge pressure Bottom:
Default: Specified top section pressure, or 50 PSIG
[350 KPA]; negative for vacuum.
Design temperature Bottom:
Default: Specified top section temperature or 250 DEG
F [120 DEG C].
Bottom tray material or packing:
Specify tray material for trays or packing material for
packed sections. See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *A 515*.
No. trays/Packed height Bottom:
Enter number of trays for trayed sections or packing
height for packed sections. Default: *0.0*
- Continued on next page -
8-12
Type
TRAYED - continued
Thickness Top section:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance Top:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Cladding thickness Top:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified; otherwise: 0.0.
Stiffening ring spacing Top:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Wind or seismic design:
Default: vessel design for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid volume:
For seismic design; fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed); Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure.
Weld efficiency:
Range: 50 - 100; ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed
for thin wall vessels; Default: Area Basis.
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Molecular weight Overhead prod:
Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications;
otherwise - 30.
Number body flange sets Bottom:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Number body flange sets Top:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
8-13
Type
TRAYED - continued
Diameter option:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis
Start Stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatige only. Thousands of start-up cycles during
the full equipment life; Min: 0.02;
Default: *1.0*.
Pressure cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life.
Default: *0*.
Pressure amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of pressure deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of hydrostatic tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *20*.
Temperature cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature deviation
as a percent of design temperature.
Tray thickness:
Default: 0.1875 INCH [4.5 MM].
8-14
Type
8-15
Type
8-16
Type
8-17
Type
8-18
Type
8-19
8-20
approximately one for every 18 trays (for small towers, tray spacing is about
12 INCHES, so there would be one manhole for about every 18 FEET).
Description
Type
PACKED
8-21
Type
PACKED - continued
Cladding Material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Default: *NONE*.
Skirt Height: Enter 0.0 skirt height if tower hung in
OPEN structure; Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Wind or Seismic Design: Default: Vessel designed
for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid Volume:
For seismic design; fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Manhole Diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM].
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS; 0.0 for other
material. Double if jacketed.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld Efficiency:
ASME/JIS Codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Default: Area Basis; Range: 50 - 100.
Stress Relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Type:
Default: *FULL*.
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE.- Half-pipe jacket
- Continued on next page -
8-22
Type
PACKED - continued
Jacket Thickness:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Head Type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Molecular Weight Overhead Prod:
Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications,
otherwise 30.
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME Design Basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis
Start Stop Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatige only. Thousands of start-up cycles during
the full equipment life; Min: 0.02; Default: *1.0*.
Pressure Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*.
Pressure Amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of pressure deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of Hydrostatic Tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *20*.
Temperature Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature Amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature
deviation as a percent of design temperature.
8-23
Type
8-24
Type
TRAYED - continued
Tray Spacing:
Range: 12 - 30 INCHES [305 -760 MM]; Default: *24*
INCHES [*600* MM].
Demister Thickness:
Max: 12 INCHES [300 MM]
Cladding Material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Default: *NONE*.
Skirt Height:
Enter 0.0 skirt height if tower hung in OPEN structure;
Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Wind or Seismic Design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid Volume:
For seismic design; fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Manhole Diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM].
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS; 0.0 for other
material. Double if jacketed.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld Efficiency:
ASME/JIS Codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Range: 50 - 100; Default: Area Basis.
Stress Relief:
CODE, YES, NO; Default: See Area Design Basis.
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: Jacket pressure or
thickness required to obtain jacket. Default: No
jacket.
- Continued on next page -
8-25
Type
TRAYED - continued
Jacket Type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
Jacket Thickness:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Head Type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torishpherical (ASME)
Molecular Weight Overhead Prod:
Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications,
otherwise 30.
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Tray Thickness:
Default: *0.187* INCHES [*4.50* MM];
Max: 0.375 INCHES [9.00 MM]
ASME Design Basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis
Start Stop Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatige only. Thousands of start-up cycles during
the full equipment life; Min: 0.02; Default: *1.0*.
Pressure Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*.
Pressure Amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of pressure deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of Hydrostatic Tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *20*.
- Continued on next page -
8-26
Type
TRAYED - continued
Temperature Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature Amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature
deviation as a percent of design temperature.
TRAY STACK
DC HE TW
Shell Material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material
(cladding is defined below). See Chapter 28 for
materials.
Default: *A 515*.
Gas Flow Rate Inlet:
Range: 30,000 - 300,000 LB/H
[13,610 - 136,000 KG/H]; Enter either flowrate or
diameter and height.
Vessel Diameter:
Enter either flowrate or diameter and height.
Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height:
Enter either flowrate or diameter and height.
- Continued on next page -
8-27
Type
DC HE TW - continued
Design Gauge Pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure 15 PSIG [100 KPA].
Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure.
Design Temperature:
Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys;
other material: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C].
Operating Temperature:
Enter maximum gas temperature.
Packing Type Section 1:
Default: *68PVC*. See Chapter 28 for packing
materials.
Packing Height Section 1:
Max: Tangent to tangent height less 1.0 FEET [0.3 M].
Packing Type Section 2:
Default: None for OPEN top, else 68PVC.
See Chapter 28 for packing materials.
Packing Height Section 2:
Max: Tangent to tangent height less height of packing
No. 1.
Cladding Material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Default: *NONE*.
Skirt Height:
Enter 0.0 skirt height if tower hung in OPEN
structure; Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Wind or Seismic Design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind display only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid Volume:
For seismic design, fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Manhole Diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM].
- Continued on next page -
8-28
Type
DC HE TW - continued
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
material, double if jacketed.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld Efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Default: See Area Basis; Range: 50 - 100%.
Stress Relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise 0.0.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
Jacket Thickness:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain
jacket. Default: No jacket.
Jacket Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Head Type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
OPEN- Open top/TORI bottom
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
8-29
Type
8-30
Type
TS ADSORB - continued
Wind or Seismic Design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only`
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid Volume:
For seismic design, fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Manhole Diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM].
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
material, double if jacketed.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld Efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Range: 50 - 100%; Default: See Area Basis.
Stress Relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise 0.0.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Type: Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
Jacket Thickness:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
- Continued on next page -
8-31
Type
TS ADSORB - continued
Head Type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
OPEN- Open top/TORI bottom
Heater Type:
*ELEC*- Electric heater
STEAM- Steam heater
NONE- No heater
Steam Gauge Pressure:
Default: *150* PSIG [*1,000* KPA]
Applies to steam gas heater only
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD;
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
8-32
8-33
8-34
8-35
8-36
8-37
8-38
9 Vacuum Systems
(G6)
9-1
Condensers (C)
Barometric condenser
Description
Type
BAROMETRIC
Material:
Default: *CS*
Water flow rate:
Range: 200 - 5,000 GPM [15 - 315 L/S]
Material:
CI
Water flow rate:
Range: 40 - 5,000 GPM [3 - 315 L/S]
Material:
RBLCS (rubber lined carbon steel)
Water flow rate:
Range: 200 - 3,000 GPM [12 - 180 L/S]
9-2
Ejectors (EJ)
100 PSIG [690 KPA] steam
Description
Type
9-3
Type
9-4
Type
4 STAGE
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
HAST- Hastelloy
Air ejection rate:
Range: 10 - 110 LB/H [4.6 - 48 KG/H]
Suction absolute pressure:
Range: 0.25 - 5.0 MM HG [33 - 660 PA]
9-5
Type
5 STAGE B
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
HAST- Hastelloy
Air ejection rate:
Range: 10 - 110 LB/H [4.6 - 48 KG/H]
Suction absolute pressure:
Range: 0.5 - 1.0 MM HG [7 - 130 PA]
9-6
Type
WATER SEAL
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Actual gas flow rate:
Range: 30 - 4,000 CFM [55 - 6,750 M3/H]
Mechanical oil-sealed vacuum pump.
MECHANICAL
MECH BOOST
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
Actual gas flow rate:
Range: 120 - 2,000 CFW [205 - 3,375 M3/H]
9-7
9-8
10 Vessels
(G10)
10 Vessels (G10)
10-1
Type
HORIZ DRUM
10-2
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-3
Type
10-4
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-5
Type
10-6
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
JACKETED
Application:
Defines vessel function and related piping/
instrumentation model.
Default: *blank*
blank- Standard continuous process vessel
BATCH- Batch process vessel
STORAGE- Storage vessel
RECVR- Receiver
KO- Knock-out drum
- Continued on next page -
10 Vessels (G10)
10-7
Type
JACKETED - continued
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. See
Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length.
Vessel tangent to tangent length:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length.
Design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: pressure.
Design temperature:
Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material; 250
DEG F [120 DEG C] other materials.
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Jacket design gauge pressure:
Default: *90* PSIG [*620* KPA].
Jacket type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
Jacket material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Manhole diameter:
Default: *18* INCHES [450 MM]; Max: 48 INCHES
[1,200];
Number of manholes: Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Diameter of drip leg:
Drip leg (boot) diameter and length must be specified
if required.
Height of drip leg:
Drip leg (boot) diameter and length must be specified
if required.
- Continued on next page -
10-8
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
JACKETED - continued
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
material, double if jacketed.
Weld efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Default: Area Basis. Range: 50 - 100.
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified; otherwise: 0.0.
Stiffening ring spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Head type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Number of body flange sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Sanitary horizontal drum
SAN TANK
10 Vessels (G10)
10-9
10-10
10 Vessels (G10)
Description
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-11
Description
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
Description
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-13
Type
Pressure/Vacuum Service
CYLINDER
10-14
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
CYLINDER - continued
Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and
height. The capacity excludes the volume of the
heads. If both the vessel dimensions and capacity are
specified, the system calculated capacity must agree
with the specified capacity to within plus or minus
10% to avoid an error condition. To secure desired
vessel size, specify the diameter and height directly. A
value must be specified if vessel diameter and/or
vessel height (or length) are not specified. If vessel
diameter and height (or length) are specified, the
vessel volume is calculated from these dimensions.
(Default is 2:1.) If only vessel capacity is specified, a
straight side length-to-diameter ratio is chosen by the
system, considering cost and practicability.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height. A value
must be specified if vessel capacity is not specified. If
both vessel capacity and height (or length) are
specified, the diameter is calculated from these
values. If both vessel capacity and diameter are
specified, the height (or length) is calculated from
these values.
Vessel tangent to tangent height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
See Diameter.
Design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: pressure.
Design temperature:
Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material, 250
DEG F [120 DEG C] other material.
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
- Continued on next page -
10 Vessels (G10)
10-15
Type
CYLINDER - continued
Skirt height:
Skip if legs required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN
structure; Default: 1.5 x diameter. If the capacity is
10,000 GALLONS [37 M3] or less, the vessel is
designed with 4-feet [1.25 M] pipe legs. For a capacity
greater than 10,000 GALLONS [37 M3], the vessel is
designed with a skirt. The skirt height is calculated as
1.5 x vessel diameter, with minimum and maximum
calculated heights of 4 - 32 FEET [1.25 - 9.5 M].
Vessel leg height:
Skip if skirt required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN
structure; Default: *4* FEET [1.25 M].
See Skirt Height.
Wind or seismic design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid volume:
For seismic design, fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: 18 INCHES [450 MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Default: *0.0*; Specify an allowance for internals as a
percent of basic vessel weight.
Demister thickness:
Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM]
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Number of body flange sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Defaults: Area Basis. Range: 50 - 100.
- Continued on next page -
10-16
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
CYLINDER - continued
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding material:
If no cladding material is specified, the system
assumes that the vessel is not clad regardless of any
input for cladding thickness.
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise 0.0. See Cladding Material.
Stiffening ring spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Head type:
If no value is specified, the system selects the
torispherical type head and calculates the thickness. If
the head is thicker than the vessel shell, the system
selects the 2:1 ellipsoidal type head and recalculates
the head thickness. If the head is still thicker than the
shell, the system selects the hemispherical type head.
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Head thickness Top:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Head thickness Bottom:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design. See following
entries for fatigue data. Default: *D1NF*.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
Start stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles
during the full equipment life. Range: 5.00 - 0.02.
- Continued on next page -
10 Vessels (G10)
10-17
Type
CYLINDER - continued
Pressure cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*.
Pressure amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of Hydrostatic Tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature as a
percent of design temperature. Default: *0*.
Multi-wall design for high pressure service. Total wall
thickness of individual thin heat shrunk cylinders
(maximum 2 INCH [50 MM] thick each).
MULTI WALL
Application:
Defines vessel function and related piping/
instrumentation model. Default: *blank*
blank- Standard continuous process vessel
BATCH- Batch process vessel
STORAGE- Storage vessel
RECVR- Receiver
KO- Knock-out drum
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel tangent to tangent height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for
worst case.
- Continued on next page -
10-18
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-19
Type
10-20
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-21
Type
JACKETED - continued
Jacket design gauge pressure:
Default: *90* PSIG [*620* KPA].
Jacket type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
Jacket material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Skirt height:
Skip if legs required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN
structure; Default: *1.5 x diameter*.
Vessel leg height:
Skip if skirt required. Enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN
structure; Default: *4* FEET [*1.25* M].
Wind or seismic design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid volume:
Max: 100; Default: *20*; For seismic design; fluid
volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed).
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
Number of manholes: Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Demister thickness:
Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM]
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
material, double if jacketed.
Number of body flange sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Range: 50 - 100; Default: Area Basis.
- Continued on next page -
10-22
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
JACKETED - continued
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Stiffening ring spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Head type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Head thickness Top:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Head thickness Bottom:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: see
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
Default: *D1NF*.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
Start stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles
during the full equipment life.
Range: 5.00 - 0.02.
Pressure cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life.
- Continued on next page -
10 Vessels (G10)
10-23
Type
JACKETED - continued
Default: *0*.
Pressure amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of hydrostatic Tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature as a
percent of design temperature. Default: *0*.
High Pressure Gas/Liquid Storage
SPHERE
10-24
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
SPHERE - continued
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter.
Design gauge pressure:
-15 - 3,000 PSIG [-100 - 20,5000];
Default: 15 PSIG [100 KPA].
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: see
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
Default: *D1NF*.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
- Continued on next page -
10 Vessels (G10)
10-25
Type
SPHERE - continued
Start stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles
during the full equipment life.
Range: 5.00 - 0.02.
Pressure cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*.
Pressure amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of hydrostatic tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature as a
percent of design temperature. Default: *0*.
Spheroid to 750000 GALLONS [2840 M3]. Field
erected.
SPHEROID
10-26
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
SPHEROID - continued
Spheroidal shaped tanks are often more economical
than cylindrical pressure vessels for storage at
pressures greater than 0.5 PSI.
10 Vessels (G10)
10-27
Type
SPHEROID - continued
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD;
Default - see Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Near-Atmospheric Liquid Storage
STORAGE
10-28
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
STORAGE - continued
Floating root tanks are suitable for storage of products
having vapor pressures from 2 to 15 PSIA. Products
that boil at temperatures under the normal range of
atmospheric conditions should not be stored in floating
roof tanks.
Cone roof tanks are used for storage of low pressure
products (e.g., oil, diesel and asphalt.) Cone roof
tanks are usually field fabricated out of carbon steel.
Roofs are sloped upward to the center at a slight
angle. Typically, ranging from 50,000 - 1,000,000
GALLONS capacities, they are used for storage of low
vapor pressure products (less than 2 PSIA) when
evaporation looses and breathing losses are not
considered important.
Lifter roof tanks are generally field fabricated. They
have a minimum capacity of 40,000 GALLONS [152
M2]. Lifter roof tanks can be specified with pressure
from 0 - 0.05 PSIG
[0 - 0.3 KPA] and a maximum temperature of 250
DEG F [120 DEC C]. The default temperature is *68*
DEG F [*20* DEG C].
10 Vessels (G10)
10-29
Type
STORAGE - continued
FLOAT- Floating roof tank
LIFT- Lifter
OPEN- Open roof tank
INFLT- Internal floater with flat roof
INCN- Internal floater with cone roof
Bottom type:
Default: *FLAT*
FLAT- Single flat bottom
DBL- Double bottom
Design gauge pressure:
0.0 - 2.5 PSIG [0.0 - 17 KPA];
Default: *0.05* PSIG [*0.35* KPA].
Design temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
Number of manholes: Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of
basic vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS, *0.0* for
other materials.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] if cladding
material is specified; otherwise: *0.0*.
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Flame arrestor diameter:
Range: 1.0 - 8.0 IN DIAM [25.0 - 200.0 MM DIAM].
Conservation vent diameter:
Range: 1.0- 8.0 IN DIAM [25.0 - 200.0 MM DIAM].
10-30
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-31
Type
CRYOGENIC - continued
Number of manholes: Default: *0*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel height.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Weld efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels. Range: 50 - 100; Default: Area Basis.
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief
Stiffening ring spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter
0.0 if not required.Head type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Flat bottom dome top. FRP to 30000 GALLONS [113
M3], HAVEG to 7000 GALLONS [26 M3].
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Storage Tank: Filamentwound with a biosphere - a polyester resin (e.g., Atlac
282). Flat bottom and dome top under 2.5 PSIG [16.7
KPA], otherwise dished heads.
PLAST TANK
10-32
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
WOOD TANK
GAS HOLDER
10 Vessels (G10)
10-33
Type
CONE BTM
10-34
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-35
Type
LIVE BTM
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A285C*.
Solid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
- Continued on next page -
10-36
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-37
Type
Tile Chests
Tile chests provide tile lined tanks for storage of
liquids, suspensions or slurries. Although tile chests
are used in the chemical industry, they
are predominantly used in pulp and paper mills for
storing fiber suspensions at various stages of
processing. Chests can be rectangular or cylindrical
and may be concrete or metallic. Various designs are
available depending on the nature of the fluid high
density, low density.
Tile Chests, rectangular concrete include the following CHEST REC
options:
10-38
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-39
Type
CHEST CYL
10-40
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-41
Type
Shell material:
CHEST MTL
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
(Cladding is defined below.) Default: *A285C*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Tile or lining type:
Default: *25RSB*
25RSB- 2.4 INCH [62 MM] red shale brick
45RSB- 4.5 INCH [112 MM] red shale brick
80RSB- 8.0 INCH [200 MM] red shale brick
Tile or lining:
Percent of chest surface to be lined. 100% = one side;
200% = inside + outside. Max: 200;
Default: *100*.
Roof type:
Default: *FLAT*
FLAT- Flat roof tank
CONE- Cone roof tank
FLOAT- Floating roof tank
LIFT- Lifter
OPEN- Open top tank
INFLT- Internal floater with flat roof
INCN- Internal floater with cone roof
Design gauge pressure:
Range: 0 - 2.5 PSIG [0 - 17.0 KPA];
Default: *0.05* PSIG [*0.35* KPA].
Ignore this field for open top tanks.
Design temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: Design temperature.
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [450.0 MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
- Continued on next page -
10-42
10 Vessels (G10)
Type
Corrosion allowance:
CHEST MTL
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS, *0.0* for
other materials.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for cladding
material, otherwise *0.0*.
Specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.
Default: See Area Design Basis.
Bottom type:
Default: *FLAT*
FLAT- Single flat bottom
DBL- Double bottom
Sanitary vertical cylindrical vessel
SAN TANK
10 Vessels (G10)
10-43
Type
10-44
10 Vessels (G10)
Description
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-45
Description
Type
10-46
10 Vessels (G10)
Description
Type
10 Vessels (G10)
10-47
10-48
10 Vessels (G10)
11-1
Crushers (CR)
Includes motor and drive unit.
Description
Type
Cone crusher for secondary and fine crushing for hard CONE
and medium hard materials such as limestone, stone
and rock.
The cone crusher is a type of gyratory crusher. A
conical head is gyrated by means of an eccentric
driven through gears and a countershaft. The gyratory
motion causes the conical head to approach and
recede from the walls of the crushing chamber. The
material receives a series of rapid blows as it passes
through the crushing cavity.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Mantle diameter:
Range: 20 - 84 INCHES [510 - 2,130 MM].
Crusher type:
Default: *STAND*
STAND- Standard head
SHORT- Short head
11-2
Type
GYRATORY
11-3
Type
ROTARY
S ROLL LT
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 140 - 1,470 TPH
[125 - 1,330 TON/H].
Product size:
Range: 2 - 6 INCHES [50 - 150 MM].
11-4
Type
S ROLL LT - continued
Single roll crusher for medium duty primary and/or
secondary crushing for coal and other friable
materials.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 105 - 840 TPH [95 - 760 TON/H].
Product size:
Range: 2 - 8 INCHES [50 - 200 MM].
S ROLL MED
S ROLL HVY
11-5
Type
PULVERIZER
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 300 - 8,500 LP/H [140 - 3,855 KW].
Driver power:
Range: 3 - 75 HP [2.22 - 55].
11-6
Type
Flakers (FL)
Includes motor and drive.
Description
Type
DRUM
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Surface area:
Range: 10 - 250 SF [1 - 23 M2].
Mills (M)
Includes mill, motor, bearings, gears, lube system and vendor-supplied
instruments.
Description
Type
ATTRITION
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Driver power:
Range: 5 - 300 HP [4 - 224 KW].
Driver speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM
11-7
Type
AUTOGENOUS
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Application:
Default: *WET*
WET- Wet grinding
DRY- Dry grinding
Ball mill includes initial ball charge.
BALL MILL
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Application:
Default: *WET*
WET- Wet grinding
DRY- Dry grinding
Rod mill includes initial rod charge.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Application:
Default: *WET*
WET- Wet grinding
DRY- Dry grinding
ROD MILL
MIKRO PULV
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Driver power:
Range: 7.5 - 30 HP [5.5 - 22 KW].
Driver speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM
Roller mill to 400 HP [300 KW].
ROLLER
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Application:
Default: *WET*
WET- Wet grinding
DRY- Dry grinding
Rod charger for rod mill.
11-8
ROD CHARGR
Type
Refiners are used for the refining of fibers either from REFINER
Kraft pulping or secondary fiber operations.
The refiner is a double-disk type with rotor and stator
in a quick opening hinged housing. The shaft is
supported on anti-friction grease-lubricated bearings,
packing box, electro-mechanical plate positioning. Also
included is the drive consisting of the gear box,
electric motor, coupling and guard.
Material:
Default: *SS316*
SS316- SS316
SS304- SS304
Stock flow rate:
Enter stock flow rate (bone dry) or plate diameter.
Range: 5 - 2000 TPD [.20 - 75 TON/H].
Plate diameter:
Enter stock flow rate (bone dry) or plate diameter.
Range: 12 - 60 INCHES [305 - 1,520 MM].
CSF - ml of water:
CSF = Canadian Standard Freeness.
Default: *120*.
Deflakers reduce and disperse flakes into finer size,
and are mainly used in pulp mill operations.
The unit can be designed for a wide range of capacities
and solids concentration. Due to the intermeshing
stator and rotor design, the unit can also be used in
high shear mixing operations. Two designs are
available:
Plate type includes stator and rotor plate tackles
DEFLAKE DK
housed in a body with quick hinged door opening
for easy maintenance, electric motor driver,
coupling, packing seal, external rotor/stator
adjustment mechanism, built in junk trap.
Material:
Default: *SS316*
SS316- SS316
SS304- SS304
Hydraulic capacity:
Enter hydraulic capacity or rotor diameter.
Range: 5.0 - 2000 GPM [0.3 - 125.0 LS].
- Continued on next page -
11-9
Type
DEFLAKE DK - continued
Rotor diameter:
Enter hydraulic capacity or rotor diameter.
Range: 4 - 30 INCHES [100 - 750 MM].
Deflaker speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM.
Consistency Air Dried:
Range: 1 - 10; Default: *4*.
Concentric conical type includes shell and plug
tackles housed in body, electric motor driver,
external rotor/stator adjustment mechanism, built
in junk trap and lube oil system.
DEFLAKE CN
Material:
Default: *SS316*
SS316- SS316
SS304- SS304
Hydraulic capacity:
Range: 5 - 2,000 GPM [0.3 - 125.0 L/S].
Deflaker speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM.
Consistency Air Dried:
Range: 1 - 10; Default: *4*.
11-10
12 Drying Systems
(G6)
12-1
Crystallizers (CRY)
Description
Type
BATCH VAC
MECHANICAL
12-2
Type
MECHANICAL - continued
Crystals growing on the walls off the trough are
scraped off and suspended in the mother liquor. These
units are manufactured in lengths of 10 to 40 FEET. If
lengths greater than 40 are required, the units are
stacked one on top of another and the solution
cascades from one level to the next.
Material:
*CS*, CI
CS- Carbon steel
CI- Cast iron
Length:
Range: 20 - 1,000 FEET [6.1 - 300 M]
Material:
SS (Stainless steel)
Length:
Range: 20 - 550 FEET [6.1 - 165 M]
Oslo growth type crystallizer to 6,900 TPD [260
OSLO
TONH]. Large scale crystal production. Includes
interconnecting piping, recirculating pump and
accessories.
This piece of equipment, also called a growth
crystallizer or classified-suspension crystallizer,
operates in the following manner. The feed stream
plus a recycle stream of saturated solution are
pumped through a heat exchanger and heated. The
solution enters a vaporization chamber and a portion
of the solvent is flashed, thus cooling the solution and
raising the concentration of the solute. This
supersaturates the solution. The supersaturated
solution is then fed to the bottom of a suspension or
crystallizing chamber where it contacts already formed
crystals. Through the formation of new crystals and
the growth of existing crystals, the supersaturation of
the solution is removed. Additionally, as the solution
moves upward through the suspension chamber, the
small crystals are carried upward while the large
crystals settle to the bottom, thus classifying the
crystals by size. The large crystals are removed from
the bottom of the suspension chamber while the
solution, no longer saturated, is mixed with fresh feed,
fed to the heat exchanger, and the events described
above are repeated.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Crystallizer rate:
Max: 6,900 TPD [260 TON/H]
12-3
Evaporators (E)
Description
Type
FALL FILM
Material:
Default: *SS304*
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Heat transfer area:
Range: 4 - 150 SF [0.4 - 13 M2]
Forced circulation evaporator to 10000 SF [925 M2]
FORCED CIR
includes interconnecting piping, circulating pumps and
drivers.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Heat transfer area:
Range: 100 - 10,000 SF [10 -925 M2]
Tube material:
CS tubes with CS shell, Cu. or Ni tubes with CI shell.
CS- Carbon steel
CU- Copper
NI- Nickel
Material:
CI (Cast iron)
Heat transfer area:
Range: 155 - 8,000 SF [14 - 740 M2]
Tube material:
CS tubes with CS shell, Cu or Ni tubes with CI shell.
CS- Carbon steel
CU- Copper
NI- Nickel
Long tube rising film evaporator to 35 SF [3.2 M2]
includes interconnecting piping.
LONG TUBE
Material:
SS steel tubes with SS shell.
Heat transfer Area:
Range: 18 - 35 SF [1.7 - 3.2 M2]
12-4
Type
STAND VERT
12-5
Type
12-6
Type
THIN
FILM
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Heat transfer area:
Range: 0.95 - 27 SF [0.1 - 2.5 M2]
WFE SYSTEM
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Heat transfer area:
Range: 0.2 - 12 SF [0.02 - 1.1 M2]
12-7
Type
AIR DRYER
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Gas flow rate:
Max: 50,000 CFM [84,900 M3/H]
12-8
Dryers (D)
Includes solid materials.
Description
Type
ATMOS TRAY
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray area:
Range: 30 - 200 SF [2.8 - 18.5 M2]
Material:
SS
Tray area:
Range: 30 - 250 SF [2.8 - 23 M2]
Vacuum tray batch dryer.
VAC TRAY
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Tray area:
Range: 40 - 200 SF [3.8 - 18.5 M2]
Agitated pan batch dryer for sensitive materials.
Includes motor and drive.
PAN
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
304CD- CS clad with 304 SS
316CD- CS clad with 316 SS
Surface area:
Range: 12 - 180 SF [1.1 - 16.7 M2]
Diameter:
Range: 3 - 10 FEET [0.9 - 3.0 M]
Pan depth:
Range: 18 - 36 INCHES [450 - 900 MM]
Driver power:
Range: 3 - 40 HP [2.22 - 30 KW]
12-9
Type
SPRAY
Continuous spray drying system. Includes supports,
heater, filter, atomizer, fan, driver, instrumentation,
interconnecting piping, cyclone and accessories to
9000 LB/H [4080 KG/H] evaporative capacity (water).
Material:
Default: *CS*
Evaporation rate:
Range: 700 - 9,000 LB/H [320 - 4,080 KG/H]
12-10
Type
SINGLE ATM
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray area:
Range: 10 - 200 SF [1 - 18 M2]
Double atmospheric drum dryer for drying of solids on DOUBLE ATM
web material on pair of steam heated drums.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray area:
Range: 25 - 400 SF [2.4 - 35 M2]
SINGLE VAC
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray area:
Range: 10 - 200 SF [1 - 18 M2]
S COOKCOOL
12-11
Type
S COOKCOOL - continued
12-12
Type
DIRECT
Material:
Default: *CS*
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 2,000 SF [10 - 185 M2]
Indirect contact of hot gases with moist solids with
maximum surface area of 2000 SF[185 M2].
INDIRECT
Material:
Default: *CS*
Surface area:
100 - 2,000 SF [10 - 185 M2]
Jacketed rotary vacuum dryer with explosion-proof
motor.
Maximum capacity of 500 CF [14.1 M3].
JAC VACUUM
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Flow rate:
8 - 500 CF [0.25 - 14.1 M3]
Conical rotary vacuum dryer with maximum capacity
of 400 CF.
[11.3 M3].
VACUUM
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Flow rate:
3 - 400 CF [0.1 - 11.3 M3]
12-13
Type
ATM SYSTEM
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Tray surface area:
Range: 80 - 300 SF [7.5 - 27.5 M2]
Batch tray dryer with vacuum and no trays.
VACUUM
Material:
Default: *CI*
Tray surface area:
Range: 20 - 75 SF [1.9 - 6.9 M2]
Material:
SS304
Tray surface area:
Range: 20 - 80 SF [1.9 - 7.0 M2]
Turbo tray drying system with auxiliaries except
heating system.
TURBO
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray surface area:
Range: 60 - 20,000 SF [6 - 1,850 M2]
Heating medium:
Default: *blank*
H-AIR- Hot air
STEAM- Steam
blank- Other heating medium
Batch tray dryer with vacuum pump and condenser.
VAC SYSTEM
Material:
Default: *CI*
Tray Surface Area:
Range: 13 - 70 SF [1.3 - 6.5 M2]
12-14
13 Solids Conveying
(G10)
13-1
Conveyors (CO)
Description
Type
OPEN BELT
13-2
Type
13-3
Type
CLOSED
BLT
13-4
Type
13-5
Section 2: A conveyor section where height varies from the nominal grade height
(H1) to some elevation above grade (H2). The section is supported on bents or
tower-type supports and has a total length L2.
Section 3: A conveyor section where height varies from one elevated height (H2) to a
second elevated height (H3). The section is supported on bents or tower-type
supports and has a total length L3.
13-6
Section 1 and 3
Type
APRON
PNEUMATIC
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
AL- Aluminum
Conveyer Length:
Range: 100 - 1,200 FEET [30 - 360 M]
Tube Diameter:
Range: 3 - 4 INCHES [75 - 100 MM]
Conveyer Flow Rate:
Range: 2 - 15 TPH [2 - 13 TON/H]
Product Density:
Range: 20 - 60 PCF [325 - 960 KG/M3];
Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3]
13-7
Type
ROLLER
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Conveyer Length:
Range: 4 - 25 FEET [1.3 - 7.5 M]
Conveyer Width:
Range: 12 - 20 INCHES [300 - 500 MM]
Roller Spacing:
Range: 3 - 4 INCHES [75 - 100 MM]
Screw conveyor for conveying granular or fine solids SCREW
horizontally or up an incline. Screw conveyor capacity,
however, decreases rapidly as the angle of incline
increases. Includes motor, drive and helical screw in
U-shaped trough.
The crew conveyor consists of a helical screw inside
an enclosed U-shaped trough. As the screw rotates,
the material is moved forward. Screw conveyors are
inexpensive, easy to maintain and can easily be made
dust-tight.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS305- SS305
SS316- SS316
Conveyer Length:
Range: 10 - 1,000 FEET [3.1 - 300 M]
Screw Diameter:
Range: 6 - 24 INCHES [155 - 600 MM]
Product Density:
MAX: 100 PCF [1,600 KG/M2]
Vibrating conveyor for moving granular materials
horizontally or on slight incline. Includes motor and
drive, carrying trough, support base and drive
springs.
VIBRATING
13-8
Type
VIBRATING - continued
Friable materials can be handled because the
movement of the material is gentle. The conveyor can
be made dust-tight and materials of construction may
be used to allow the handling of materials at
temperatures up to 2000 DEG F.
A vibrating conveyor consists of a carrying trough,
supporting base, drive springs and a drive system. The
drive system and springs impart an oscillating motion
to the trough which causes the material to move
forward in a hopping motion.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Pan Width:
Range: 12- 36 INCHES [300 - 900 MM]
Spaced bucket centrifugal discharge elevator includes
motor, drive and bucket contents discharged by
centrifugal motion.
CENT BKT L
13-9
Type
CONT BKT L
S BELTCONV
Material:
*SS304*, SS316
Conveyer length:
Range: 6 - 20 FEET [1.8 - 6 M]
Belt width: Available sizes:
18 INCH [450 MM]
24 INCH [600 MM]
30 INCH [750 MM]
36 INCH [900 MM]
Conveyer type:
*INSPC*- Inspection type conveyor
BIDIR- bi-directional type (reversing belt conveyor)
Driver power: Default *1* HP
Driver type:
*WVRDC*- Washdown, VFD rated, direct drive, CS
WVCDC- Washdown, VFD controlled, direct drive, CS
13-10
Type
S VERTICAL
Material:
*SS304*, SS316
Vertical lift (+) or drop (+): MIN: - 40 FEET [-12.2 M];
MAX: 40 FEET [12.2 M] Difference in elevation
between feed and discharge: lift (positive), drop
(negative)
Belt width: Available sizes:
18 INCH [450 MM]
24 INCH [600 MM]
30 INCH [750 MM]
36 INCH [900 MM]
Length of lead-in section:
Default and MIN: *2* FEET [.6 M]
Length of the conveyor at feed end before lift or drop
Length of lead-out section: Default and MIN: *2* FEET
[.6 M]
Length of the conveyor at discharge end before lift or
drop
Driver power:
Default *1* HP
Driver type:
*WVRDC*- Washdown, VFD rated, direct drive, CS
WVCDC- Washdown, VFD controlled, direct drive, CS
Sanitary vibratory conveyor
S VIBRATRY
Material:
*SS304*, SS316
Conveyer length:
Range: 6 - 40 FEET [1.8 - 12.2M]
Belt width: Available sizes:
18 INCH [450 MM]
24 INCH [600 MM]
30 INCH [750 MM]
36 INCH [900 MM]
Belt support:
*NONE*- No belt support will be provided
BSUP- Belt support will be provided
- Continued on next page -
13-11
Type
S VIBRATRY - continued
Driver power: Default *1* HP
Driver type:
*WVRDC*- Washdown, VFD rated, direct drive, CS
WVCDC- Washdown, VFD controlled, direct drive, CS
Number of lane dividers: Default *0*; MAX: 2
Dewatering screen:
*NONE*- De-watering screen pair not included
DWAT- De-watering screen pair included
Pneumatic gate:
*NONE*- Full-width pneumatic screen not included
PNUM- Full-width pneumatic screen included
Discharge type:
*NONE*- No discharge exists
DROP- Drop-out type discharge
BIAS- Bias type discharge
Sanitary incline conveyor
S INCLINE
13-12
Cranes (CE)
Description
Type
BRIDGE CRN
Travelling bridge crane includes trolley, hoists,
bridge, bridge rail, end trucks and drivers; not
included are building crane supports or travelling
rails (see Plant Bulk Steel - Mill Building) to
200 TONS [175 TON].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Crane Capacity:
Range: 5 - 200 TONS [5 - 175 TON]
Includes hoist trolley and track beam to 30 TONS HOIST
[25 TON].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Crane Capacity:
Range: 0.5 - 30 TONS [0.5 - 25 TON]
Type
FREIGHT
Elevator Capacity:
Range: 2 - 10 TONS [2 - 10 TON]
Height:
Range: 20 - 200 FEET [7 - 60 M]
Elevator for lifting personnel and small tools in process PASSENGER
buildings and open steel structures. Capacity to 5
TONS [5 TON] and 200 FEET [60 M] lift. Includes
geared variable stage drive at 2 00 FPM [3650 M/H].
Elevator Capacity:
Range: 1 - 5 TONS [1 - 5 TON]
Height:
Range: 20 - 200 FEET [7 - 60 M]
13-13
Feeders (FE)
Description
Type
BELT
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Feeder Rate:
Range: 120 - 4,800 CFH [3.5 - 135 M3/H]
Bin activator.
BIN ACTVTR
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Diameter:
Range: 3 - 15 FEET [1.0 - 4.5 M]
Rotary vane feeder with diameter to 36 INCHES [900
MM]. Includes motor and drive.
ROTARY
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Rotary Feeder Diameter:
Range: 3 - 36 INCHES [80 - 900 MM]
13-14
Type
Vibrating feeder.
VIBRATING
(includes hopper)
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Length:
Range: 5 - 14 FEET [1.6 - 4.2 M]
Feeder Width:
Range: 12 - 72 INCHES [3.5 - 1,800 MM]
Loss-in-weight. Gravimetric weigh belt for free-flowing WT LOSS
feeding/proportioning of solids. Includes motor and
variable speed drive.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Flow Rate:
Range: 5 - 2,400 LB/H [2.3 - 1,085 KG/H]
DUMPER
Sanitary dumper.
Lifts vats, combos, and tubs. Heavy duty stainless
steel construction is non-corrosive to withstand rigors
of daily washdown. Material of construction is SS316.
Dump height:
MIN: 3 FEET [0.914 M]; MAX: 17 FEET [5.18 M] for
INLIN lift, 14 FEET [4.26 M] for OFF lift.
Container type:
*55GD*- 55 GALLON [0.2 M3] drum
140GD- 140 GALLON [0.5 M3] drum
CTOTE- Corrugated tote
WOODC- Wood crate
3642B- SS bin 36 x 42 INCHES [914 x 1066 MM]
4242B- SS bin 42 x 42 INCHES [1066 x 1066 MM]
4842B- SS bin 48 x 42 INCHES [1219 x 1066 MM]
3654B- SS bin 36 x 54 INCHES [914 x 1372 MM]
4254B- SS bin 42 x 54 INCHES [1066 x 1372 MM]
4854B- SS bin 48 x 54 INCHES [1219 x 1372 MM]
FBOX- Fiber box 18 x 18 x 36 INCHES [457 x 457 x
914 MM]
- Continued on next page -
13-15
Type
DUMPER - continued
Lift type:
*INLIN*- Inline hydraulic lift
OFF- Offset electric lift
Retainer hold down:
*MAN*- Manual mechanism
AUTO- Automatic mechanism
AUTOB- Automatic mechanism and hydraulic box
retainer
Hydraulic power pack:
*NONE*- External hydraulic power pack
INCL- Self-contained hydraulic power pack
Sanitary bulk bag unloader
SACK DUMP
Sack size:
*1,500 LBS [681 KG], MAX: 4,000 LBS [1,814 KG]
Discharge type:
*GRAV*- Gravity discharge
SCREW- Flexible screw conveyor
Control type:
*MAN*- Manual control
LIW- Loss-in-weight control
Frame loading type:
*FORK*- Fork lift loading
HOIST- Electric hoist and trolley
Sanitary screw feeder
SAN SCREW
13-16
Type
SAN BELT
13-17
Hoists (HO)
Description
Type
1 SPEED
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 14 TONS
[1 - 12 TON]
5-speed electric hoist, no trolley. Used for repetitive or 5 SPEED
high-speed lifting.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 13 TONS
[1 - 11 TON]
HAND GT
Hand hoist, geared manual pull-chain driven trolley.
For intermittent service, especially maintenance work.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 12 TONS [1 -10 TON]
Hand hoist, manually-pulled trolley. The hoist is
moved to a new position on the I-beam by manually
pulling the trolley. For intermittent service, especially
for maintenance work.
HAND PT
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 12 TONS
[1 - 10 TON]
13-18
Type
BEAM SCALE
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
Range: 300 - 2,000 LBS [135 - 900 KG]
Conveyor belt scale.
BELT
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Belt Width:
Range: 18 - 72 INCHES [450 - 1,800 MM]
Bench, dial, and beam to 3000 LBS [1350 KG].
BENCH
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 3,000 LBS [1,350 KG]
Floor, dial, and beam full frame to 8000 LBS [3600
KG].
FULL FRAME
SEMI FRAME
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 8,000 LBS [3,600 KG]
13-19
Type
TANK SCALE
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
Range: 10,000 - 150,000 LBS [4,500 - 68,000 KG]
Track scale, for weighing rail cars to 300 TONS [265
TON].
TRACK
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Weight Capacity in Tons:
Range: 150 - 300 TONS [130 - 265 TON]
Truck scale, for weighing trucks/lorries to 60 TONS
[54 TON].
TRUCK
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Weight Capacity in Tons:
Range: 30 - 60 TONS [25 - 54 TON]
Sanitary floor scale - flush mounted
SAN FLOOR
13-20
Type
13-21
Scales (S)
Description
Type
BEAM SCALE
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
Range: 300 - 2,000 LBS [135 - 900 KG]
Conveyor belt scale.
BELT
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Belt Width:
Range: 18 - 72 INCHES [450 - 1,800 MM]
Bench, dial, and beam to 3000 LBS [1350 KG].
BENCH
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 3,000 LBS [1,350 KG]
Floor, dial, and beam full frame to 8000 LBS [3600
KG].
FULL FRAME
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 8,000 LBS [3,600 KG]
Floor, dial, and beam semi-frame to 8000 LBS [3600
KG].
SEMI FRAME
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 8,000 LBS [3,600 KG]
Tank scale, weigh bridge and saddles 150000 LBS
[68000 KG].
TANK SCALE
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
Range: 10,000 - 150,000 LBS [4,500 - 68,000 KG]
13-22
Type
TRACK
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Weight Capacity in Tons:
Range: 150 - 300 TONS [130 - 265 TON]
Truck scale, for weighing trucks/lorries to 60 TONS
[54 TON].
TRUCK
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Weight Capacity in Tons:
Range: 30 - 60 TONS [25 - 54 TON]
Sanitary floor scale - flush mounted
SAN FLOOR
13-23
13-24
14 Separation Equipment
(G7)
14-1
Centrifuges (CT)
Includes motor and drive unit.
Description
Type
ATM SUSPEN
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Driver Power:
Range: 2 - 30 HP [1.5 - 22 KW]
BATCH AUTO
14-2
Type
BATCH BOTM
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
RBLCS- Rubber-lined CS
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 20 - 48 INCHES [510 - 1,210 MM]
Batch bottom-driven centrifuge, top unloading,
explosion-proof motor with diameter to 56 INCHES
[1420 MM].
TOP UNLOAD
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
RBLCS- Rubber-lined carbon steel
SS316- SS316
HASTC- Hastelloy C
Centrifuge capacity:
Range: 2 - 20 CF [0.06 - 0.56 M3]
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 18 - 56 INCHES [460 - 1,420 MM]
Batch bottom-driven centrifuge, bottom unloading,
fixed speed hydraulic driver with diameter to 56
INCHES [1420 MM].
BOT UNLOAD
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 12 - 56 INCHES [305 - 1,420 MM]
Batch top-suspended filtering centrifuge with diameter BATCH TOP
to 50 INCHES [1260 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
RBLCS- Rubber-lined carbon steel
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 20 - 50 INCHES [510 - 1,260 MM]
14-3
Type
DISK
Material:
Default: *CS*
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 10 - 20 INCHES [250 - 500 MM]
Reciprocating conveyor, with continuous filtering
RECIP CONV
centrifuge for free-draining granular solids, horizontal
bowl, removal by reciprocating piston and diameter to
50 INCHES [1250 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 15 - 50 INCHES [375 - 1,250 MM]
Material:
SS (Stainless steel)
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 20 - 50 INCHES [500 - 1,250 MM]
Scroll conveyor with continuous filtering centrifuge,
solids removal by scroll conveyor and diameter to 75
INCHES [1875 MM].
SCROLL CON
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 15 - 75 INCHES [375 - 1,875 MM
Material:
SS (Stainless steel)
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 15 - 50 INCHES [375 - 1,250 MM]
Solid bowl with diameter to 54 INCHES [1370 MM].
SOLID BOWL
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Bowl diameter:
Range: 18 - 54 INCHES [460 - 1,370 MM]
Dowl length:
Range: 28 - 132 INCHES [720 - 3,350 MM]
14-4
Type
SCREEN BWL
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Bowl diameter:
Range: 18 - 54 INCHES [460 - 1,370 MM]
Bowl length:
Range: 28 - 132 INCHES [720 - 3,350 MM]
High speed tubular sedimentation centrifuge, bottom TUBULAR
entry, batch solids removal and diameter to 6 INCHES
[150 MM].
The following rates are shown to assist in selecting the
proper equipment item, however, rates outside this
range may be input.
TPH = 110-325, TON/H = 91-263.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Bowl diameter:
Range: 4 - 6 INCHES [105 - 150 MM]
Continuous filtration vibratory centrifuge with solids
VIBRATORY
removal by vibratory screen for dewatering of coarse
solids with screen diameter to 56 INCHES [1420 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Screen diameter:
Range: 48 - 56 INCHES [1,220 - 1,420 MM]
Inverting filter centrifuge.
INVERTING
14-5
Type
CENTRF PRE
Material:
Default: *CS*
Gas flow rate:
Range: 500 - 10,000 CFM [850 - 16,990 M3/H]
Cloth bay baghouse includes hopper bottom, airlocks CLOTH BAY
and electrical motor shakers. Cloth area to 12,000 SF
[1,110 M2].
Fabric filters are used for high efficiency 99+%,
cleaning of small particles (less than one micron).
Fabric filters are an excellent choice where feed
conditions may vary because efficiency is unaffected
by varying flowrates, particulate loading, or particle
size distribution. Baghouses are not a good choice if
the gas contains free moisture or if condensation will
occur in the baghouse. Baghouses are limited to a
maximum temperature of 550 DEG F.
Shaker type filters are generally used for:
Low CFM
Low particulate loading
Intermittent operation.
Pulse type units are used for:
Large CFM
High particulate loading
Continuous operation.
The cloth bay dust collector is commonly called a
baghouse or fabric filter. Dust laden gas is ducted into
a rectangular (small units may be cylindrical)
enclosure. The dirty gas must pass through cloth
tubes or bags to get out of the baghouse. Baghouses
are characterized by the method used to clean the
filter bags. Two options are available - shaker and
pulse type cleaning, which are a function of the air-tomedia ratio.
- Continued on next page -
14-6
Type
14-7
Type
PULSE SHKR
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Surface Area:
Range: 100 - 6,000 SF [10 - 557 M2]
Flow Rate:
Max: 250,000 CFM [420,000 M3/H]
Air/media ratio:
Range: 5 - 15 CFM/SF [91 - 270 M3/H/M2]
Air temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Boiler capacity:
Max: 200 MMBTU/H [60 MEGAW]
14-8
Type
14-9
Type
Multiple cyclone with flow rate to 20,000 CFM [33,980 MULT CYCLO
M3/H].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Gas flow rate:
Range: 900 - 20,000 CFM [1,530 - 33,980 M2/H]
ELC H VOLT
ELC L VOLT
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Gas flow rate:
Range: 600 - 20,000 CFM [1,020 - 33,980 M3/H]
Washer dust collector
WASHERS
Material:
Default: *CS*
Gas flow rate:
Range: 600 - 20,000 CFM [1,020 -33,980 M3/H]
Air temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
14-10
Filters (F)
Description
Type
CARTRIDGE
LEAF DRY
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Surface area:
Range: 50 -600 SF [4.7 - 55 M2]
Pressure leaf-wet filter with leaf area to 600 SF [55
M2].
LEAF WET
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Surface area:
Range: 50 - 600 SF [4.7 - 55 M2]
14-11
Type
ROTY DISK
14-12
Type
14-13
Type
SCROLL
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Feed size selection:
FINE- Fine solids
MEDIUM- Medium solids
Sewage filter with area to 600 SF [55 M2].
SEWAGE
Material:
Default: *CS*
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 600 SF [10 - 55 M2]
14-14
Type
SPARKLER
Material:
Default: *SS316*
SS316- SS316
RBLCS- Rubber lined CS
Surface area:
Range: 8 - 110 SF [
0.75 - 10.2 M2]
Sparkler volume:
Range: 0.5 - 15 CF [0.02 - 0.4 M3]
Sparkler diameter:
Range: 18 - 33 INCHES [450 - 825 MM]
Tubular fabric filters (bank of three) with automatic or TUBULAR
manual cleaning/backwashing. Flow rate to 3400 GPM
[210 L/S].
For filtering liquid streams such as cooling tower water
and tank car loading lines. The wide selection of filter
media available allows particles from 1 micron to
2,000 microns in size to be removed. Because tubular
filters can be backwashed, liquid streams with high
solids concentrations can be handled.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 100 - 3,400 GPM [6.5 - 210 L/S]
Mesh size:
Range: 60 - 700 MESH
Mode of operation:
Automatic cleaning and backwashing option available.
Default: *NONE*
NONE- No auto operation
AUTO- Auto clan/backwash
White water filter including centrifugal screening
basket, internal showers and distributors.
WHITEWATER
14-15
Type
COMPRSGAS
Default
MIN
MAX
Design gauge pressure Inlet range of 0.25 PSIG [1.75 KPA] - 150 PSIG [1,033 KPA]
0.0175 psi
[0.00012 N/mm2]
0.0175 psi
[0.00012 N/mm2]
2.0 psi
[0.01379 N/mm2]
Design gauge pressure Inlet range of 150 PSIG [1,033 KPA] - 275 PSIG [1,895 KPA]
0.25 psi
[0.00172 N/mm2]
0.25 psi
[0.00172 N/mm2]
3.0 psi
[0.02068 N/mm2]
Design gauge pressure Inlet range of 275 PSIG [1,895 KPA] - 720 PSIG [4,956 KPA]
0.50 psi
[0.00345 N/mm2]
0.50 psi
[0.00345 N/mm2]
5.0 psi
[0.03447 N/mm2]
Molecular weight:
Default gas is air with a molecular weight of 28.96.
14-16
Type
METAL TRAP
RECL REEL
SAN AIR
14-17
Type
SAN PIPE
25
1.5
40
2.0
50
2.5
3.0
80
4.0
100 (not available for INLIN)
Style:
*INLIN*- In-line filter
BASKT- Basket filter - for dia. >= 2 INCHES [50 MM]
If pipe diameter is 4 INCHES [100 MM], BASKT is the
only available type. Otherwise, default is INLIN.
Body size:
*SHORT*- Short body
LONG- Long body
14-18
Type
SAN PRESS
Flow Diagram
600
14-19
Type
Number of plates:
The maximum number of plates depends upon the
plate size:
Plate Size
Square
MAX No.
Round
of Plates
15
25
40
Plate thickness:
*1 INCH [25 MM]*; MIN: 1 INCH [25 MM]; MAX: 2
INCHES [50 MM]. These (i.e., the MIN and the MAX
values) are the only standard plate thicknesses
available.
Head and stand material:
CS- Carbon steel
*SS*- Stainless steel
Plate type:
*ROUND*- Round plates
SQUAR- Square plates
Feed pump type:
*PD *- Positive displacement pump
CNTRF- Centrifugal pump
NONE- No feed pump included
Hydraulic closure:
*HYDRL*-Hydraulic closure
MANUL-Manual closure (not available for 24 INCH
[600 MM] plate size)
14-20
Type
SAN STEAM
Pipe diameter
Inch-Pound
0.75 INCHES
1 INCHES
2 INCHES
3 INCHES
4 INCHES
6 INCHES
8 INCHES
Metric
20 MM
25 MM
50 MM
80 MM
100 MM
150 MM
200 MM
Metric
38.1 MM
63.5 MM
101.6 MM
218.44 MM
271.78 MM
325.12 MM
406.4 MM
Body length:
If pipe diameter is entered, system selects a filter body
length from the above table. If user enters a length, it
is printed, but the underlying design value is still
provided by the table.
Steam pressure-gauge:
*100 PSIG [680 KPA]*
14-21
Type
SAN STRAIN
14-22
Description
Type
Filter Upstream
UPSTREAM
14-23
Description
Type
14-24
Description
Type
14-25
Type
14-26
Type
WATER CYCL
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
CERML- Light ceramic liner
CERMM- Medium ceramic liner
CERMH- Heavy ceramic liner
CERMV- Very heavy ceramic liner
ABRPL- Abrasive resistant plate
REPRB- Replaceable rubber lining
LS304- Replaceable SS304 lining
LS316- Replaceable SS316 lining
Cyclone diameter:
Diameter is for individual cyclone, group manifolding linear or radial. Range: 4 - 30 INCHES [105 - 760 MM]
Configuration:
Default: *LIN*
LIN- Linear manifold
RAD- Radial manifold
14-27
Type
OIL WATER
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Liquid flow rate:
Maximum flow (see Configuration) less Specific
Gravity increase. For example, for BOX 135 GPM [8.5
L/S] at 0.965. Min: 25 GPM [16 L/S]
Diameter or width:
Range: 4 - 8 FEET [1.22 - 2.40 M]
Length:
Range: 20 - 40 FEET [6.1 - 12.0 M]
Configuration:
Default: *BOX*
RND- Round- max flow 545 GPM [34 L/S] at 0.85 SG
BOX- Box - max flow 700 GPM [44 L/S] at 0.85 SG
Oil specific gravity: Range 0.85 - 0.97; Default:
*0.92*
14-28
Thickeners (T)
Description
Type
14-29
Type
THICKENER - continued
Additional capacity:
Extra storage in addition to basic tank capability.
Default: *0.0* GALLONS [*0.0 M3].
Flocculator required: Default: *NO*
NO- No flocculation required
YES- Flocculator mechanism required
Bridge type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full length bridge 100 FEET [30 M] maximum
SEMI- Semi-bridge for 100 FEET [30 M] diameter
TRCTN- Traction type clarifier on semi-bridge
Drive heat type:
Default: *DH-STD*
DH-STD- Standard drive head to 30 FEET [9 M]
diameter DH-HD- Heavy duty drive - large diameter,
thick sludge DH-HDA- Heavy duty, overload alarm,
lifting device
Design temperature:
Default: 190 DEG F [88 DEG C] for green liquor; else
68 DEG F [20 DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: Design temperature.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
mechanism weight. Default: *0.0*
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS,
0.0 for other materials.
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*
Manhole diameter:
Max: 480 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
14-30
Screens (VS)
Rectangular, circular.
Description
Type
ONE DECK
TWO DECK
THREE DECK
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Length:
Range: 6 - 24 FEET [2.0 - 7.25 M]
Width:
Range: 3 - 8 FEET [1.0 - 2.25 M]
Configuration:
Default: *OPEN*
OPEN- No duct enclosure
Circular single deck.
Circular double deck.
Circular triple deck.
SIFTER 1
SIFTER 2
SIFTER 3
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Screen diameter:
Range: 18 - 60 INCHES [450 - 1,5000 MM]
Surface area:
Range: 1.5 - 18 SF [0.2 - 1.7 M2]
Rectangular hummer-type for fine separation; 1, 2 or
3 decks.
HUMMER
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Surface area:
Range: 10 - 80 SF [1.0 - 7.4 M2]
Number of decks:
Range: 1 - 3
14-31
Type
LD STOCK
Low consistency bow screen is used for fiber
collection in a paper mill.
The unit consists of a screen surface mounted on
a frame curvilinear in shape, with inlet nozzle,
discharge nozzle(s) and a collection chamber.
The automatic feature includes solenoids, timers
and an air cylinder for back-flushing and
cleaning.
Screen material:
Default: *SS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Liquid flow rate:
Enter capacity or screen surface area.
Surface area:
Enter capacity or screen surface area.
Frame material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Consistency Air Dried:
Percent of solids in the feed stream.
0.60 - 2.00; Default: *0.80*
Mechanical bar screens are the first stage of screening BAR
used in an effluent treatment system. These are wide
mesh screens made from metal rods/flats welded onto
a frame.
Screen material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Liquid flow rate:
Enter capacity or screen surface area.
Surface area:
Enter capacity or screen surface area.
Pressure screen used for fine screening of
contaminants in a paper mill.
PRESSURE
14-32
Type
PRESSURE - continued
Basket material:
Default: *SS316*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Shell material:
Default: *SS316*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Hydraulic capacity:
Enter capacity or diameter and length.
Basket diameter:
Enter capacity or diameter and length.
Min: 60 INCHES [150 MM]
Basket height:
Enter capacity or diameter and length.
Min: 60 INCHES [150 MM]
Driver power:
Max: 3,6000 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM
Design gauge power:
Default: *15* PSIG [*150* MM]
Seal type:
Default: *MECH*
PACK- Packing
MECH- Mechanical seal
Sanitary fluming dewatering shaker
SHAKER
14-33
Type
SHAKER - continued
Screen size:
24X60- 2x24 INCHES [609 MM] x 30 INCHES [762
MM] screens
36X60- 2x36 INCHES [914 MM] x 30 INCHES [762
MM] screens
Required to enter at least one of the following: size,
fluming rate or solids capacity.
Fluming rate:
MAX: 500 GPM [31 L/S]
Required to enter at least one of the following: size,
fluming rate or solids capacity.
Solids capacity:
MAX: 30,000 LB/H [13,500 KG/H]
Required to enter at least one of the following: size,
fluming rate or solids capacity.
Spreader option:
NONE- Not included
*INCL*- included
14-34
14-35
14-36
(G6)
15-1
Type
15-2
Type
COOLING WP
PACKAGED
15-3
Type
15-4
Type
CYLINDER
Material:
Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 40 MMBTU/H [11.5 MEGAW]
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [40,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
15-5
Type
MECHANICAL
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Refrigeration capacity:
Range: 4 - 500 TONS-REF [15 - 1,750 KW]
Evaporator temperature:
Range: -80 - 40 DEG F [-60 - 5 DEG C]
15-6
Type
PORTABLE
TURBO GEN
15-7
Type
DEMINERAL
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Water flow rate:
Range: 150 - 15,000 GPH [0.6 - 56.5 M3/H]
Mode of operation:
Default: *NONE*
NONE- No auto operation
AUTO- Auto degas CO2 + O2
Softening treatment system for boiler feedwater
consists of hot lime process softener, filters, Zeolite
softeners, associated piping and instruments.
SOFTENING
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Water flow rate:
10,000 - 50,000 GPH [38 - 189 M3/H]
Aerators are used in aeration of effluent. The unit
AERATOR
consists of a drive motor, coupling, guard, rotor shaft
and impeller. Other features vary depending upon the
type as given below:
High Speed Floating general aerator with pontoons.
Low Speed Floating in addition to the gear box for
speed reduction, pontoons are included for floating.
Low Speed Fixed speed reduction by means of gear
box.
Material:
*CS*- Carbon steel316L- 316L
SS304- SS304NI- Nickel
SS316- SS316INCNL- Inconel
SS321- SS321MONEL- Monel
SS347- SS347HAST- Hastelloy
304L- 304LTI- Titanium
- Continued on next page -
15-8
Type
AERATOR - continued
Aerator type:
Default: *LSFIELD*
LSFIXED- Low speed fixed aerator
LSFLOT- Low speed floating type aerator
HSFLOT- High speed floating type aerator
Aeration capacity:
Capacity is mass of O2 per hour. Enter capacity or
impeller diameter and power.
Impeller diameter:
Enter capacity or impeller diameter and driver power.
Driver power:
Enter capacity or impeller and driver power;
Range: 1.0 - 150.0 HP [0.75 - 112 KW]
Driver speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM
Number of pontoons:
Default: 3 for LSFLOT, 1 for HSFLOT, and none for
LSFIXED.
15-9
15-10
(G6)
16-1
Flares (FLR)
A flare system is composed of several parts: a flare tip, a seal, an ignition
system, a knock-out drum and a riser stack.
The flare tip may be either smokeless or non-smokeless. Smokeless flare tips
have nozzles for injecting steam at the exit of the tip. The high velocity steam
inspirates air into the flame resulting in more complete combustion and
therefore no smoke. Non-smokeless flare tips do not have these steam
injection nozzles.
Flares are also classified as continuous and emergency. Continuous flares
handle a continuous and steady flow of flare gas. Emergency flares are
designed to safely burn a sudden large release of combustible gases that are
not normally vented. Continuous flares are normally smokeless and
emergency flares non-smokeless.
The flare seal is a device for preventing air from diffusing down the stack and
creating a combustible mixture with the flare gas inside the stack. Flare gas is
ignited at the exit of the flare tip by one or more pilots. Should any of these
pilots go out, the ignition system would reignite them.
The flare vendor would supply all of the above components for a new
installation. The vendor may also be requested to supply a knock-out drum.
This device disengages entrained liquid from the flare gas. If this liquid is not
removed, it travels up the stack, is ignited and falls flaming to the ground
creating a fire hazard. If the flare is elevated, the final component of the flare
system is the riser stack. The stack is characterized by its method. A ground
flare requires no stack.
The diameter of the flare tip and the height of the stack that supports it (if it is
an elevated flare) is calculated using formulas that take into account process
conditions and safety considerations. The diameter of the flare tip is calculated
using the following formula:
D = sqrt(w/adfv)
where sqrt indicates the square root and:
D = tip diameter of the flare: INCHES [MM]
w = mass flowrate of the flare gas: LB/H [KG/H]
f = exit velocity / sonic velocity of the flare gas
d = density of the flare gas: PFC [KG/M3]
v = sonic velocity of the flare gas, calculated using sqrt(cT/M): FPS [M/S]
M = molecular weight of the flare gas
T = absolute temperature of the flare gas: DEG R [DEG K]
P = absolute pressure of the flare gas: (14.7 + PSIG) [101.3 + KPA]
a = 19.6 in I-P units = 0.0027123 in METRIC units.
R = 10.73 in I-P units = 8.3145 in METRIC units
c = 59682 in I-P units = 107427 in METRIC units
The total height of the stack is calculated using the following formula:
H = Y - 40D
16-2
where:
H = stack height, including flare type: FEET [M]
D = flare tip diameter: FEET [M]
and:
Y = sqrt [(EQwk/4 q)-x2]
where:
E = emissivity of the flame (see formula on page 16-4)
Q = heat content of the flare gas: BTU/LB [KG/KG]
w = mass flowrate of the flare gas: LB/H [KG/H]
k = 1.0 in I-P units, 0.8306 in METRIC units
q = allowable radiation intensity: BTU/SF/ H [W/M2]
x = radius of allowable radiation intensity (see formula on page 16-4):
FEET [M]
For flare types GUYED and DERRICK, and for self-supported stacks (SELFSUPP) 40 FEET [12 M] or less in height, the length of the bottom section (L) is
the total stack height. For self-supported stacks greater than 40 FEET [12 M]
in height, the length of the bottom section is determined from a consideration
of the load requirements.
Emissivity of the flame:
E = (0.048)sqrt (M)
where:
sqrt = square root
E = emmissivity of the flame
M = molecular weight of the flare gas
Radius of allowable radiation intensity:
X = (c)sqrt(QW/105)
where:
X = radius of allowable radiation intensity: FEET [M]
Q = heat content of flare gas: BTU/LB [KJ/KG]
W = mass flowrate of flare gas: LB/H [KG/H]
c = 0.58 in I-P units, 0.5647 in METRIC units
16-3
The diameter and thickness of the flare stack is determined by structural considerations
such as loadings and method of support.
Description
Type
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Gas mass flow rate:
Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length
(height) of flare.
Diameter Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
- Continued on next page -
16-4
Type
DERRICK - continued
Height Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter
dimensions in bottom section data.
Gas temperature:
Default: *100* DEG F [*40* DEG C]
Molecular weight:
Default: *40*
Thickness Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter
dimensions in bottom section data.
Thickness Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Thickness Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Percent sonic velocity at exit:
Enter the gas exit velocity as a percent of sonic
velocity. Default: *20*
Flare type:
Default: *SMOKELESS*
SMOKELESS- Standard smokeless flare
AIR ASSIST- Air assisted smokeless flare
NONSMOKE- Non-smokeless flare
Radius radiation intensity:
Minimum radius at which a person would be exposed
to the allowable radiation.
Allowable radiation intensity:
Allowable radiation intensity at the specified minimum
radius. Default: *1,500* BTU/H/SF [4,500 W/M2]
Gas heat content:
Default: *20,000* BTU/LB [*46,500* KJ/KG]
Guyed flare stack includes stack, supports, flare tip,
GUYED
molecular seal and ignition system. Design based upon
process conditions or given sizes.
This is generally the least expensive support system
for flare stacks over 50 FEET tall. However, a large
unobstructed area around the stack must be provided
so that there will be no interference with the guy wire.
Shell material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
- Continued on next page -
16-5
Type
GUYED - continued
Gas mass flow rate:
Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length
(height) of flare.
Diameter Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Gas temperature:
Default: *100* DEG F [*40* DEG C]
Molecular weight:
Default: *40*
Thickness Bottom section: For single diameter stacks,
enter dimensions in bottom section data.
Thickness Middle section: For single diameter stacks,
enter dimensions in bottom section data.
Thickness Top section: For single diameter stacks,
enter dimensions in bottom section data.
Percent sonic velocity at exit: Enter gas exit velocity as
a percent of sonic velocity. Default: *20*.
Flare type:
Default: *SMOKELESS*
SMOKELESS- Standard smokeless flare
AIR ASSIST- Air assisted smokeless flare
NONSMOKE- Non-smokeless flare
Radius radiation intensity:
Minimum radius at which a person would be exposed
to the allowable radiation.
Allowable radiation intensity: Allowable radiation
intensity at the specified minimum radius. Default:
*1,500* BTU/H/SF [*4,500* W/M2]
Gas heat content:
Default: *20,000* BTU/LB [*46,500* KJ/KG]
16-6
Type
SELF SUPP
16-7
Type
16-8
Type
HORIZONTAL - continued
Length Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Gas temperature:
Default: *100* DEG F [*40* DEG C]
Molecular weight: Default: *40*
Thickness Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Thickness Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Thickness Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Percent sonic velocity at exit:
Enter gas exit velocity as a percent of sonic velocity.
Default: *20*.
Flare type: Default: *SMOKELESS*
SMOKELESS- Standard smokeless flare
AIR ASSIST- Air assisted smokeless flare
NONSMOKE- Non-smokeless flare
Radius radiation intensity:
Minimum radius at which a person would be exposed
to the allowable radiation.
Allowable radiation intensity:
Allowable radiation intensity at the specified minimum
radius. Default: *1,500* BTU/H/SF [*4,500* W/M2]
Gas heat content:
Default: *20,000* BTU/LB [*46,500* KJ/KG]
Recuperative thermal oxidizer for low concentration
non-chlorinated waste gas.
THRM OX LC
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Standard gas load rate:
Low concentration non-chlorinated waste gas; burner,
box, stack, exchanger blower. Max: 20,000 CFM
Gas heat content:
Default: *13.00* BTU/CF [*484* KJ/M3]
Gas oxygen content:
Min: 0.0; Default: *14.00*
16-9
Type
STORAGE
Material:
Default: *CS*
Standard gas load rate:
Max: 12,000 GPM [775 L/S]
Gas heat content:
Min: 50 BTU/CF [1,860 KJ/M3];
Default: *50* BTU/CF [1860 KJ/M3]
Stacks (STK)
Description
Type
STACK
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Height:
Range: 30 - 200 FEET [10 - 60 M]
Diameter:
Range: 24 - 60 INCHES [600 - 1,500 MM]
16-10
17 Introduction to Plant
Bulks
(G6)
17-1
17-2
YARD PIPE
PIPE
UTIL PIPE
RCON PIPE
DUCT RD
DUCT SQ
EQPT TRACE
PIPE TRACE
LAUNDER SQ
LAUNDER RD
COAT WRAP
HOT TAP
SCRAPER LR
WELL HEAD
HDPE
SPRNK
FOAM
SPHOS
WSHWR
FLO PANEL
ABVGR TANK
BELGR TANK
CONCRETE
SCAFFOLD
TRENCH
CONTAINMNT
DIKE MEMBR
YARD PIPE
PIPE
HDPE
RCON PIPE
BUILDING
LINING
PIPE RACK
PIPE SUPPT
17-3
OPN STL ST
PIPE RACK
PIPE SUPPT
MILL BLDG
PLATFORM
GALLERY
TRNS TOWER
GRATE
LADDER
STAIR
MISC STEEL
FABR PLATE
SIDING
SAN PLATFM
17-4
INST PANEL
INST TRAY
INST WIRE
PNU TUBING
THCPL WIRE
JUNC BOX
MULTI CONT
HL PIU
LL PIU
DATA HIWAY
OPER CENT
ELEC CABLE
CONDUIT
ELEC TRAY
EQPT TRACE
PIPE TRACE
GRND GRID
AREA LIGHT
CTRL CABLE
DEEP ANODE
GALV ANODE
SURF ANODE
POT TEST
RECTIFIER
SOLAR PANL
EMER LIGHT
CABLE DUCT
Substation
-
BUS DUCT
TRANSFORM
OIL C BRKR
DISCNCT SW
POLE LINE
SUBSTN STL
BREAKER
MCC
SWITCH BRD
AC DC TRAN
PKG TRANSF
EM PWR SET
UPS
PF CORRECT
Bus duct
Electrical transformer: 1 or 2 tap
Oil circuit breakers
Disconnect switch
Power pole lines
Steel for substation structure
Current breaker: main, feeder, tie
Motor control center
Switch board
AC/DC Transformer
Package transformer with panel
Emergency diesel generator
Uninterrupted power supply
Power factor connection capacitor
17-5
INSUL AREA
INSUL PIPE
FIREP AREA
FIREP SSTL
17-6
18 Piping
(G10)
18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10)
Type
YARD PIPE
18 Piping (G10)
Type
18 Piping (G10)
Type
18 Piping (G10)
Type
PIPE
Pipe material:
Enter either Custom Pipe Spec (see Design Basis) or
Material, not both. Default: from custom spec,
connected equipment or CS.
Pipe length:
Min: 1.0 FEET [0.35 M]
Pipe diameter:
Range: 0.5 - 72 INCHES DIAM [15 - 1,800 MM DIAM]
18 Piping (G10)
Type
PIPE - continued
PIPE
Fluid phase:
*G*- Gas
L- Liquid
S- Steam
(enter desired flow rate below)
Liquid flow rate:
Enter diameter or liquid flow rate or gas flow rate.
Gas flow rate:
Enter diameter or liquid flow rate or gas flow rate.
Fluid density:
Default based on fluid phase:
Gas Phase:0.0674 PCF [1.08 KCM]
Liquid Phase:62.4 PCF [1000 KCM)
Steam Phase:Calculated as the inverse of specific
volume, which is calculated from design pressure and
temperature as described under Steam Lines in the
Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter section.
Fluid viscosity:
Default based on fluid phase:
Gas phase:0.025 CPOISE (0.025 millipascal-second)
Liquid Phase:1.0 CPOISE (1.0 millipascal-second)
Steam Phase:Calculated using an internal function of
design pressure and design temperature in which, for
a design pressure of 150 PSIG (~1000 KPA) and a
design temperature of 250 DEG F (120 DEG C),
default value is calculated to be 0.013 CPOISE.
Design gauge pressure:
Default: determined from Custom Pipe Spec or 150
PSIG [1,000 KPA].
Design temperature:
Default: determined from Custom Pipe Spec or 68
DEG F [20 DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: same as design temperature.
- Continued on next page-
18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10)
Description
Type
PIPE - continued
Pipe schedule or gauge:
Enter thickness or schedule/gauge, not both. Default:
calculated from material temperature, pressure.
STD- Standard wall pipe100- Pipe schedule
XS- Extra-strong pipe120- Pipe schedule
XXS- Double extra-strong140- Pipe schedule
5- Pipe schedule160- Pipe schedule
10- Pipe schedule7G- SS gauge pipe only
20- Pipe schedule10G- SS gauge pipe only
30- Pipe schedule11G- SS gauge pipe only
40- Pipe schedule12G- SS gauge pipe only
60- Pipe schedule14G- SS gauge pipe only
80- Pipe schedule
Valves and fittings:
Enter type and quantity of each valve and fitting
required for this line.
Pipe type:
CS and SS only. Default: custom/material spec if
entered, or else welded.
W- Welded pipe
S- Seamless pipe
Flange type:
Default: see project design basis
W- Weld-neck
S- Slip-on
B- Lap flanges and stub to 12 INCHES (300 MM), or
else weld-neck
Note: When Flange Type "Lap Flange + Stub" is used,
there is a line item called "FLG BU" in the item
description in the report, which includes the cost for
both the backup flange and the stub.
Flange class:
Default: determined from custom spec or pipe
material, temperature and pressure.
150- Class 150
300- Class 300
600- Class 600
900- Class 900
1500- Class 1500
2500- Class 2500
125- Class 125 WOG
250- Class 250 WOG
Bend for elbow:
Substitute pipe bends for any specified elbow (up to
12 INCH [300 MM] pipe only).
*E*- Elbow
B- Bend instead of elbow
- Continued on next page 18 Piping (G10)
Type
PIPE - continued
Branch for tee:
Substitute fabricated branch nozzles for any specified
tees.
*T*-Tee
B-Branch
Pipe connector type:
Default: see project design basis
SW- Socket weld connections; max: 2 INCHES (50
MM)
SB- Screw and backweld; max: 2 INCHES (50 MM)
SC- Screw (no backweld); max: 2 INCHES (50 MM)
WF- Weld pipe / flange valves
WW- Weld pipe / weld valves; min: 2 INCHES (50 MM)
VC- DI Victaulic couplings
VS- SS Victaulic couplings
PF- Press fit swage couplings; max: 2 INCHES (50
MM)
TC- Tri-clover sanitary; max: 4 INCHES (100 MM)
CB- Cherry-Burrel sanitary; max: 4 INCHES (100 MM)
Number of welds:
Default: determined from pipe length and combination
of valves and fittings
Control valve reduced size:
Fluid control valve only; default: reduced 0-4 sizes
except BVO and sanitary valves
L- Line size control valves
R- Standard size control valves
Control valve minimum class:
For fluid control valves only. Default: *3*.
3- Minimum 300 class fluid control valve
1- Minimum 150 class fluid control valve
Weld X-ray:
Default: see project design basis
Stress relief:
C- Piping stress relief if code requires
Y- Stress relieve all piping
N- No piping stress relief required
Special pipe description:
Default: *NONE*
- Continued on next page -
10
18 Piping (G10)
Type
PIPE - continued
STAND- Standard heat or cold insulation
PPROT- Personnel protection insulation. The system
will generate 1.00 INCH of personnel protection for
100 percent of the pipe. This option can be used in
conjunction with the Personnel protection field,
which allows the user to tell the system how much
pipe to insulate. For instance, if the user only needs 25
FEET of a 100 FEET run of pipe to be personnel
protected, the user can input the percentage in the
Personnel protection field. The system would
generate 25 FEET plus waste. The thickness of the
personnel protection insulation generated will always
be 1.00 INCH.
AC-T- Anti-condensation insulation/tube tracer
AC-E- Anti-condensation insulation/elec tracer
FP-T- Freeze protection insulation/tube tracer
FP-E- Freeze protection insulation/elec tracer
FULL- Fully jacketed pipe (see illustration)
EXPD- Exposed-weld jacketed pipe (see illustration)
T-SP- Spiral traced/tube conn./no cement
T-SPC- Spiral traced/tube conn./heat cement
P-SP- Spiral traced/pipe conn./no cement
P-SPC- Spiral traced/pipe conn./heat cement
T-LO- Longit. traced/tube conn./no cement
T-LOC- Longit. traced/tube conn./heat cement
P-LO- Longit. traced/pipe conn./no cement
P-LOC- Longit. traced/pipe conn./heat cement
E-AMB- Electrical traced/ambient temp control
E-PRO - Electrical traced/process temp control
E-Trace maintenance temperature:
For electrical tracing - process maintenance
temperature. Default: 392 DEG F [200 DEG C] for M
series cable and 220 DEG F [105 DEG C]
for self-regulating cable. Max: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C]
for self-regulating cable and 1049 DEG F [565 DEG C]
for MI cable over low ambient temperature.
18 Piping (G10)
11
Type
PIPE - continued
E-trace cable type: Use A series to 120 DEG F[48
DEG C], P series to 250 DEG F[120 DEG C] and M
series to 1049 DEG F [565 DEG C] over low ambient
temperature.
3A 3 W/FT (10 W/M) Chemelex BTV2-CT cable
5A 5 W/FT (16 W/M) Chemelex BTV2-CT cable
8A 8 W/FT (26 W/M) Chemelex BTV2-CT cable
10A 10 W/FT(33 W/M) Chemelex BTV2-CT cable
5P 5 W/FT (16 W/M) Chemelex XTV2-CT cable
10P 10 W/FT (33 W/M) Chemelex XTV2-CT cable
15P 15 W/FT (49 W/M) Chemelex XTV2-CT cable
20P 20 W/FT (65 W/M) Chemelex XTV2-CT cable
M2 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 9 OHM/FT [29.5
OHM/M]
M4 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 4.14 OHM/FT
[13.6 OHM/M]
M6 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 1.15 OHM/FT
[3.77 OHM/M]
M8 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 0.505 OHM/FT
[1.66 OHM/M]
M10 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 0.2 OHM/FT
[0.656 OHM/M]
M12 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 0.1 OHM/FT
[0.328 OHM/M]
M14 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 0.0561 OHM/FT
[0.184 OHM/M]
M16 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 0.0281 OHM/FT
[0.0922 OHM/M]
M18 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 0.013 OHM/FT
[0.042 OHM/M]
M20 - 600V, dual conductor MI cable, 0.00516 OHM/
FT [0.016 OHM/M]
E-trace cable category:
Default: *S*, self-regulating cable
Select M for MI tracing cable or S for self-regulating
tracing cable.
Heat trace fluid:
STM- Steam trapped
OTHR- Other fluid / no traps
Valve packing or seal:
*S*- Standard valve packing
E- Environmental (double stem)
B- Bellows seal SV/GL/GA else environmental
packing
- Continued on next page -
12
18 Piping (G10)
Type
PIPE - continued
Pipe sandblast percent of area:
Default: 100%; see design basis
Pipe insulation thickness:
Default from insulation schedule and unit area specs
(see minimum insulation temperature)
Pipe insulation jacket type:
Default: see project design basis; AL, SS, CS.
Pipe insulation type:
Default: see project design basis
CA- Calcium silicate
MW- Mineral wool
FG- Foam-glass
Personnel protection:
Personnel protection percent coverage.
For example, if out of 50 FEET run of pipe, 12.5 FEET
needs personnel protection, enter 25 in this field.
The system will then generate 12.5 FEET of personnel
protection plus waste. The thickness of the personnel
protection insulation generated will always be 1.00
INCH. Default: see unit area pipe specs.
Note: You must select PPROT in the Special Pipe
Descr. field before the system will use the personnel
protection.
Pipe installation option:
Default: above ground pipe or supports on rack
(specified elsewhere)
*A*- Above ground piping
B - Buried piping
Depth buried pipe:
Min: 24.0 INCHES [600.0 MM]; Max: 120 INCHES
[3000.0 MM]. Below grade depth to top of pipe for
buried pipe only. Default: system calculated.
Steam gauge press:
Max: 25 PSIG [175 KPA]. Steam supply pressure for
traced or jacketed pipe.
18 Piping (G10)
13
Type
PIPE - continued
Pipe routing type:
Specify pipe routing type to be used from the external
fitting specs file specified at the design basis level (see
your software users guide for instructions on where to
specify the file name).
AGU- Above ground unit piping
AGR- Above ground rack piping
UGU- Under ground unit piping
MRP- Machine room piping
OTP- Miscellaneous piping
Once a pipe routing type is specified, the system uses
the data in the external fitting specs file for the valve
rules, fitting rules, horizontal allowance, vertical
allowance and the diameter size definition. Pipe
routing type is meant to refer to the location of the
piping. However, the above descriptions are for
reference only; using the fitting specs file, the user
controls the context of the rules and can assign
meaning at his discretion.
The available fitting specs files are listed in the
PIPEDATA.SET file that the user places in the main
PIDS folder: [Icarus software folder]\PIDS. The user
sets up this file by copying the PIPEDATA.SET
provided in the [Icarus software folder]\New
Files\dat\pids folder to the main PIDS folder. The user
can edit the PIPEDATA.SET file in a true text editor,
such as Notepad, adding fitting specs files simply by
typing in the file names.
If the user has not set up this file, then the system
will look for a file called FITSPC.DAT. If available, this
file will be used as the fitting specs file. If not, a set of
default rules will be used. A default FITSPC.DAT file is
available at [Icarus software folder]/New Files/dat/
pids. This file can be copied, edited, and used as a
basis for alternate fitting specs files. Fitting specs files
must be listed in the PIPEDATA.SET file and placed in
the main PIDS folder.
See Figure FITSPC.DAT for an illustration explaining
the data in the FITSPC.DAT file.
14
18 Piping (G10)
Type
PIPE - continued
Fitting rules application:
Select whether to use the fitting rules.
Y- Use fitting rules for the type of piping
N - Do not use fitting rules
Fitting and valve rules are specified in the external
fitting specs file (see illustration on following page),
selected at the project design basis level. Fitting and
valve codes are available in Valve and Fitting Options
for Installation Bulk Piping in this chapter. Users put in
the number of each valve and fitting type per 100 feet
(30 meters). The length used in these calculations is
after the horizontal and vertical adjustments have
been accounted for.
Valve rules application:
Select whether to use the fitting and/or valve rules.
Y- Use valve rules for the type of piping
N - Do not use valve rules
Fitting and valve rules are specified in the external
fitting specs file (see illustration on following page),
selected at the project design basis level. Fitting and
valve codes are available in Valve and Fitting Options
for Installation Bulk Piping in this chapter. Users put in
the number of each valve and fitting type per 100 feet
(30 meters). The length used in these calculations is
after the horizontal and vertical adjustments have
been accounted for.
- Continued on next page -
18 Piping (G10)
15
16
18 Piping (G10)
Note: The user specifies four sets of diameter sizes, and four sets of fitting/
valve rules for each routing type. The user specifies only one set of allowance
rules per routing type.
Note: THe user is not limited to the first eight columns for fittings or to the
last eight columns for valves; this is just the suggested use of the columns.
The total percentage distribution should equal 100, but does not need to - the
system will not crash if the distribution is not 100%.
Always edit the FITSPC.DAT file using a true text editor such as Notepad or
EDITPLUS (shareware).
To use a specific fitting specs file, add it to PIPEDATA.SET and move it to the /
PIDS directory. Then, select it at the base level (see softwares user guide). To
use this file with piping, add the above/below grade pipe item (PIPE) and
select one of the piping routing types in the form. Once the routing type is
selected, the system will use the file for this piping item.
The user may select alternative fitting specification files by changing the fitting
specification file name at the design basis level.
18 Piping (G10)
17
Type
PIPE - continued
Horizontal allowance:
Select whether to use horizontal allowance.
Y- Use horizontal allowance for the type of piping
N- Do not use horizontal allowance
Horizontal allowance is specified for each piping
routing type in the external fitting specification file. An
entry of 100 means the system will not adjust the
input length, whereas an entry of 150 will increase
the input length by 50 percent.
Vertical allowance:
Select whether to use vertical allowance.
Y- Use vertical allowance for the type of piping
N - Do not use vertical allowance
Vertical allowance is specified for each piping routing
type in the external fitting specification file. An entry of
100 means the system will not adjust the input
length, whereas an entry of 150 will increase the
input length by 50 percent.
Primary equipment user tag:
User tag of the primary (i.e., upstream) equipment to
which this pipe is connected. Default: NONE.
Primary equipment connection:
Connection location of the pipe on the primary (i.e.,
upstream) equipment; Default: not connected
<Blank>.
<Blank>- not connected to any equipment
S- connected to shell of equipment
U- connected to tube side of equipment
J- connected to jacket of equipment
B- connected to bottom of double diameter tower
T- connected to top of double diameter tower
Secondary equipment user tag:
User tag of the secondary (i.e., downstream)
equipment to which this pipe is connected. Default:
NONE.
Secondary equipment connection:
Connection location of the pipe on the secondary (i.e.,
downstream) equipment; Default: not connected
<Blank>.
<Blank>- not connected to any equipment
S- connected to shell of equipment
U- connected to tube side of equipment
J- connected to jacket of equipment
B- connected to bottom of double diameter tower
T- connected to top of double diameter tower
18
18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10)
19
Type
UTIL PIPE
Pipe material:
See piping materials listed later in this chapter.
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel).
Number utility stations:
A utility station consists of three 100 FEET [30 M] lines
of 1 INCHES [25 MM] diameter pipe for air, water and
steam service, and one 50 FEET [15 M] condensate
line of 0.75 INCHES [20 MM] diameter.
Default: *1*. Enter 0.0 to exclude all utility stations.
Length parameter:
Pipe lengths = 1 x length parameter, except firewater
loop/lat. = 2 x, hp steam = 0.5 x. Default: 100 FEET
[30 M].
Header diameter symbol:
Diameter symbol defines size of any line not specified.
See Utility Piping Services later in this chapter.
L- Low/small diameter
M- Medium diameter
H- High/large diameter
V- Very large diameter
Firewater loop diameter:
Default: determined by diameter symbol, enter 0.0 to
delete if diameter symbol set.
Firewater lateral diameter:
Default: determined by diameter symbol, enter 0.0 to
delete if diameter symbol set.
Potable water header diameter:
Default: determined by diameter symbol, enter 0.0 to
delete if diameter symbol set. Line will be insulated
base on location: US - uninsulated,
UK - insulated.
Cooling water supply diameter:
Default: determined by diameter symbol, enter 0.0 to
delete if diameter symbol set. Line will be insulated
base on location: US - uninsulated, UK - insulated.
- Continued on next page -
20
18 Piping (G10)
Type
18 Piping (G10)
21
Type
22
18 Piping (G10)
Type
DUCT RD - continued
Stiffener size:
Default: size and spacing determined from duct
pressure, dimensions and thickness.
Stiffener spacing:
Default: size and spacing determined from duct
pressure, dimensions and thickness.
Support weight:
Hanger weight (each); support steel, racks, etc. must
be specified elsewhere. The system determines the
support weight based on standard spacing
of 12 FEET [3.5 M] and the duct loads. The calculated
weight and spacing may be replaced with an input
weight and spacing.
Support spacing: Default: *12* FEET [*3.5* M].
Number of elbows: Default: *0*
Number of tees: Default: *0*
Number of reducers: Default: *0*
Number of dampers: Default: *0*
Number of access doors: Default: *0*
Number Flexible connection: Default: *0*
Process ductwork, square
DUCT SQ
18 Piping (G10)
23
Type
DUCT SQ - continued
Duct design pressure:
Should be specified (indicate + or -) for design of duct
thickness and stiffeners. -60 - 60 INCHES H2O [14,930 - 14,930 PA].
Default: *-20* INCHES H2O [*-4,980* PA].
Duct gauge:
Leave blank if thickness is entered; enter thickness if
thicker than 8 gauge. Range: 8 - 30.
Duct wall thickness:
Default: determined by size and pressure, leave blank
if duct gauge number entered.
Duct class:
The duct class indicates the quantity and abrasiveness
of particulate material. Default: *1*.
1 - Non-abrasive applied.
2- Mod-abras./lo concern.
3- Hi-abras.lo concern.
4- Hi-abras./hi concern.
Duct insulation thickness: Default: 0.0 INCHES [0.0
MM].
Partical density: Density of concentrated particulates
for duct classes 2, 3 and 4. Default: *25* PCF [*400*
KG/M3].
Stiffener size:
Default: size and spacing determined from duct
pressure, dimensions and thickness.
Stiffener spacing:
Default: size and spacing determined from duct
pressure, dimensions and thickness.
Support weight:
Hanger weight (each); support steel, racks, etc. must
be specified elsewhere. The system determines the
support weight based on standard spacing of 12 FEET
[3.5 M] and the duct loads. The calculated weight and
spacing may be replaced with an input weight and
spacing.
Support spacing: Default: *12* FEET [*3.5* M].
Number of elbows: Default: *0*
Number of tees: Default: *0*
Number of reducers: Default: *0*
Number of dampers: Default: *0*
Number of access doors: Default: *0*
Number Flexible connection: Default: *0*
24
18 Piping (G10)
Type
EQPT TRACE
18 Piping (G10)
25
Type
PIPE TRACE
26
18 Piping (G10)
25 PSIG
150 PSIG
200 PSIG
[175 KPA]
[1050 KPA]
[1400
KPA]
0.50 INCHES
[12.7 - 25.4 MM]
150 FEET
[45.72 M]
250 FEET
[76.20 M]
300 FEET
[91.44]
1 OR 2
130 FEET
[39.62 M]
200 FEET
[60.96 M]
230 FEET
[70.10 M]
1 OR 2
2.00 INCHES
50.80 MM]
120 FEET
[36.57 M]
180 FEET
[54.86 M]
200 FEET
[60.96 M]
100 FEET
[30.48]
150 FEET
[45.72 M]
190 FEET
[57.91 M]
150 FEET
[45.72 M]
240 FEET
[73.15 M]
240 FEET
[73.15 M]
350 FEET
[106.68 M]
270 FEET
[82.29 M]
400 FEET
[121.92 M]
120 FEET
[36.57 M]
200 FEET
[60.96 M]
250 FEET
[76.20 M]
200 FEET
[60.96 M]
300 FEET
[91.44 M]
360 FEET
[109.72 M]
210 FEET
[64.00 M]
340 FEET
[103.63 M]
420 FEET
[128.01 M]
2
3
> to < 8
>8
18 Piping (G10)
27
28
Reported Length
FEET
0 fittings, 0 valves
105
32
1 FL, 0 valves
109
33
121
37
1 FL, 1 GA
125
38
1 FL, 3 EL, 1 GA
138
42
18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10)
29
30
18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10)
31
32
18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10)
33
34
18 Piping (G10)
Type
LAUNDER SQ
Cover Type:
Default: *NONE*
COVRD- Plate cover
NONE- No cover
Coat and wrap pipe for burial: manual or machine
COAT WRAP
18 Piping (G10)
35
Type
36
18 Piping (G10)
Type
SPRNK
Pipe material:
*A 53*, 304P, 316P
Outlet arrangement:
*PLANE*- Outlet devices arranged over planar area
ARRAY- Outlet devices arranged over equipment area
Diameter or length: If outlet arrangement is PLANE,
with devices arranged over planar area, enter the
plane area; if outlet arrangement is ARRAY, with
devices arranged over equipment area, enter the
component length or diameter.
Width: If outlet arrangement is PLANE, with devices
arranged over planar area, enter the width of the
plane area; if outlet arrangement is ARRAY, with
devices arranged over equipment area, enter the
component width. Default: same as Diameter or
length.
Height:
For ARRAY outlet arrangement only, enter height of
outlet configuration. Default: *20* FEET [*6* M].
- Continued on next page -
18 Piping (G10)
37
Type
SPRNK - continued
Number of levels:
for PLANE outlet arrangement only, enter number of
levels or floors having the indicated dimensions.
Default: *1*.
Number of sprinklers:
Default based on hazard type and area dimensions.
Sprinkler location:
*OUT*- outdoor installation
IN- indoor installation
Hazard type:
*EFLH*- Extinguished fire - light hazard occupancy
EFOH1- Extinguished fire - ordinary hazard grp 1
EFOH2- Extinguished fire - ordinary hazard grp 2
EFXH1- Extinguished fire - extra hazard grp 1 occup
EFXH2- Extinguished fire - extra hazard grp 2 occup
EPXH2- Exposure prot. - extra hazard grp 2 occup
CBXH2- Control burning - extra hazard grp 2 occup
PFXH2- Fire prevention - extra hazard grp 2 occup
System type:
*WSPNK*- Water sprinkler
WSPRY- Water spray
FSPNK- Foam sprinkler
FSPRY- Foam spray
Pipe system type:
*DRSYS*- Dry pipe system
WTSYS- Wet pipe system
DPPNU- Deluge sys/pilot head/pneumatic actuator
DPHYD- Deluge sys/pilot head/hydraulic actuator
DELEC- Deluge sys/electric actuator
Detector type:
*SPRKR*- Automatic sprinkler detector
FXTMP- Fixed temperature detector
R-O-R- Rate of rise temperature detector
SMKAL- Smoke alarm detector
NONE- No detectors installed
- Continued on next page -
38
18 Piping (G10)
Type
SPRNK - continued
Application density:
Max: 1.00 GPM/SF [0.650 L/S/M2]
Volume of water/foam required per unit area. Default
based on hazard/class.
Coverage area per sprinkler:
Max: 400 SF [37.0 M2]
Number of hose stations: Default: 0
Number of hydrants: Default: 0
Foam concentration: Default: 3%; Max: 100%; for
foam System type only
Foam tank option:
*NONE*- No foam storage tank required
BALPR- Tank with balanced pressure proportioning
PRTNK- Tank with pressure proportioning
ARPMP- Tank with around the pump proportioning
Tank design gauge pressure:
Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]; for foam systems
only
Tank temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]; for foam systems
only
Pipe sizing method:
*HYDLC*- Hydraulic pressure drop calculations
PSCHD- Schedule of pipe sizes vs. number of
sprinklers
FOAM
18 Piping (G10)
39
Type
FOAM - continued
Height: For ARRAY outlet arrangement only, enter
height of outlet configuration. Default: *20* FEET
[*6* M].
Number of levels:
Default: 1.00; for PLANE outlet arrangement only,
number of levels or floors having the indicated
dimensions.
Number of foam outlets:
Default based on area size.
System type:
*LOEXP*- Low expansion foam system
MDEXP- Medium expansion foam system
HIEXP- High expansion foam system
Pipe system type:
*DRFXP*- Dry pipe system
WTFXP- Wet pipe system
DLFXP- Deluge system
PORT- Portable system with nozzle
Foam delivery option:
FCHMB- Foam chambers
MONTR- Monitors
*NOZLE*Nozzles
HNDLN- Hand lines
SPRKR- Sprinklers
Application density:
Volume of water/foam required per unit of area.
Default based on hazard/class.
Number of hose stations: Default: 0
Number of hydrants: Default: 0
Foam concentration:
Default: 3.00%; Max: 100%
Foam tank option:
*NONE*- No foam storage tank required
BALPR- Tank with balanced pressure proportioning
PRTNK- Tank with pressure proportioning
ARPMP- Tank with around the pump proportioning
Tank design gauge pressure:
Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]
Tank temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
40
18 Piping (G10)
Type
SPHOS
Pipe material:
*A 53*, 304P, 316P
Length:
Area length for determining number of hoses
Width:
Area width for determining number of hoses; default:
same as length
Number of levels:
Default: 1.00; number of levels or floors having the
indicated dimensions.
System type:
*C-I*- Class I stand pipe and hose system
C-II- Class II stand pipe and hose system
C-III- Class III stand pipe and hose system
Number of hoses:
Default based on class and area dimensions
Pipe system type:
*DRAUT*- Automatic dry system; Class I only
DRSMA- Semi-automatic dry system; Class I only
DRMNL- Manual dry system; Class I only
WTAUT- Automatic wet system
WTMNL- Manual wet system
Minimum flow per hose:
Max: 1,250.0 GPM [78.0 L/S];
Default: for C-I, C-III, 500 GPM [31 L/S]; for C-II,
100 GPM [6.3 L/S]
Number of hydrants:
Default: 0
Emergency eyewash and shower units
WSHWR
Pipe material:
*A 53*, 304P, 316P
Number of wash units:
Default: 0
Enter the number of wash units (type specified below
in Wash unit type field) to be included at the
eyewash station.
Number of shower units:
Default: 0
Enter the number of full-body showers.
Number of combined units:
Default: 0
- Continued on next page -
18 Piping (G10)
41
Type
WSHWR - continued
When a quantity is specified, this combination unit
provides a combination full-body shower and wash unit
(type specified below in Wash unit type field).
Number of nozzles per shower:
Default: 1; Max: 12
Enter the number of nozzles per shower unit.
Length supply pipe:
Default: *50.0* FEET [*50.0* M]
Wash unit type:
EYE1- single outlet eyewash unit
*EYE2*- double outlet eyewash unit
FACE- face wash unit
COMB- combination eye and face wash unit
Drain requirement:
*YES*, NO
High density polyethylene pipe, fusion bonded
HDPE PIPE
Pipe length:
Min: 1.0 FEET [0.35 M]
Pipe diameter:
2-54 INCHES DIAM [50-1350 MM DIAM]
Design gauge pressure:
Default: based on SDR and temperature
Temperature: Default: 73 DEG F [23 DEG C]
Configuration: *BURIED*, ABOVE
Depth of buried pipe:
24-120 INCHES [600-3000 MM]
Number of Elbows: Default: *0*
Number of Reducers: Default: *0*
Number of Wyes: Default: *0*
Number of Yes: Default: *0*
Number of Blinds: Default: *0*
Sanitary flow diversion panel
FLO PANEL
42
18 Piping (G10)
Type
18 Piping (G10)
43
Pipe Diameters
(Inch - Pound diameters are for ANSI B36.19)
INCHES
MM
0.51
51
.75
20
25
1.251
32
1.51
401
50
2.51
651
80
3.51
901
100
51
1251
150
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900
42
1050
48
1200
542
13502
602
15002
722
18002
Elbows and tees are fabricated from like-diameter pipe. Estimate includes more
welds to fabricate fittings.
Pipe Schedule
Use ANSI B36.10 for all materials, all country locations.
Exceptions:
Japan - does have schedule 20SS 0.5 - 12 INCHES diameter.
Japan - schedule 40, 60, 80, and 100SS > 20 INCHES diameter is
much thinner.
44
18 Piping (G10)
Slurry Lines
GPM Range
Velocity
GPM Range
Velocity
0 - 90
0 - 3000
91 - 250
3001 - 5000
251 - 500
5001 - 7000
501 - 1000
10
> 7000
1001 - 2000
11
2001 - 3000
12
3001 - 4000
13
> 4000
14
Diameter = 0.6384*(GPM/Velocity)**0.5
IF (Diameter > 4.0) THEN
Diameter = Diameter - 1.00
ELSE
Diameter = Diameter - 0.25
Gas Lines
Minimum Flowrate = 100000.0
Maximum Flowrate = 1.0E07
Velocity=Log-Log
Flowrate
LBS/HR
X1 = 1.0E05
X2 = 1.0E07
Steam Lines
Minimum Flowrate = 10000.0
Maximum Flowrate = 1.0E06
Velocity = Log-Log
Flowrate
LBS/HR
X1 = 1.0E04
X2 = 1.0E06
TempSteam = 100.0*(Pressure+30.0)**0.25
SpecificVolume = 0.596*(TempSteam+460.0)/(Pressure+15.0)
Diameter = 0.226*(Flowrate*SpecificVolume/Velocity)**0.50
IF (Diameter > 18.0) Use one pipe size smaller
18 Piping (G10)
45
46
SQ INCHES
DIAM INCHES
0.196
1.287
2.853
6.38
16.0
26.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
18 Piping (G10)
Equation
Remarks
Pipe Velocity
V V max
V = flow Velocity;
Vmax = maximum velocity given below;
P 100 P max
Application
Maximum
Velocity
Liquid Lines
P max = 1 psi
Where:
Vmax = Maximum
allowable velocity liquid (FT/S)
A = Maximum
velocity multiplier liquid( FT/S)
Default = 100
B = Maximum
velocity exponent liquid
Default = 0.5
Pl = Pressure liquid(Psia)
Vmax = A/Pl
Gas Lines
18 Piping (G10)
Steam Lines
P max = 1 psi
Centrifugal Pump
Suction
V max = 5 ft/s
P max = 1 psi
P max = 1 psi
Table as a function
of Pipe Diameter
P max = 3 psi
Tower Reboiler
V max = 3 ft/s
47
Equation
d=12*(4*gpm/(X*7.481*60*Vmax))0.5
d=0.226*(flowrate*specificvolume/Vmax)0.5
Where:
Vmax = Maximum allowable velocity - liquid (FT/S)
A = Maximum velocity multiplier - liquid( FT/S)
Default = 100
B = Maximum velocity exponent - liquid Default = 0.5
Pl = Pressure - liquid(Psia)
Vmax = A/Pl
Friction Factor
Vapor/Liquid
f=2*[(8/NRE)12 + 1/(C1+C2)1.5]0.0833
where:
C1={2.457*ln[1/((7NRE)0.9+(0.27*( /(d/12))))]}16
C2=(37530/NRE)16
( d 12 ) v
N RE = -------------------------
=((Pi+14.696)*MW)/(10.73*(Ti+460))
where:
Pi=Operating Pressure, psig
Ti= Operating Temperature, oF
MW=Molecular Weight
48
18 Piping (G10)
Equation
Vapor Viscosity
g =K*10-4*EXP(X* s y)
where:
1.5
X=3.5+(986/Ti+460)+0.01*MW
y=2.4 0.2*X
s , Standard density=(MW/28.97)*0.0764*
(520/14.696)*(Pi+14.696)/Ti+460)*1/62.428
Pressure Drop
Steam
P
( 3.36 10 )f ( flowrate ) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ = 100
5
100
(d )
1
f = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Log ( ( d 12 ) ) Log
( ( d 12 ) )-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.7 ( 5.02 N RE ) 3.7 + ( 13 N RE )
where:
( d 12 ) v
N RE = -------------------------
18 Piping (G10)
49
50
10.5
1.5
11.0
11.1
11.3
11.6
12.0
12.2
10
12.4
12
12.5
14
12.6
16
12.7
18
13.0
20
13.1
18 Piping (G10)
The Utility Header Diameter Symbol (L,M,H,V) as specified for Plant Bulk Utility
Piping will give diameters for each service as tabulated in the following table.
By specifying the desired diameter for that service. If the Utility Header Symbol is
designated, then a run of each service line is provided by the system in default of a
non-specified diameter. The default diameter corresponding to the service type is
listed in the table below.
Omitting the Utility Diameter Symbol, whereby only diameter-specified headers are
provided.
These items are cost accounted to the same COAs as process piping.
Service
Symbol Type
excluded
excluded
excluded
excluded
Water
F (b)
F (b)
P
C
Firewater - loop
Firewater - lateral
Potable water
Cooling water and return line
6[150]
4[100]
2 [50]
6[150]
8[200]
6[150]
2 [50]
8[200]
12[300]
6 [150]
4 [100]
12[300]
16[400]
6 [150]
6 [150]
14[350]
3 [80]
3 [80]
3 [80]
4[100]
4[100]
4[100]
8[200]
8[200]
6[150]
12[300] excluded
12[300] excluded
8 [200] excluded
2 [50]
2 [50]
3 [80]
2 [50]
4[100]
3 [80]
6[150]
[100]
excluded
excluded
2 [50]
2 [50]
2 [50]
2 [50]
4[100]
4[100]
6[150]
6[150]
excluded
excluded
Steam*
L (i)
M (i)
H (i)
P
I
Plant air
Instrument air
Gas
F
I
Fuel gas
Inert gas
Other
CS (b)
FL
US
Chemical sewer
Flare line
Utility station (see diagram)
*One condensate return line is provided upon selection of any combination of steam
services.
(b) Buried
(i) Insulated
18 Piping (G10)
51
52
18 Piping (G10)
Temperature Range*
F
all
all
-253 to -46
-45 to -29
-28 to 343
-28 to 343
344 to 537
538 to 648
649 to 815
304P
A333A
A 106 (up to 2 INCHES [50 MM]
A 53 (2 INCHES [50 MM] and larger)
A335C
A335F
304P
-425 to 051
-50 to -21
-20 to 650
-20 to 650
651 to 1000
1000 to 1200
1201 to 1500
Clad Vessels
all
all
all
all
RBLCS
all
Lined Vessels: organic
(except rubber), glass, lead
zinc lines
all
TFELS
-425 to 650
651 to 1500
-252 to 343
344 to 815
304P
316P
Aluminum
-425 to 650
651 to 1500
-253 to 148
-28 to 204
AL
-20 to 400
-28 to 204
HASTELLOY
all
all
INCONEL
all
all
INCNL
KARBATE (graphite)
all
all
TFELS
MONEL
all
all
MONEL
Nickel
all
all
Titanium
CU
Carbon Steel - see above
HAST
all
all
TI
all
TFELS
Wood
all
316P
all
The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
18 Piping (G10)
53
ASTM
BS
JIS
DIN
A 53 or CS
A-53
(B)
3601
G3454
ERW410 STPG
G3452
SGP
17172
StE240.7
1100
593
GALV
(B)
ERW410 STPG
G3452
SGP
StE240.7
Galvanized CS 1100
593
1100
593
1100
593
A-333
(6)
G3456
STPT
17175
St45.8
3603
G3460
SEQW-680
410LT50 STPL380 TTSt35N
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
API Pipe
(COA 310-319)
System
Material
Symbol
ASTM
BS
JIS
DIN
Composition
Random lengths
assumed for pipe
of different materials and diameters.
Length
Recommended
Maximum
Temperature
Degrees*
F
GRBW***
5L/5LS 3601
G3454
ERW410 STPG
17172
StE240.7
Type**
1100
593
X42W
1100
593
X52W
1100
593
X60W
1100
593
X65W
1100
593
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
*** For GRBS (GR.B seamless), select GRBW (GR.B welded) as the system material symbol and
then select Seamless in the Pipe Type Field.
54
18 Piping (G10)
ASTM
BS
JIS
DIN
Composition
Recommended Length
Type**
Maximum
Temperature
Degrees*
F
A-335 3604
G3458 17175
A335B
(12)
620-440
STPA22
13CrMo44
1Cr - .5Mo
1200
648
A335C
(11)
621
STPA23
13CrMo44
I.25CR-.5Mo-Si 1200
648
A335D
(22)
622
STPA24
10CrMo910
2.25Cr-1Mo
1200
648
A335F
(5)
625
STPA25
12CrMo195G
1200
648
A-333 3603
G3460
(3)
STPL450 10Ni14
503LT10
0
Min. Temp
SEW680
3.5Ni
-150
-101
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
18 Piping (G10)
55
ASTM
BS
JIS
DIN
Composition
Recommended Length
Type**
Maximum
Temperature
Degrees*
F
304P
A-312
TP 304
304LP
3605
G3459
304S18 SUS304TP
2462
X5CrNi1810
18Cr-8Ni
1500
815
A312
3605
G3459
TP 304L 304S14 SUS304LTP
2462
X2CrNi1911
18Cr-8Ni
1500
815
316P
A-312
TP 316
2462
16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500
X5CrNiMo17122
815
316LP
A-312
3605
G3459
TP 316L 316S14 SUS316LTP
2462
16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500
X2CrNiMo17132
815
321P
A-312
TP 321
2462
X6CrNiTi1810
1500
815
6MOP
A-312
3605
G3459
2463
20Cr-18Ni-6Mo 1382
TP 317L 316S22 SUS317LTP-A X2CrNiMo18143
750
3606
G3459
316S18 SUS316TP
3605
G3459
321S18 SUS321TP
18Cr-10Ni-Ti
A-312
TP 304
3605
G3459
304S18 SUS304TP
2462
X5CrNi1810
18Cr-8Ni
1500
815
316PG
A-312
TP 316
3605
G3459
316S18 SUS316TP
2462
16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500
X5CrNiMo17122
815
815
3605
G3459
304S18 SUS304TP
2462
X5CrNi1810
18Cr-8Ni
316PS*** A-312
TP 316
3605
G3459
316S18 SUS316TP
2462
16Cr-12Ni-Mo
X5CrNiMo17122
1500
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
***<axo,i, 200 PSIG (1,375 KPA)
56
18 Piping (G10)
BS
JIS
DIN
Composition
Recommended Length
Type*
Maximum
*
Temperature
Degrees*
F
AL
350
176
CU
B-42
2871
C10200 C103
H3300
C1020T
1754
OF-Cu
Copper
400
204
B-161
3074
N02200 NA11
H4552
NNCT
17740
Ni99.2
Nickel
99Ni
600
315
MONEL
B-165
3074
N04400 NA13
H4552
NCuT
17751
NiCu30Fe
Monel
67Ni-30Cu
800
426
INCNL
B-167
N06600
Inconel
72Ni-15Cr-8Fe
1200
648
TI
B-337
R50400
H4630
TTP35
17850
Titanium
600
315
HAST
B-619
N10276
H4552
NMCr
17751
Hastelloy
NiMo16Cr15 54Ni-16Mo-15Cr
1250
676
A 20
B-464
N08020
Alloy 20
800
35Ni-35Fe-20Cr-Cb
426
ZR
B-658
R60702
Zirconium
99.2Zr
371
700
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
18 Piping (G10)
57
Material Class
Pipe Material
System
Material DEG F
Symbol
F
DEG C Length
C Type*
FRP
260
125
Polyvinyl Chloride,
Maximum 8 INCHES [200
MM}diameter
PVC
140
60
Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride, Maximum 8
INCHES [200 MM] diameter
CPVC
200
93
Type
Length
10 FEET
15 FEET
20 FEET
30 FEET
[3 M]
[4.6 M]
[6.1 M]
[9.1 M]
1
2
All D
All D
4
5
58
All D
All D
18 Piping (G10)
Lined Steel
System
Material Degrees
Symbol
F
EPLCS
GSLCS
RBLCS
NITRL
HYPLN
260
450
175
175
175
125
230
80
80
80
BUTYL
NEPNE
EBONT
CMLCS
PPLCS*
175
175
175
80
80
80
225
110
PVDF*
PVDC
FEP
TFELS*
275
175
400
450
135
80
200
230
1
3
4
1
TFESS*
450
230
Degrees Spool
C
Type*
4
2
4
Spool Types
18 Piping (G10)
Spool
Type
Spool Diameter
Default Spool
Length
Maximum Spool
Length
All
20 FEET [6.1 M]
40 FEET [12 M]
< = 1 INCH
> 1 and < 2 INCH
> 2 INCH
2 FEET [0.6 M]
6 FEET [1.9M]
10 FEET [3.1M]
2 FEET [0.6 M]
6 FEET [1.9M]
10 FEET [3.1M]
All
10 FEET [3.1M]
10 FEET [3.1M]
All
20 FEET [6.1 M]
20 FEET [6.1 M]
59
TFELS (material)
20 flanges
TFELS (Material)
10 flanges
10 flanges
The Spool Type Chart indicates that TFELS is a Type 1 spool and cannot exceed a
maximum length of 40 FEET [12 M] on a single spool piece; therefore, the system
generates an error message.
60
18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10)
61
62
18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10)
63
64
18 Piping (G10)
Icarus Operation
Weld prep
Pre-heating
CUTTING PIPE
Flame cutting
Machine cutting
BEVELING PIPE
Flame beveling
Machine beveling
WELDING (shop)
Butt weld
Repari bad x-ray welds
18 Piping (G10)
What is Included
Radiographic inspection
User specified
User specified
65
Icarus Operation
66
What is Included
Handle and erect fabricated
spool pieces; includes handle
and haul from storage yard,
unload and rig in place and
align.
ERECT VALVE
BOLT UP CONNECTIONS
WELDING (field)
Flame cutting
Machine cutting
Flame beveling
Machine beveling
Butt weld
Repair bad X-ray welds
Same
Same
Same
Same
Same
Same
FIELD X-RAY
items
items
items
items
items
items
as
as
as
as
as
as
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Fab
Fab
Fab
Fab
Fab
Fab
18 Piping (G10)
Symbol
AN
Ball valve
BA
Blind
BL
Butterfly valve
BU
Check valve
CH
VS
Elbow
EL
Expansion joint
ST
Extra drains*
DR
GA
Globe valve
GL
KN
None
Plug valve
PL
Reducer
RE
Regulating valve
RV
Rupture disk
RD
Safety/relief valve
SV
Spectacle blind
SB
Strainer
ST
Steam trap
TP
Tee
TE
Temperature valve
TV
Threadolet
TL
TR
18 Piping (G10)
67
Symbol
BU
CH
CR
45
EL
FL
HA
PA
QJ
RE
ER
SV
SJ
TE
Threadolet - sanitary
TL
68
18 Piping (G10)
Comments
TRIM 01
F6 Nominal Trim
TRIM 02
SS 304 Trim
TRIM 05
TRIM 08
TRIM 09
Monel Trim
TRIM 10
SS 316 Trim
TRIM 12
Note that selecting a trim that has a lower number than the default trim for
that valve body material will be ignored (e.g., selecting TRIM 01 for a Monel
valve is not valid, you must select TRIM 09,10,12). Also, these specs do not
apply to control valves.
Please contact Aspen Icarus if you are interested in working with us to extend
the list of choices to address your requirements.
18 Piping (G10)
69
70
18 Piping (G10)
19 Civil
(G8)
19 Civil (G8)
19-1
Type
ABVGR TANK
Shape symbol:
CYLIN- Cylindrical tank
RECT- Rectangular tank
Inside length or diameter:
Enter length for rectangular tanks or diameter for
cylindrical tanks.
Inside width:
Enter length for rectangular tanks, leave blank for
cylindrical tanks.
Fluid density: Default: *62.4* PCF [*1,000* KG/M3]
Foundation thickness: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Wall thickness top: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Wall thickness bottom: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Soil type: See Soil Types later in this chapter.
19-2
19 Civil (G8)
Type
BELGR TANK
Shape symbol:
CYLIN- Cylindrical tank
RECT- Rectangular tank
Inside length or diameter:
Enter length for rectangular tanks or diameter for
cylindrical tanks.
Inside width:
Enter length for rectangular tanks, leave blank for
cylindrical tanks.
Fluid density:
Default: *62.4* PCF [*1,000* KG/M3]
Foundation thickness: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Wall thickness top: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Wall thickness bottom: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Height above ground:
Enter height that wall projects above grade. Default:
Top flush with grade *0.0*.
Soil type:
See Soil Types later in this chapter. Include
allowance (material and labor) for shoring if soil type
is SAND or poorer; full exposed surface and depth is
shored. No equipment rental included.
Concrete foundations, structures: 18 types (see
Foundation Types later in this chapter)
CONCRETE
19 Civil (G8)
19-3
Type
CONCRETE - continued
Grout quantity:
Default: *0.0* CY [*0.0* M3]. Non-shrink grout.
Anchors and embedments:
Default: = 0 if grout = 0; determined from concrete
quantity if external civil file exists, or else determined
from grout quantity.
Sealcoat or liner type:
SC- Sealcoat
GM- Standard geosynthetic membrane
C1- Bentonite clay liner - 1 membrane
C2- Bentonite clay liner - 2 membranes
*NO*- No sealcoat or membrane liner
Sealcoat or liner area:
Default 0.0 SY
Membrane thickness:
Default 0.060 INCHES [1.50 MM]; Min: 0.020 INCHES
[0.500 MM]; Max: 0.120 [3.0 MM]
19-4
Depth of footing [to the frostline] in your Project Civil Design Basis = 1
FOOT
User can specify the excavation slope in the project and area level civil
specs. By default, Icarus calculates excavation slope based on soil type.
19 Civil (G8)
Type
SCAFFOLD
TRENCH
CONTAINMNT
Depth of paving:
Default: *8* INCHES [*200* MM]
Wall height:
Default: *3* FEET [*0.900* M]
Wall thickness:
Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM]
Number of stairways:
Access stairway over wall. Default: *2*.
Sealcoat option:
Default: *YES*
YES- Concrete sealer coating required
NO- No sealer coating
Tank containment with diked area and geomembrane DIKE MEMBR
Contained length:
Length, width and depth of diked area.
Contained width:
Length, width and depth of diked area.
- Continued on next page -
19 Civil (G8)
19-5
Type
19-6
19 Civil (G8)
Type
YARD PIPE
PIPE
HDPE
RCON PIPE
Building
BUILDING
LINING
Material:
*EPLCS*- Epoxt resin lining
ASRSN- Asphalt resin lining
PHRSN- Phenolic resin lining
PVDF- Kynar sheet lining
TFELS- Teflon sheet lining
BUTYL - Butyle rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
NATRB- Natural rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
NITRL- Nitrile rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
HYPLN- Hypalon rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
NEPNE- Neoprene sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
CLEAD- Chemical lead 16 PSF [80 KG/M2]
I-ZN- Inorganic zinc coat 3 MIL [0.08 MM]
ZNMZL- Flame sprayed zinc 8 MIL [0.20 MM]
CERML- Ceramic liner, light abrasion and impact
CERMM- Ceramic liner, med. abrasion, light impact
CERMH- Ceramic liner, hvy. abrasion, light impact
CERMV- Ceramic liner, hvy. abrasion, heavy impact
ABRPL- Abrasion resistant plate 1 INCH [25 MM]
REPRB- Replaceable rubber lining 1 INCH [25 MM]
LS304- Replaceable SS304 plate 1 INCH [25 MM]
LS316- Replaceable SS316 plate 1 INCH [25 MM]
Lining adjustment: *4.00*; MIN: 1.00; MAX: 10.0;
Adjustment: 1=large flat area, 4=typical; 10=small
obstructed area, congested space
19 Civil (G8)
19-7
Type
Pipe rack
PIPE RACK
PIPE SUPPT
OPN CON ST
19-8
19 Civil (G8)
Type
Structure Type:
* PREC * - Precast concrete structure
CONC - Cast-in-place concrete structure
Concrete Type:
Default: as specified in unit area civil specs.
Bay span: Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.6 M]
Bay width: Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.6 M]
Number of stairways:
Default: 1 + 1 per 5000 SF [500 M2] of area per
floor
Floor slab percent of area: Default: 75
Floor slab thickness: Concrete slab thickness.
Default: If not specified, system calculates
based on span and loading.
Floor grate - percent of area: Default: 0
Grating type:
Default: grating type from area steel specs
Siding per wall area: Default: 0
Siding type:
* CORR * - Corrugated siding
NSUL - insulated siding
Wind Force Adjustment:
Additional adjustment for wind force specified in
project civil design specs. Default: 1
Seismic Force Adjustment:
Additional adjustment for seismic force specified
in project civil design specs. Default: 1
19 Civil (G8)
19-9
Foundation Types
Type
Symbol Type
Description
OCT+PROJ
Foundation
2
OCTAGONL
Foundation
3
PAVING
MASSPOUR
Typical Application
Foundation
19-10
Typical Application
Area Paving.
Foundation
4
Typical Application
Typical Application
19 Civil (G8)
Symbol Type
Description
SM BLOCK
Foundation
6
LG BLOCK
PILE CAPS
Foundation
CONDUIT
RING
Typical Application
Foundation
19 Civil (G8)
Typical Application
Conduit Envelope.
Foundation
9
Typical Application
Foundation
8
Typical Application
Typical Application
19-11
Symbol Type
Description
10
BASIN
Basins.
11
EL SLAB
Foundation
Foundation
12
COLM/BM
WALL
GRIND BM
Typical Application
Grade Beam.
Foundation
19-12
Typical Application
Foundation
14
Typical Application
Foundation
13
Typical Application
Elevated Slab.
Typical Application
19 Civil (G8)
Symbol Type
Description
15
PIER
Piers.
Foundation
16
FOOTING
Foundation
17
BOX
SLAB GRB
Typical Application
Slab on grade.
Foundation
19 Civil (G8)
Typical Application
Foundation
18
Typical Application
Typical Application
19-13
Remarks
PSF
[KB/M2]
50.0
2.5
150.0
7.0
300.0
14.0
450.0
21.0
600.0
28.0
Soil Types
Soil Type
Soil Type
Symbol
Soil Loading
PSF
19-14
Soil Density
KN/M2 PCF
KG/M3
SOFT CLAY
2000
100
60
960
FIRM CLAY
4000
200
70
1120
Wet Sand
WET SAND
4000
200
120
1920
SAND+CLAY 4000
200
85
1360
DRY SAND
6000
300
100
1600
SAND
8000
400
90
1440
Compact gravel
GRAVEL
12000 600
95
1520
SOFT ROCK
16000 800
105
1680
HARDPAN
20000 1000
106
1700
MED-ROCK
30000 1400
108
1730
HARD ROCK
80000 3800
110
1760
19 Civil (G8)
Mercalli number
Acceleration (g)
1,2,3,4
0.017
5,6
0.075
2A (A)
0.15
2B (2)
0.20
0.30
9,10,11,12
0.40
19 Civil (G8)
19-15
Example of Equipment
Foundation Design
Vessel Dia. = 8' Height = 20' Allowable soil pressure = 4000 psf, Wind speed
=100 MPH
System Calculations:
Wt of Vessel = 9300 lbs
Moment due to wind = 124031 lb-ft
Top Area reqd. = 0.828*(Dia + 2.0)**2 = 0.828*10*10 = 82.8 sf
frost ht = 4.0 ft
self wt of footing = top area * (frost+1) * 150.0 = 82.8*5.0*150.0 = 62100
lbs
Total Weight = 9300 + 62100 = 71400 lbs
eccentricity = 124031/71400 = 1.737'
For the example above, and soil pressure, we have Type 2 footing, c.s. area =
82.8 is sufficient.
This can be verified if we use the formula for square footing:
71400/(B**2) + 124031/(B**3 /6) = 4000
Area = B*B
19-16
19 Civil (G8)
Height = 20 feet
= 12695 lbs
19 Civil (G8)
19-17
Start with 4 piles and then calculate the maximum load per pile based on the
Vertical Load and Moment (for
compression we use the Maximum weight, and for Tension we use the weight
without water, the base moment
here is the moment due to wind).
Checks whether load per pile is less than allowable load. If it requires more
than 8 piles, we try to provide a
inner circle of piles.
Number of piles required in this case = 4
19-18
19 Civil (G8)
20 Steel
(G6)
20 Steel (G6)
20-1
Type
OPN STL ST
20-2
20 Steel (G6)
Type
20 Steel (G6)
20-3
Type
20-4
20 Steel (G6)
20 Steel (G6)
20-5
Type
20-6
20 Steel (G6)
Type
20 Steel (G6)
20-7
20-8
20 Steel (G6)
User-Entered Sets:
20 Steel (G6)
20-9
Type
PIPE TRUSS
20-10
20 Steel (G6)
Type
20 Steel (G6)
20-11
Type
MILL BLDG
20-12
20 Steel (G6)
Type
PLATFORM
20 Steel (G6)
20-13
Type
GALLERY
Gallery height:
Max: 15 FEET [4.5 M]; Default: *9.0* FEET [*2.75* M]
Distributed load:
Default: *100* PSF [*5.0* KN/M2]
Height grade section:
Grade section has this uniform, nominal height for entire length.
Default: *6.0* FEET [*2.0* M].
- Continued on next page -
20-14
20 Steel (G6)
Type
GALLERY - continued
Length grade section:
Total length is sum of grade, slope and above-grade lengths.
At least one is required.
Height slope section:
Slope section varies from grade section height to this designated
height.
Length slope section:
Total length is sum of grade, slope and above-grade lengths. At least
one is required.
Above grade height:
Above ground section varies from slope section height to this
designated height.
Above grade length:
Total length is sum of grade, slope and above-grade lengths. At least
one is required.
Gallery enclosure:
Default: *OPEN*
OPEN- No enclosure
ENCLOSED- Enclosed
Tower bent spacing:
Tower (bent) spacing applies to elevated sections only. Default: *80*
FEET [*25* M].
Cantilever length:
Cantilever length may be specified only for the end of an elevated
section. Default: *0* FEET [*0* M].
Number of walkways: Default: *2*
Walkway width: Default: *54* INCHES [*2,370* MM]
Grating: See Grating Types later in this chapter.
Conveyor transfer tower, square cross-section
TRNS
TOWER
GRATE
LADDER
Ladder Type:
Default: *CAGED*
CAGED- Caged ladder
NONE- Ladder without cage
Steel stairs, with grate treads, handrail
20 Steel (G6)
STAIR
20-15
Type
FABR PLATE
20-16
20 Steel (G6)
Type
SIDING
Siding girts and roof purlins are designated based on column spacing.
Corrugated steel siding (18 gauge) is provided with the option of 1
INCH [25 MM] insulation in sandwich panel.
Siding area:
Siding and/or roofing area is required. Default: *0.0* SF [*0.0* M2]
Roofing area:
Siding and/or roofing area is required. Default: *0.0 SF [*0.0* M2]
Main column spacing: Default: *20* FEET [*6* M]
Siding type:
Default: *CORR*
CORR- Corrugated siding
INSUL- Insulated corrugated siding
Sanitary platform for equipment access
SAN PLATFM
20 Steel (G6)
20-17
Type
Grating Types
20-18
FG
Fibergrate
S2
S3
S4
CS
CM
CH
CV
C2
C3
C4
AS
AH
AV
20 Steel (G6)
21 Instrumentation
(G10)
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-1
Type
CONDUIT
Material:
Default: *GALV*
GALV- Galvanized rigid steel conduit
EMT- Electrical mechanical tubing
AL- Aluminum
PVC- PVC plastic conduit
PBON- PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond)
PVCA- PVC coated aluminum
FRE- Fiberglass
Conduit diameter:
Range: 0.5 - 6.0 INCHES [15 - 150 MM]
Number of elbows: Default: *0*
Number of fittings: Default: *0*
Number of conduit seals: Default: *0*
Instrument panel, electronic/pneumatic
INST PANEL
Panel type:
ELC- Electronic panel
PNU- Pneumatic panel
E/P- Combined electronic/pneumatic
21-2
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Description
Type
INST TRAY
Tray width:
Range: 6 - 36 INCHES [150 - 910 MM];
Default:
*18* INCHES [*450* MM]
Electronic signal wire: wire, armored wire, wire in conduit
INST WIRE
Material:
Default: *IM*
IM- Insul., standard wire
ARMOR- IM with interlock armor
RIGID- IM in rigid conduit (See Chapter 22, Electrical Plant Bulks,
CONDUIT, for a schematic of the conduit)
PPM- Pluggable Pre-Molded wire (fieldbus only)
Number of conductor sets per cable:
Optional twisted pair or triad in each wire set.
Range: 1 - 50.
Conductor set type:
Default: *PAIR*
PAIR- Pair
TRIAD- Triad
Instrument pneumatic multi-tube bundle runs
PNU TUBING
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-3
Type
THCPL WIRE
Material:
Default: *TM*
TM- Insul., solid wire
ARMOR- TM with interlock armor
RIGID- TM in rigid conduit
Number of conductor sets per cable:
Optional number of twisted pairs per cable.
Range: 1 - 36.
Conductor type:
Default: *JX*
JX- Iron constantan
KX- Chromel alumel
TX- Copper constantan
Instrument junction boxes: electronic, pneumatic,
thermocouple
JUNC BOX
21-4
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Type
OPER CENT
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-5
Type
21-6
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Type
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-7
Type
Signal Type
No. Input
No. Output
Signals per Card Signals per Card
Analog
Digital
16
Number of controllers:
One cabinet and power supply provided per two controllers.
Redundancy:
Redundancy provides 1 backup controller for up to eight primary
controllers.
Default:
*NONE*
RED- Redundancy required
NONE- No redundancy
Number of analog input cards:
Number of I/O cards for analog input (indicating).
Number of analog output cards:
Number of I/O cards for analog output (control).
Number of digital input cards:
Number of I/O cards for digital input (alarm).
Number of digital output cards:
Number of I/O cards for digital output (switch).
Number of battery backups:
Number of backup battery power supplies for multifunction
controllers. Default: *0*
21-8
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Type
HL PIU
LL PIU
DATA
HIWAY
Material selection:
Default: *COAX*
COAX- Coax cable
FIBER- Fiber optic cable
Number of terminations:
Min: 1; Default: *2*
Enclosure type:
Default: *NONE*
NONE- None
COND- Conduit
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-9
LC
none
IC
LC
Pressure Transmitter:
field mounted, via pipe and tubing.
Sensor element types:
transmitter without seal (TN)
transmitter with seal (TS)
standard or microprocessor
I
IC
RC
R1
R2R3
LP
or
CC
Pressure Switch:
field mounted, via pipe and tubing.
*NS*- No chemical seal
CS- With chemical seal
LP
or
CC
IC
LP
or
CC
P
or
e
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21-10
21 Instrumentation (G10)
DP
LC
none
DP
LP
or
CC
p
or
e
DP
LP
or
CC
DP
lC
LP
or
CC
p
or
e
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-11
Temperature (T)
Sensor Loop Description
Type
Symbol
Temperature indicator
Sensor element types:
TM- Dial thermometer with
thermowell
TC- Thermocouple thermowell
LC
none
Temperature Controller:
filled system, with thermowell
lC
LC
Testwell:
thermowell and cap only
none
LC
none
l
lIC
RC
R1
R2
R3
LP
or
CC
p
or
e
LP
or
CC
lC
LP
or
CC
p
or
e
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21-12
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Flow (F)
Sensor Loop Description
Type
Symbol
Flow Indicator
LC
none
Flow Transmitter:
l
lC
RC
R1
R2
R3
lP
or
CC
e
or
p
lC
LC
LP
or
CC
LP
or
CC
p
or
e
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-13
Level (L)
Sensor Loop Description
Type
Symbol
LC
none
Level Indicators:
Sensor element types (default LG):
LG- Level glass - reflex type
external standpipe
SP- Level gauge - reflex type with
external standpipe
BB- Level indicator - bubble type
Level Controller:
displacement type
lC
LC
Level Transmitter:
Sensor element types (default =
DS):
DS- Displacement type
DP- Differential pressure
(standard or micro-processor)
RS- DP with chemical seals
TF- Tape/float
UL- Single point Ultrasonic level
NL- Nuclear level
RD- Radar type
l
lC
RC
R1
R2
R3
LP
or
CC
e
or
p
Level Switch:
Sensor element types (default (DS):
DS- Displacement level switch-fluids
PD- Paddle type level switch-solids
VS- Vibrating (tuning fork) switch
CD- Conductivity (max/min)
detection switch
CS- Capacitive type switch
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21-14
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Analyzers (A)
Sensor Loop Description
Type
Symbol
Analyzers:
A
Sensor element types (default PH):
PH- pH indicating transmitter ORORP (Oxidation Reduction Potential)
(Redox) transmitter
O2- Oxygen analyzer (up to 4
samples)
BT- BTU transmitter
CS- Consistency analyzer
PL- Gas detection% LEL (incl.
electronics, rack)
HD- Gas detection H2S (incl.
electronics, rack
C2- C02 (without sample
conditioning system)
VS- Viscosity (w/o sample
conditioning system)
CL- Color (without sample
conditioning system)
FP- Flame point (w/o sample
conditioning system)
CP- Cloud point
SD- Smoke density
FL- Flash point
SG- Specific gravity (liquid)
HV- Heating value (incl. sample
conditioning)
GC- Gas chromatograph (1 sample
point, 6 comp.)
HC- H2 and hydrocarbons (w/o
sample probe)
HS- H2S analyzer
H2- Hydrocarbon in water
HR- H2S/S02 ratio
SO- Sulphur in oil
l
lC
RC
R2
R3
LP
or
CC
lC
LP
or
CC
p
or
e
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter. Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-15
Speed (S)
Sensor Loop Description
Type
Symbol
l
lC
RC
R1
R2
R3
LP
or
CC
Speed Switch:
LP
or
CC
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21-16
21 Instrumentation (G10)
l
lC
RC
R1
R2
R3
LP
or
CC
Vibration Switch;
vibrating read type
LP
or
CC
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-17
Position (PN)
Sensor Loop Description
Type
Symbol
Position Transmitter,
(default VP):
Variable position (VP):
On/Off positions (NF)
PN
l
lC
RC
R1
R2
R3
LP
or
CC
e
or
p
Position Switch
PN
LP
or
CC
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
21-18
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Weight (W)
Sensor Loop Description
Type
Symbol
Load Cells;
Sensing element options
(Default = 4C):
3 cell configuration (3C)
4 cell configuration (4C)
6 cell configuration (6C)
l
lC
RC
R1
R2
R3
LP
or
CC
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
Conductivity Transmitter:
l
lC
RC
R1
R2
R3
LP
or
CC
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-19
Hand Regulator:
field-mounted (pneumatic)
lC
LC
Manual Controller:
panel-mounted, no input signal,
output signal only
lC
LP
or
CC
e
or
p
LP
or
CC
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
SL
Solenoid: Field-mounted
none
LP
or
CC
For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
Instrument Location:
21-20
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Instrument Hookup
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-21
Definition
Indicator:
field-mounted indicator if local to equipment (LC), or,
panel-mounted indicator (receiver type) if on local panel (LP) or in
control center (CC)
lC
Indicating Controller:
field-mounted indicating controller if local to equipment (LC), or,
panel-mounted indicating controller (receiver type) if on local panel
(LP) or in
control center (CC)
RC
R1
R2
R3
Cl
Jl
JR
21-22
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Definition
A1
A2
CR
Computation relay: +, -, X, /
SQ
FX
Defined function of X
LR
ES
BS
Bias relay
Size Range
Globe
Actuator
Positioner
< = 4 INCHES CE
6 - 8 INCHES ED
585
657
3611JP
3582
Ball
all sizes
V100
1052
3610J
Butterfly
all sizes
8532
1052
3610J
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Body Type
21-23
Definition
STD
GLP
Type
Size
Globe
0.5 - 4 INCH
Ball
6 - 12 INCH
Butterfly
> 12 INCH
[>300 MM]
BAP
BUP
Butterfly type position, usually large sizes from 3 INCH [75 MM]
GLO
BVO
BVU
SGO
SGP
DIV
ANO
ANP
DVS
TKS
BUP
Fluid positioning control valves may be specified as line size or reduced size.
The default size reductions are as follows:
Line size
21-24
Control valve
0.5 - 4INCH
[12 - 100MM]
Same as line.
6INCH
[150MM]
8 - 12INCH
[200 - 300MM]
14 - 24INCH
[350 - 600MM]
> 24INCH
[>600MM]
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-25
Drop
21-26
21 Instrumentation (G10)
Description
(blank)
Transmitter Type
Type
Definition
Standard
Microprocessor (Smart)
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-27
21-28
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-29
21-30
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21 Instrumentation (G10)
21-31
21-32
21 Instrumentation (G10)
22 Electrical
(G13)
22 Electrical (G13)
22-1
Type
Material:
ELEC CABLE
22-2
22 Electrical (G13)
Type
CTRL CABLE
Material:
ARMOR- Armored multi-core cable
W-C- Single wires in conduit, includes conduit
W-NC- Single wires in conduit (less conduit)
W-TR- Single wires in tray (less tray)
M-C- Multi-core in conduit, includes conduit
M-NC- Multi-core in conduit (less conduit)
M-TR- Multi-core cable in tray (less tray)
LARM - Lead covered armored cable
Length of cable run:
Default: US: multi-core cable in conduit, else multi-core cable in tray
w/o tray
Cable placement:
Default: Project/Area Design Basis
ABOVE - Above ground cable/wire
BELOW - Buried cable/wire with trenching
NOTRN - Buried cable/wire without trenching
Number of conductors:
Range: 1 - 37
Conduit material: Default: *GALV*
GALV- Galvanized rigid steel conduit
EMT- Electrical mechanical tubing
AL- Aluminum
PVC- PVC plastic conduit
PBON- PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond)
PVCA- PVC coated aluminum
FRE- Fiberglass
Cable Size:
*14*, 12, 10 AWG; *1.5*, 2.5, 4.0 MM2.
Rigid conduit, galvanized steel, couplings, fittings and seals
CONDUIT
22 Electrical (G13)
22-3
Type
CONDUIT - continued.
Material:
Default: *GALV*
GALV- Galvanized rigid steel conduit
EMT- Electrical mechanical tubing
AL- Aluminum
PVC- PVC plastic conduit
PBON- PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond)
PVCA- PVC coated aluminum
FRE- Fiberglass
Conduit diameter:
Range: 0.5 - 6.0 INCHES [15 - 150 MM]
Number of elbows: Default: *0*
Number of fittings: Default: *0*
Number of conduit seals: Default: *0*
Electrical cable tray
ELEC TRAY
Material:
*GALV*, FBRGL, SS, AL
Tray Width:
Range: 6 - 36 INCHES [150 - 910 MM];
Default:
*18* INCHES [*450* MM]
Number of 90 degree bends:
*0*
Tray type:
*L*, T, C, B
Electrical tracing of existing equipment
Electrical tracing of equipment; item of equipment and its insulation
are assumed specified elsewhere in the project.
EQPT TRACE
22-4
22 Electrical (G13)
Type
PIPE TRACE
22 Electrical (G13)
22-5
Type
22-6
22 Electrical (G13)
Type
GRND GRID
A system of buried cable and rods provide a grid work for grounding
equipment, buildings and structures.
Ground cable length:
AWG (US only): 6, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 4/0; MM2: 16, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120.
Default:
*2* AWG [*35* MM2]
Ground rod types:
*STD*, EL-L, EL-S.
Includes direct-buried grid cable brazed to each ground rod. The
default rod type, STD, includes manually-driven INCH x 10 FEET
[3.05 METER] copper-clad ground rods with studs, clamps, etc. The
electrolytic rod types, EL-L (3 FEET vertical x 10 FEET horizontal [0.91
x 3.05 METER]) and EL-S (straight 10 FEET length [3.05 M]), include
pipe with weep holes, electrolytic filling material, special conductive
backfill material, and protective cover.
If the number of ground rods is not specified, 4 rods are generated for
the first 1-199 FEET [0.3-60.6 METER] of grid cable, then 1 rod for
each 200 FEET [61 METER] thereafter. For example, a 10 FEET [3.05
METER] length generates 4 rods, a 200 FEET [61 METER] length
generates 5, and 1,000 FEET [305 METER] generates 9.
Does not include trenching and backfill.
22 Electrical (G13)
22-7
Type
AREA LIGHT
Flood:
400 - 1000 W; Default: *400*
Other:
100 - 400 W; Default: *175*
Fixture type:
Default: Mercury vapor/explosion proof
FL1- Fluorescent - 1 bulb
FL2- Fluorescent - 2 bulbs
FL1E- Fluorescent - 1 bulb, explosion proof
FL2E- Fluorescent - 1 bulbs, explosion proofMVPE - Mercury vapor/
explosion proof
MVPV- Mercury vapor/vaportite
MVCE - Mercury vapor/ceiling/explosion proof
MVCV - Mercury vapor/ceiling vaportite
MVF- Mercury vapor/flood
SVPE-Sodium vapor/explosion proof
SVPV- Sodium vapor/vaportite
SVCE- Sodium vapor/ceiling/explosion proof
SVCV- Sodium vapor/ceiling/vaportite
SVF- Sodium vapor/flood
INPE- Incandescent/explosion proof
INPV- Incandescent/vaportite
INCE- Incandescent/ceiling/explosion proof
INCV- Incandescent/ceiling/vaportite
MHV- Mercury halide flood
Electrical cable length:
Cable run length from lighting panel.
Number of lights:
Default: *0*
Power per light:
Min (flood):
400 W; Max (fluorescent): 120 W;
Default: 175 W
Support type:
See illustrations on following page.
*PENDT*- Pendant support
BRAKT- Bracket support
STAND- Stand and support arm
POLE- Pole support (see height entry below)
- Continued on next page -
22-8
22 Electrical (G13)
Type
22 Electrical (G13)
22-9
22-10
22 Electrical (G13)
Type
GALV
ANODE
SURF
ANODE
POT TEST
RECTIFIER
22 Electrical (G13)
22-11
Type
SOLAR PANL
EMER LIGHT
CABLE DUCT
Buried depth:
Default: *40* INCHES [*1000* MM]
Cable duct width:
Default: *72* INCHES [*1800* MM]
Cable duct type:
*TILE*, ENVEL, CONC, PRCST
Lighting panelboard and distribution board
PANEL BRD
TRACE PANL
22-12
22 Electrical (G13)
Type
TRACE CNTR
22 Electrical (G13)
22-13
Type
Bus duct
BUS DUCT
Continuous Current:
Max: 3,000 A
Length default elbows:
1 per 20 FEET [6 M]
Rated voltage:
*600*- 600 V at 60 HZ.
5000- 5000 V at 60 HZ.
15000- 15000 V at 60 HZ.
600-600 V at 50 HZ.
3300- 3300 V at 50 HZ.
11000- 11000 V at 50 HZ.
Number of elbows:
Default: 1 per 20 FEET [6 M]
Termination type:
*NONE*
NONE- No terminations
TRANS- Transformer termination only
SWGR- Switchgear termination only
BOTH- Switchgear and transformer termination
Electrical transformer: 1 or 2 tap
TRANSFORM
Rated load:
Range: 10 - 100,000 KVA
Transformer type:
*DRY*, OIL
Oil circuit breakers
OIL C BRKR
Rated voltage:
Range: 11 - 400 KV
Continuous Current:
Max: 5 KA [5000 A]
Disconnect switches
DISCNCT
SW
Rated voltage:
Range: 4 - 230 KV
POLE LINE
22-14
SUBSTN STL
22 Electrical (G13)
Type
BREAKER
MCC
22 Electrical (G13)
22-15
Type
Switch board
SWITCH
BRD
Continuous current:
600-4000 A
Rated voltage:
3-13.8 KV
Switchboard type:
VCB- Vacuum circuit breaker
VCS1- Vacuum circuit breaker 1 unit stack
VCS2- Vacuum circuit breaker 2 unit stack
VCS3- Vacuum circuit breaker 3 unit stack
Short circuit current:
*25*-40 KA
AC/DC Transformer
AC DC TRAN
Rating:
30-300 ampere-hours
Package transformer with panel
PKG TRANSF
Rated load:
50-800 KVA
Transformer primary voltage:
3000-13800 V
Number of phases:
1 or *3*
Emergency diesel generator
EM PWR SET
Power output:
5 - 1500 KVA
Uninterrupted power supply
UPS
Rated load:
2-300 KVA.
UPS type:
*STD*, MULT.
Power factor connection capacitor
PF CORRECT
Capacity:
24-2500 KVAR.
Voltage:
LV (low voltage), MV (medium voltage).
22-16
22 Electrical (G13)
22 Electrical (G13)
22-17
Substation
Schematics
22-18
22 Electrical (G13)
22 Electrical (G13)
22-19
For example, assume that you specify a 20 HP [15 KW] rating- the reported
cost for the MCC-LV is the cost of the 3-space starter plus three-twelfths of the
whole cost of the cabinet. Specifying four such items would, in effect,
completely account for the cost of one 12-space MCC-LV containing four 3space starters.
Motor Size
HP
22-20
Voltage
KW
Starter Size
(spaces)
< = 10 HP
< = 7.5 KW
LV
20 - 50 HP
15 - 37.4 KW
LV
60 - 100 HP
44.7 - 75 KW
LV
125 - 200 HP
95 - 150 KW
LV
250 - 400 HP
180 - 300 KW
LV
200 - 400 HP
150 - 300 KW
MV
450 - 4, 000 HP
335 - 3, 1150 KW
MV
22 Electrical (G13)
Medium Voltage (MV) and Low Voltage (LV) Motor Control Centers (MCC):
Note: When you select the high voltage as 34.5kV (US, ME) / 33kV (UK, EU,
JP) in the general electrical specifications, then all the high voltage motors in
the project should be powered at the corresponding medium voltage, because
all the motors in the system are at the most rated for 15kV (US, ME) / 11kV
(UK, EU, JP) only.
22 Electrical (G13)
22-21
22-22
22 Electrical (G13)
Wire Sizes
Wires sizes must be chosen from one of the following tables.
US and ME Country Bases or AWG Wire Units
Wire Size Symbols (guage sizes)
-------------- LV ------------------------------------------------ MV --------------------------------------- HV -------------------------14
250
1000
12
350
1250
10
1/0
500
1500
2/0
750
1750
4/0
-------- (AWG) ---
2000
----- (KCMIL) -----
10
35
185
500
2.5
16
50
240
630
25
70
300
800
95
400
1000
120
150
---------------------- (MM2) -------------------------
22 Electrical (G13)
22-23
Electrical Class/Division
National Electrical Code (NEC)
Electrical Class and Division Symbol
Single Core
or MultiCore Wire
In Tray
*12*
Combustible Dust
21
22
32
General Purpose
GP
Non-hazardous conditions.
22-24
22 Electrical (G13)
Single Core
or MultiCore Wire
In Tray
GP
Non-hazardous conditions
22 Electrical (G13)
22-25
22-26
22 Electrical (G13)
23 Insulation and
Fireproofing
(G8)
23-1
Type
FIREP AREA
FIREP SSTL
Material:
*MAGN*- Magnesium oxychloride
CONC- Concrete
Fire resistance rating:
Range: 2 - 4
The thickness changes according to the Firepr. Rating-Hours:
For magnesium oxychlor fireproofing:
2 hours- 9/16 INCHES [14 MM]
3 hours- 7/8 INCHES [22 MM]
4 hours- 1 3/16 INCHES [30 MM]
For concrete fireproofing:
< 3 hours- 2 1/2 INCHES [64 MM]
3 hours- 3 INCHES [76 MM]
4 hours- 3 1/2 INCHES [88 MM]
General area insulation.
INSUL AREA
23-2
Type
INSUL PIPE
Material:
*CASIL*- Calcium silicate
MWOOL- Mineral wool
FOAM- Foam glass
Temperature:
Temperature for FOAM only, provides cold (default) or hot
insulation.
Jacket type:
AL- Aluminum jacket
SS- Stainless steel jacket
CS- Painted carbon steel jacket
Packed bulk insulation
INSUL BULK
Material:
*PERL*- Perlite bulk insulation
VERM- Vermiculite bulk insulation
RWOOL- Rockwool bulk insulation
Cable Tray fireproofing
FIREP TRAY
23-3
Insulation Materials
Note that insulation is applied to equipment and piping as specified by the
user. The default, if no choice is specified, is foam glass insulation for
temperatures 50 DEG F [10 DEG C] or lower; calcium silicate insulation is
applied for higher temperatures.
Description
Insulation
Symbol
Calcium silicate
12.0
300.0
51 to 1500
11 to 815
CASIL
Mineral wool
12.0
300.0
51 to 1200
11 to 645
MWOOL
INCHES
MM
DEG F
Foam glass
10.0
300.0
-450 to 665
-265 to 350
FOAM
Ceramic wool
12.0
300.0
51 to 1500
11 to 815
CWOOL
Polyisocyanurate/
Plyurethane
12.0
300.0
-450 to 250
-265 to 120
PURF
Fireproofing Materials
Note that fireproofing is not applied to equipment (skirts/legs, support steel,
ladders) and various steel structures by default. The user must specify at least
the rating (thickness to use) in project level specifications and separately
specify the thickness of fireproofing on each component. The default material
is magnesium oxychloride.
Description
Rating
(hours)
Magnesium
oxychloride
9----16
14
4
1 -----16
22
3
1 -----16
30
1
1 --2
64
76
1
1 --2
89
3--4
19
25
1
1 --4
32
1
1 --2
38
Concrete
Pyrocrete
23-4
Thickness
INCHES
MM
Fireproofing
Symbol
MAGN
CONC
PYRO
1.5
2.5
Inches
3.5
4.5
5.5
Temperatures - Degrees F
0.75
268
460
790
1170
1774
2000
150
454
780
1161
1586
1989
2000
1.5
150
411
581
1049
1410
1801
2000
150
305
558
869
1181
1640
1836 2000
2.5
150
253
500
848
1148
1613
1778 2000
150
236
441
679
949
1232
1558 1887
2000
150
216
389
598
848
1142
1406 1737
2000
150
164
306
493
709
950
1237 1520
1810 2000
150
162
295
475
693
914
1133 1385
1700 2000
10
150
162
90
445
628
823
1008 1268
12
150
162
275
414
585
776
960
1236
14
150
256
392
557
748
952
1177
16
150
250
383
542
725
928
1147
18
150
244
373
529
706
911
1126
20
150
238
365
517
696
894
1109
22
150
238
365
517
696
894
1109
24
150
226
349
501
676
874
1090
26
150
226
349
501
676
874
1090
28
150
225
340
501
622
850
1032
30
150
225
340
501
622
850
1032
36
150
225
340
501
622
850
1032
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
23-5
1.5
2.5
Inches
3.5
4.5
5.5
6.5
Temperatures - Degrees F
0.75
758
1185 1457
732
1051 1399
1.5
665
944
1279
565
811
1173
2.5
544
777
1137
450
660
925
392
579
838
322
479
705
977
313
444
648
881
10
298
389
571
774
12
282
368
517
710
14
150 203
271
354
474
670
926
16
150 200
267
346
438
625
860
18
150 197
262
340
428
585
819
20
150 194
258
334
423
548
778
22
150 194
258
334
423
522
739
963
24
150 188
250
326
413
512
701
916
26
150 188
250
326
413
512
676
881
28
150 188
245
326
386
500
613
809
30
150 188
245
326
386
500
591
778
36
150 188
245
326
386
500
591
778
Note: Notes: Medium insulation schedule is typical for average low ambient
temperatures from 20 degrees F to 40 degrees F. Insulation for hot service
would be applied to designated surfaces of 51 degrees F or hotter.
To use the table:
23-6
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
2.5
Inches
3.5
4.5
5.5
Temperatures - Degrees F
0.75
150
250 345
596
915
1317
1821 2000
150
215 302
516
808
1175
1650 2000
1.5
150
197 280
478
756
1113
1571 2000
150
179 260
440
705
1052
1493 2000
2.5
150
164 240
405
661
987
150 220
370
617
922
150 185
309
533
818
150
248
459
717
150
195
382
629
969
10
150
318
539
865
12
150
258
460
766
14
150
199
388
675
949
16
150
321
572
845
18
150
259
512
750
20
150
202
446
661
952
1292 2000
22
150
368
579
853
24
150
302
503
760
26
150
261
432
674
966
28
150
1413 2000
194
367
594
872
1243 1796
30
150
306
502
784
1092 1585
36
150
306
502
784
1092 1585
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
23-7
4.5
5.5
Temperatures - Degrees F
0.75
50
25
-10
-25
-70
-135
50
25
-10
-25
-70
-130
1.5
50
30
15
-15
-45
-100
50
30
15
-15
-45
-90
2.5
50
30
15
-10
-35
-60
50
30
15
-10
-35
-60
50
30
20
-30
-55
-85
50
45
25
-25
-45
-70
50
45
25
-15
-35
-60
-85
-115 -145
10
50
45
30
10
-10
-25
-50
-70
-105 -125
12
50
45
30
15
-5
-25
-45
-65
-105 -125
14
50
45
30
15
-25
-40
-55
-80
-105
16
50
45
30
20
-25
-35
-55
-75
-105
18
50
45
30
20
-25
-35
-50
-70
-105
20
50
30
20
-25
-35
-45
-65
-95
22
50
30
20
-25
-35
-45
-65
-95
24
50
30
20
-25
-35
-45
-65
-95
26
50
30
20
-10
-25
-40
-60
-75
28
50
30
20
-10
-25
-40
-60
-75
30
50
30
20
-10
-25
-40
-60
-75
36
50
30
20
10
-5
-25
-40
-55
-75
Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L,M, or H) does not apply to
cold insulation. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated
surfaces of 50 degrees F or colder.
For cold insulation, joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.
To use the table:
23-8
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
6.5
Inches
7.5
8.5
9.5
10
Temperatures - Degrees F
0.75
1
1.5
-345 -459
-340 -459
2.5
-325
-459
10
-300
-459
12
-285
-325
-459
14
-265
-305
-352
-459
16
-250
-285
-310
-459
18
-235
-275
-295
-325 -459
20
-225
-260
-290
-315 -459
22
-205
-240
-270
-300 -459
24
-205
-240
-270
-300 -459
26
-190
-225
-250
-285 -305
28
-190
-225
-250
-285 -305
30
-190
-225
-250
-285 -305
36
-175
-215
-240
-280 -300
-459
Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L,M, or H) does not apply to
cold insulation. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated
surfaces of 50 degrees F or colder.
For cold insulation, joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.
To use the table:
1
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
23-9
Insulation Thickness - MM
25
38
50
63
MM
75
88
100
113 125
138
150
Temperatures - Degrees C
20
131
237 421
632
967
1093
25
65
234 415
627
863
1087
1093
40
65
210 305
565
765
982
1093
50
65
151 292
465
638
893
1002 1093
65
65
122 260
453
620
878
970
1093
80
65
113 227
359
509
666
847
1030 1093
100
65
102 198
314
453
616
763
947
1093
150
65
73
152
256
376
510
669
826
987
1093
200
65
72
146
246
367
490
611
751
926
1093
250
65
72
143
229
331
439
542
686
846
1050 1093
300
65
72
135
212
307
413
515
668
811
1007 1093
350
65
124
200
291
397
511
636
770
968
1093
400
65
121
195
283
385
497
619
751
931
1093
450
65
117
189
276
374
488
607
740
896
1093
500
65
114
185
269
368
478
598
738
864
1093
550
65
114
185
269
368
478
598
730
834
980
600
65
107
176
260
357
467
587
720
806
930
650
65
107
176
260
357
467
587
720
780
883
700
65
107
171
260
327
454
555
676
755
841
750
65
107
171
260
327
454
555
676
755
841
900
65
107
171
260
327
454
555
676
755
841
23-10
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
Insulation Thickness - MM
25
38
50
63
MM
75
88
100 113
125
138
150 163
Temperatures - Degrees C
20
98
151 271
403
640
791
903
1043 1093
25
65
150 258
388
566
759
864
996
1093
40
65
110 198
351
506
692
847
974
1093
50
65
108 187
296
432
633
784
952
1093
65
65
94
166
284
413
613
778
932
1060 1093
80
65
89
146
232
348
496
671
880
1027 1093
100
65
83
132
200
303
447
600
801
982
1093
150
65
69
108
161
248
373
525
706
887
1067 1093
200
65
68
106
156
228
342
471
636
818
1020 1093
250
65
68
104
147
198
299
412
575
741
975
1093
300
65
68
100
138
186
269
376
538
691
935
1050 1093
350
65
95
132
178
245
354
496
640
900
1007 1093
400
65
93
130
174
225
329
460
601
863
968
1093
450
65
91
127
171
220
307
437
568
832
931
1093
500
65
90
125
167
217
286
414
545
802
896
1093
550
65
90
125
167
217
272
392
517
775
864
1093
600
65
86
121
163
211
266
371
491
748
834
980
650
65
86
121
163
211
266
357
471
725
806
930
700
65
86
118
163
196
260
322
431
702
780
883
750
65
86
118
163
196
260
310
414
677
755
841
900
65
86
118
163
196
260
310
414
677
755
841
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
23-11
Insulation Thickness - MM
38
50
63
75
MM
88
100
113 125
138
150
175
200
Temperatures - Degrees C
20
65
121 173
313
490
713
993
1093
25
65
101 150
268
431
635
898
1093
40
65
91
137
247
402
600
855
1093
50
65
81
126
226
373
566
811
1093
65
65
73
115
207
349
530
771
1027 1093
80
65
104
187
325
494
730
962
1093
100
65
85
153
278
436
655
871
1093
150
65
120
237
380
586
787
1040 1093
200
65
90
194
331
520
710
947
250
65
158
281
462
635
857
1093
300
65
125
237
407
572
777
350
65
1093
1006 1093
92
197
357
509
707
922
1093
400
65
160
300
451
634
843
1093
450
65
126
266
398
570
768
1093
500
65
94
230
349
511
700
1093
550
65
186
303
456
635
978
1093
600
65
150
261
404
575
867
1093
650
65
27
222
356
518
767
1093
700
65
90
186
312
466
672
980
750
65
152
261
417
588
862
900
65
152
261
417
588
862
23-12
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table
Insulation Thickness - MM
25
38
50
63
MM
75
88
100
113 125
138
150
163
Temperatures - Degrees C
20
10
-3
-23
-31
-56
-92
25
10
-3
-23
-31
-56
-90
40
10
-1
-9
-26
-42
-73
-84
50
10
-1
-9
-26
-42
-67
-84
65
10
-1
-9
-23
-37
-51
-76
-92
80
10
-1
-9
-23
-37
-51
-76
-92
100
10
-1
-6
-17
-34
-48
-64
-92
150
10
-3
-17
-31
-42
-56
-76
-87
200
10
-3
-17
-26
-37
-51
-64
-81
-98
-114 -137
250
10
-1
-12
-23
-31
-45
-56
-76
-87
-101 -120
300
10
-1
-9
-20
-31
-42
-53
-76
-87
-95
-112
350
10
-1
-9
-17
-31
-39
-48
-62
-76
-89
-106
400
10
-1
-6
-17
-31
-37
-48
-59
-76
-87
-101
450
10
-1
-6
-17
-31
-37
-45
-56
-76
-81
-98
500
10
-1
-6
-17
-31
-37
-42
-53
-70
-78
-92
550
10
-1
-6
-17
-31
-37
-42
-53
-70
-76
-89
600
10
-1
-6
-17
-31
-37
-42
-53
-70
-76
-89
650
10
-1
-6
-14
-23
-31
-39
-51
-59
-76
-84
700
10
-1
-6
-14
-23
-31
-39
-51
-59
-76
-84
750
10
-1
-6
-14
-23
-31
-39
-51
-59
-76
-84
900
10
-1
-6
-12
-20
-31
-39
-48
-59
-76
-81
Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L, M, or H) does not apply to
cold insulation. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated
surfaces of 10 degrees C or colder.
For cold insulation, joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.
To use the table:
1
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
23-13
250
Temperatures - Degrees C
20
25
40
50
65
-273
80
-273
100
-273
150
200
250
300
350
-273
400
-273
450
-198
-273
500
-192
-273
550
-184
-273
600
-184
-273
650
-95
-176
-187
700
-95
-176
-187
750
-95
-176
-187
900
-92
-173
-184
Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L, M, or H) does not apply to
cold insulation. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated
surfaces of 10 degrees C or colder.
For cold insulation, joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.
To use the table:
23-14
For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
Customizing Insulation
Specifications
In order to assign an appropriate insulation thickness to a piece of equipment
or section of pipe (if thickness is not specified by the user), the system refers
to tables that relate thickness to temperature and pipe diameter. External
versions of these tables are available for customization in an ASCII format file.
This file also includes a table that lets you define how much insulation is
allocated for valves and fillings.
Template Insulation Specification Files
There are three template files (IP units, Metric units, and blank) available in
one of the following locations:
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator or Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator:
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\AspenTech\Shared
Economic Evaluation V7.1\Insulation
The files are named INSSPC_IP.DAT, INSSPC_METRIC.DAT, and
INSSPC_BLANK.DAT. The files contain identical tables, but the default
temperature and equivalent length parameters (alterable fields) are either in
IP units, Metric units, or are absent. These files are inactive; the system refers
to internal representations of the insulation tables during a project estimate if
there are no customized copies of the insulation specs file in the Administrator
or project directories.
You can copy whichever file is the most convenient as a starting point for your
customized insulation specs file(s). In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and IPM
(while no projects are open), view the Libraries view tab on the Palette. In
the Customer External Files folder, open the Insulation Thickness and
Rules subfolder. Right-click on the template of your choice and click
Duplicate. Rename the file. It will be the starting point for your custom
insulation specs file. In other products, you must manually copy and rename
the file.
Customizing the Insulation Specs File
You can edit the newly created file by using any ASCII text editor. The editor
must not introduce non-printing characters other than a space or CR/LF, that
is, no tabs are allowed. The file format is shown on the following page.
23-15
Overall Units
Section
Diameter Units
Section
The picture above shows the top of the file and the first insulation thickness
table. Lines which contain comments start with a #. Lines which are read in
by the system during a project run begin with a l. YOu must be sure to avoid
shifting any of the vertical pipe sysboles l while altering the fields.
The following are the only fields that may be altered:
23-16
23-17
The table lets you determine how much additional insulation is allotted for
valves and fittings. Any parameters you provide for valves will apply to all
valves in the project (all valves are considered equal when calculated
insulation requirements). Likewise, the fittings correlations will be applied to
all fittings in the project (all valves are considered equal when calculated
insulation requirements). Likewise, the fittings correlations will be applied to
all fittings in the project. You can account for insulation differently for varying
pipe diameters by defining three size categories (Small, Medium, and Large).
Each range is defined by the maximum diameters you place in the fields
provided. For example, in the above picture the Medium correlations would be
used to calculate the insulation required for any valve or fitting on a section of
pipe with diameter larger than 4 inches but smaller than (and including) 12
inches.
Table 5 is designed so you can make your insulation correlation simple or
complex. The parameters A, B and C are used in the following equation to
calculate the length of pipe which would have to be insulated to account for
one valve or one fitting.
Equivalent Pipe Length = A + B * (Pipe Diameter)c
Any of the three parameters may be set to zero to simplify the correlation. For
example, according to the picture of Table 5 above, each fitting on a section of
23-18
2-inch diameter pipe would increase the total insulation length by 4 feet. (B
and C are zero - correlation has no dependence on pipe diameter).
Enabling the Insulation Specfication File
There are two options for enabling customized insulation specs files: You can
place a copy in the system administrator directory (as the default for all
projects), or you can copy a customized file into the directory of a specific
project. When generating a cost estimate, the system will use the
specifications in the current project directory if an insulation specs file resides
there. Otherwise, the copy in the administrator directory will be used. (The
administrator copy is therefore the system default - it will be referred to for
any project that does not have its own insulation specs file).
To activate your customized file for use in a specific project in Aspen Capital
Cost Estimator or IPM, right-click the Insulation Thickness option in the
Basis for Capital Cost/Customer External Files directory on the Project
Basis Tab. Click the desired file on the menu of choices; then click OK. The
file is copied into the directory for the currently open project.
In all other cases, the file must be copied and renamed manually to the
appropriate folder. These directory locations are described below:
Administrator Directory (for use as system default):
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, IPM: C:/Aspen Tech/Aspen Icarus xxx/Data/
PIDS
Project Directory (activation for a specific project only):
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, IPM: Right-click/Click desired file as
described above
In order to enable a customized file in either of the above locations, you
must name the file INSSPC.DAT.
23-19
23-20
24 Paint
(G6)
24 Paint (G6)
24-1
Introduction to Paint
Icarus systems can calculate default paint areas for piping, equipment and
steelwork. The default paint is provided for all piping, but is only provided on
equipment and steelwork if specifically requested.
Paint is provided typically for carbon steel materials only, but can be obtained
for any material if specifically requested.
Paint areas and number of coats can be modified or added for any item.
Icarus systems do not provide different grades of paint; however, costs can be
adjusted appropriately by code of account material indexing.
24-2
Description
Type
PAINT AREA
PAINT PIPE
PAINT SSTL
24 Paint (G6)
24 Paint (G6)
24-3
Legend:
1. HE: HEATER ELC, HEATER STM, ONE SCREW, SUC HEATER, TWO SCREW
2. HO: HAND NT, 1 SP;EED, 5 SPEED
3. Also: AT: COND CELL. FLOAT CELL & SE: WATER CYCL.
Not affected by paint specification for shop fabricated equipment
4. Method determined by specification for paint Application Method:
S (spray) or B (brush)
5. Method determined by specification for paint Application Method:
S (sandblasting) or B (wire brush)
6. Surface area is calculated by mode; you must enter the number of primer
and/or final coats.
24-4
24 Paint (G6)
25 Site Development
(G6)
25-1
Introduction to Site
Development
Site development may be used to specify items within eight major categories:
Earthwork
Drainage
Fencing
Landscaping
Roads/slabs/paving
Piling
Railways
25-2
development work items are presented to accommodate particular, welldefined tasks. For example, instead of a single site preparation item, you are
offered individual items, such as clearing and grubbing, excavation, grading
and landscaping. This provides the ability to fine tune the project to actual
conditions.
Excavation items are assumed to be requirements in excess of the normal
excavation required for equipment and building foundations and structural
footings, since excavation for these items (when defined as part of a unit area)
are ordinarily system-determined.
Demolition
Description
Type
DEMOLITION
EXPL DEMOL
REMOVAL
DEMOL
25-3
Drainage
Description
Type
BASINS
DEWATERING
DRAINS
SEPTIC TNK
SUMP PIT
Sump pit
Construction of sump pits including excavation and gravel bottom.
Option of wood
lining to a depth of 4 FEET [1.25 M].
Cased water supply well with pump
WATER WELL
25-4
Drainage - continued
Description
Type
WELLPOINTS
WELLS
DRAINAGE
25-5
Earthwork
General
Description
Type
CLEAR GRUB
DIKE
25-6
POND
RETAIN
STABILIZE
EARTHWORK
Excavation
Description
Type
BLASTING
CUT FILL
25-7
Excavation - continued
Description
Type
J HAMMER
Rock excavation with tractor and ripper for hauling, Both the haul
distance and the loading equipment type must be input Rock
excavation by D9 crawler tractor with ripper attachment. In addition,
the user may specify truck loading (by crawler backhoe or wheeled
front-end leader) and hauling. Rock types are gypsum, slate,
limestone, sandstone and granite. Ripping costs may be increased
(greater fragmentation) to facilitate truck loading.
RIP ROCK
Shoring of excavations
Max shored depth:
40 FEET [12M] - sheet, HPILE;
20 FEET [6M] - close; 10 FEET [3M] - open bracing.
Installation, adjustment, accessories, removal, cleaning, rental or
owning cost and waste are included. Dewatering not included. Types
available:
SHORING
25-8
Excavation - continued
Description
Strip and stockpile soil - no hauling
Type
STRIP SOIL
STRUC EXC
TRENCH EXC
25-9
Fencing
Description
Type
BOUNDARY
CHAIN LINK
FENCE
WOOD
FENCING
FS WALL
GATES
SECURITY
Heavy duty security fence, security grade, set in concrete and trussed
and braced.
25-10
Landscaping
Description
Type
EROSION
MULCH
Placing a 2 INCH [50 MM] deep layer of either wood chips or peat moss
as mulch.
Planting trees or shrubs
PLANTING
SEEDING
SODDING
Furnish, place, and water sod (1 INCH [25 MM) deep) on pregraded
area.
Polybor chlorate soil sterilization
STERILIZE
TOPSOIL
LANDSCAPE
25-11
Type
BASE PREP
CONC PAVNG
CROSS GUTT
CURB
25-12
Description
Type
CURB GUTT
CANALGUTTR
25-13
Type
SEALCOAT
SIDEWALKS
SUBPAVING
PARKING
PAVING
Enter Total Cost or Matl and MH. See code of accounts (Civil only).
Main, secondary and minor Roads
ROAD
25-14
SITEPREP
Piling
Description
Type
CAISSON
PIPE
POURED
PRECAST
RAYMOND
25-15
Piling - continued
Description
Type
25-16
PILING
Railroads
Description
Type
BUMPER
CROSSING
Single line siding crossing including special track mat, timber, and
crossing signal installed on level grade.
Single track yard siding
Installation of a single track yard siding on level ground, including
rails, hardware, timber ties and ballast. New or relay rail and rail
weight option available.
SIDING
SIDING HVY
Heavy duty single track for mining applications. Six INCH [150 MM]
steel WF ties set in 10 INCH [250 MM] concrete bed, 9 FEET [2.7 M]
wide. Includes fasteners, plates, rebar and 100 LB/YD [50 KG/M] new
rail.
Crossing signal with barrier, etc.
SIGNAL
STOPS
TURNOUT
Installation of #8 turnouts, including rails, plates, bars, frogs, switchpoints, timbers and ballast.
Lump sum quotation - railroads
RAILROADS
25-17
25-18
26 Buildings
(G6)
26 Buildings (G6)
26-1
Introduction to Buildings
Building data is used to incorporate a number of independent buildings and/or
their associated services into the project. Enclosed buildings are distinguished
from steel structures (areas, plant bulks) in that they are not designed to
support equipment loads. An enclosed building may house equipment, but this
does not affect the resulting building design or cost.
The cost of a building is based upon its size, type, structural style and the
requested services. The default costs and electrical load for each building type
are indicated in the Building Types and Defaults table on the following page.
You may revise the level of each service (none, L, M, H or V) and/or the cost of
that service. All costs are assumed to be direct field costs assigned to the
prime contractor, except in the case of contract jobs, in which they are
assigned to the contractor specified.
Adding a Building
A building can be added under Plant Bulks, Civil, or under Buildings. Defaults
are identical and material costs, man-hours and labor costs are calculated the
same way.
If you are using Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, the underlying data for these
costs can be defined in an external file under Administrator control. See Aspen
Capital Cost Estimator Users Guide, Chapter 10, Administrative Operations,
for details.
Buildings are not designed items, but are developed as costs per surface area
(Unit Cost) items.
You can specify your building using one of three general approaches:
1
Select any Total cost adjust. value that uses some default value, then
accept the resulting unit costs.
2.Select the in Total cost adjust., then enter your unit costs for each of
the five general categories.
3.Start with method (1), above, then override selected categories (e.g.,
Total super-structure cost) or elements of a category (e.g., Frame, etc.)
with your unit cost.
If you specify the unit cost for any element in a category, this suppresses all
other elements in that same category, but does not affect other categories.
For example, if you specify the unit cost for the Floor element in the Total
super-structure category, all other elements in that category are set to zero
cost -- if you want to generate a cost for the Stair element, then you must
specify a unit cost for that element.
If you specify a value for both a category and one or more elements in that
category, the costs are not additive- only the unit cost specified for the
category is used and the elements are ignored.
Costs are split between material and labor according to percentages in the
internal (system defaults) or in the external (Administrator specified) file. The
split for the internal table varies from a high of 62% to a low of 38% for
26-2
26 Buildings (G6)
material. Building overhead and profit are separately specifiable for each
building type.
The fields Explosion Pressure, Foundation Type, and Roof Type have no effect
on the design and cost of the building; they are included for informational
purposes only.
Field Descriptions:
Gross floor area: Default: calculated from length, width, height, number of
levels, and building type.
Building type: see Building Types earlier in this chapter.
Building height: Default: determined from number of levels and
building type.
Number of levels: Default: calculated from length, width, height, area, and
building type.
Explosion gauge pressure: For control buildings only, design pressure for
explosion resistance. Default: *0.0* PSIG; MAX: 30.0 PSIG.
Electrical load: W/SF
Total cost adjustment symbol: Invokes either the built-in system values for
a Medium item (blank or M), a down-adjustment (L), an up-adjustment (H or
V), or suppresses the default costs ().
(blank)System Defaults
No System Defaults, user data only
L - Low adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 45-98% of M)
M - Medium adjustment for system defaults (the default value= 100%)
H - High adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 106-216% of M)
V - Very high adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 159-324%
of M)
Foundation type:
*NORMAL*- Spread footings.
PIERS- 10 FEET [3M] deep piers to footings.
PILES- Floors on piles
Roof type:
*FLAT*- Flat roof.
TRUSS- Truss roof.
SAW- Sawtooth roof.
Labor adjustment required: When calculating the labor hours and costs to
report, the system can take a variety of parameters into account: wage rate in
external file or in project; time and currency difference between external file
and project; user man-hour indexing and productivity adjustments. Specify in
this field which of these to take into account. If you are using an external file,
it is best to select YES.
*YES*- Adjust labor cost by system rate, productivity; use external file
wage rates.
26 Buildings (G6)
26-3
26-4
26 Buildings (G6)
26 Buildings (G6)
12.17
0.00
4.40
5.68
2.78
3.67
1.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
18.25
0.00
7.41
8.11
3.00
5.10
1.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
12.17
0.00
4.40
3.19
2.78
3.67
1.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
15.21
0.00
6.95
5.68
3.00
5.10
1.37
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
12.17
0.00
4.40
8.11
2.78
3.67
1.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
15.21
0.00
6.95
8.11
3.00
5.10
1.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
SERVICE TOTAL
- Air Conditioning
- Lighting and Electrical
- Heating/Ventilation
- Plumbing & Fixtures
- Fire Protection
- Lift Installation
- Security Installation
- Special Installation
- Builders Work
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
19.69
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
31.56
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
18.69
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
26.88
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
24.88
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
31.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.5
0.00
4
0.00
21.05
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.5
0.00
2
0.00
SUBSTRUCTURE TOTAL
- Frame
- Floor
- Roof
- Stairs
- External Walls
- External Doors & Windows
- External Doors & Windows
4
0.00
SUBSTRUCTURE TOTAL
0.00
4
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.41
8.11
3.00
5.60
1.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
48.67
0.00
0.00
4.40
5.68
2.78
4.51
1.37
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.000
12.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
21.05
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
32.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
6.95
8.11
3.00
5.10
1.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
17.69
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.40
5.68
2.78
4.51
1.37
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
12.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
21.05
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
30.59
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.40
5.68
2.78
4.51
1.37
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
12.17
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
21.33
20.77
22.59
21.64
20.31
21.36
22.59
22.59
18.64
18.64
0
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
18.64
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
19.12
21.05
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
19.12
0.00
0.00
26-5
Type Symbol
Cafeteria
CAFE
12.0
3.5
Enclosed Building
CLOSED
20.0
6.0
Compressor Building
COMPR
20.0
6.0
Control Room
CONTRL
10.0
3.0
Existing Building
EXIST
20.0
6.0
Garage
GARAGE
15.0
4.5
Laboratory
LAB
10.0
3.0
FEET
Office Building
OFFICE
10.0
3.0
Sanitary Enclosed
SANTRY
20.0
6.0
Building Shell*
SHELL
20.0
6.0
Shop
SHOP
20.0
6.0
Warehouse
WARE
20.0
6.0
26-6
Roof
Pre-fabricated Medium
Concrete
steel frame
and trusses
Custom
designed
Face
brick on
concrete
block
Heavy
steel,
heavy
sidings
Concrete
Walls
Floors
Finishes
Concrete Minimum
Concrete Expensive
26 Buildings (G6)
Converts all the costs in the external file to the currency of the project base country
location using the Currency Conversion in the external file.
Escalates these to the same time point as the cost base of the system using the
yearly cost indices by country location, by major account. A summary of these is
reported in the Release Notes for each version.
Converts these into the reporting currency units for the current project using the
Conversion Rate specified in the project.
This allows you to use an external file built using any currency and at any date
known to the system (see Chapter 33, Base Indices) in a project with any
reporting currency. For analytical purposes, you may want to Year in the
external file to be the same as the base year of your system to allow you to
trace your numbers through a complete computation.
In order to calculate the various hours and costs, the system must first adjust
all items to be at the same basis: same currency and same time point. The
costs for each element and/or category are calculated according to the
methodologies indicated in Figure 1 (How Building Costs are Calculated Using
the External File- general procedures that focus on adjusting for currency and
time differences); Figure 2 (How Building Material Costs are Calculated Using
the External File); and Figure 3 (How Building Labor Hours & Costs are
Calculated Using the External File). The following generalizations are
important:
The critical item to understand is that it is necessary for the system to move all
costs to the same currency (one of the three known to the system: USD, PS or KY)
and to the same time point (SBI is the time at which all the system-generated costs
are valid). Because of this, you must thoroughly understand the escalation
concepts used by the system (SBI, UBI and EI) and be very consistent in your use
of dates and parity rates valid at those dates.
It follows from this that it is very important for you to enter at least the UBI for
your project.
When used with systems where these escalation concepts do not apply, or if you do
not use them in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, it is important to appreciate potential
time-based discrepancies between user-entered numbers that are valid now and
those computed by the system that are valid at the base year of the system being
used.
It is usually best to let the system pick the unit costs based on your inputs and set
Labor adjust=YES.
Since the numbers in the external file are always adjusted to the year of the current
version, the final numbers reported are rarely, if ever, the same as those entered in
the external file.
26 Buildings (G6)
26-7
Figure 1
26-8
26 Buildings (G6)
Figure 2
26-9
26 Buildings (G6)
26-10
26 Buildings (G6)
27-1
Introduction
There are two methods for specifying specialty items or items not included in
system:
Quoted equipment
User libraries
Quoted Equipment
Quoted equipment items can be used for unique, special, non-standard and
proprietary types of process equipment. Since quoted equipment items are
unknown to the system, an account code must be provided when entering
the quote.
If you enter a COA that is known to the system as one containing rotating
equipment (COAs 150-179 and 220-229), then the system calculates an
allowance for spares and adds it to COA 107. This does not happen if you are
using your own complete COA set in a project.
User Libraries
User libraries are meant to hold your important personalized cost data. There
are two kinds of libraries:
Unit Cost Library - Holds information related to material and labor costs
(per unit quantity) for equipment, bulks or indirects.
27-2
28 Material Selections
(G10)
28-1
28-2
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
(Grade)
A-36
(Structural Steel)
A 36
650
343
900
482
A-283
(c)
A 283C
650
343
900
482
A-285
(C)
A 285 or
A 285 C
or CS
900
482
900
482
A-299
A 299
1000
537
900
482
A-455
(A)
A 455
650
343
650
343
A-515
(70)
1000
537
900
482
A-516
(70)
A 516
1000
537
900
482
A-537
1292
700
300
148
28-3
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
(Grade)
250
121
900
484
250
121
900
484
650
650
650
650
343
343
343
343
650
650
650
650
343
343
343
343
A-353
A-553
A-517
(A)
(B)
(E)
(F)
Cr-Mn-Si
Cr-Mn-Si
Cr-Mn-Si
Cr-Mn-Si
A517A
A517B
A517E
A517F
28-4
Description and
Nominal
(Grade) Composition
A-202
(A)
(B)
A-203
(A)
(B)
(D)
(E)
A-204
(A)
(B)
(C)
A-302
Chromiummanganese-silicon
alloy steel plates for
pressure vessels
(A)
(B)
Manganesemolybdenum and
manganesemolybdenum-nickel
alloy steel plates for
pressure vessels:
Mn-.5Mo
Mn-.5Mo
(C)
(D)
Mn-.5Mo-Ni
Mn-.5Mo-Ni
A202A
A 202
or
A202B
1000
1000
537
537
900
900
482
482
A203A
A203B
A203D
A203E
1000
1000
1000
1000
537
537
537
537
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
A204A
A204B
A 204
or A204C
1000
1000
1000
537
537
537
900
900
900
482
482
482
A302A
A 302
or
A302B
A302C
A302D
1000
1000
537
537
900
900
482
482
1000
1000
537
537
900
900
482
482
28-5
Description and
Nominal
(Grade) Composition
A-387
(2 CL 1)
(2 CL 2)
(12 CL 1)
(12 CL 2)
(11 CL 1)
(11 CL 2)
(22 CL 1)
(22 CL 2)
(21 CL 1)
(21 CL 2)
.5Cr-.5Mo
.5Cr-.5Mo
1Cr-.5Mo
1Cr-.5Mo
1.25Cr-.5Mo-Si
1.25Cr-.5Mo-Si
2.25Cr-1Mo
2.25Cr-1Mo
3Cr-1Mo
3Cr-1Mo
5Cr-.5Mo
5Cr-.5Mo
A387A
A387G
A387B
A387H
A387C
A387J
A387D
A387K
A387E
A387L
A387F
A387M
1000
1000
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
537
537
648
648
648
648
648
648
648
648
648
648
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
482
482
482
482
482
482
482
482
A-533
Manganesemolybdenum and
manganesemolybdenum-nickel
alloy steel plates,
quenched and
tempered, for
pressure vessels:
C-Mn-Mo
C-Mn-Mo-Ni
C-Mn-Mo-Ni
A533A
A533B
A533C
1000
800
800
537
426
426
650
650
650
343
343
343
(A CL 1)
(B CL 1)
(C CL 1)
28-6
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
(Grade)
A-240
Chromium and
chromium-nickel
stainless steel plate,
sheet, and strip for
fusion-welded unfired
pressure vessels:
(304L)
8Cr - 8Ni
304L
800
426
800
426
(304)
18Cr - 8Ni
SS304
(or SS)
1500
815
1200
648
(316L)
316L
850
454
800
426
(316)
SS316
1500
815
1200
648
(316Ti)
316TI
1500
815
1200
648
(317)
SS317
1500
815
1200
648
(321)
18Cr - 10Ni - Ti
SS321
1500
815
1200
648
(347)
18Cr - 10Ni - Cb
SS347
1500
815
1200
648
(348)
18Cr - 10Ni - Cb
SS348
1500
815
1200
648
(648)
20 Cr - 18 Ni - 6 Mo
SS6MO
1382
750
1200
648
(2205)
Duplex
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
S2205
600
315
400
204
(410)
13Cr
SS410
1200
648
900
482
(430)
17Cr
SS430
1200
648
1200
648
28-7
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
(Grade)
B-209
Aluminum-alloy sheet
and plate:
(1100)
(3003)
(5052)
(5083)
(5086)
(6061)
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
B-171
(464)
B-11
(110)
Cu
B-96
Copper-silicon alloy
plate and sheet for
pressure vessels:
(655)
Cu - Zn
B-152
(122)
Cu
B-171
(715)
Cu - Ni 70/30
A1100
A3003
A5052
A5083
A5086
A6061
400
400
400
150
150
204
204
204
204
66
66
204
400
400
400
150
150
400
204
204
204
66
66
204
CA464
400
204
350
177
CU or
CA110
400
204
150
66
CA655
350
176
350
176
CA122
400
204
150
66
CA715
700
371
700
371
28-8
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
(Grade)
B-333
(B)
Hastelloy:
Ni - Mo
B-575
(C-276)
Hastelloy:
Ni - Mo - Cr
B-409
(800)
Ni - Fe - Cr
B-424
Nickel-iron-chromiummolybdenum-copper
alloy plate, sheet, and
strip:
(825)
Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo - Cu
B-463
(20Cb)
Cr-Ni-Fe-Mo-Cu-Cb
B-168
Nickel-chromium-iron
alloy plate, sheet, and
strip,
(600)
Inconel:
Ni - Cr - Fe
B-162
(200)
Ni
(201)
Ni-Low C
B-127
Nickel-copper alloy
plate, sheet, and strip:
Ni - Cu
(400)
B-265
(1)
(2)
Ti
Ti
HAST or
HASTB
800
426
800
426
HASTC
1000
537
1000
537
I800
1500
815
800
426
I825
1000
537
700
371
C 20
800
426
800
426
INCNL
or
I600
1200
648
800
426
NI or
NI200
NI201
600
600
1200
315
315
648
600
600
1000
315
315
537
MONEL
or
M400
900
482
800
426
TI35A
Tl
or
TI50A
600
600
315
315
600
600
315
315
600
315
600
315
28-9
Grade
System
Material
Symbol
C
B
C
70
70
12
12
11
11
22
22
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
1
2
1
2
1
2
A285C
A204B
A204C
A 515
A 516
A387B
A387H
A387C
A387J
A387D
A387K
304
304L
316
316L
321
347
410
430
SS304
304L
SS316
316L
SS321
SS347
SS410
SS430
Nickel alloy
200
201
NI200
NI201
Monel
400
MONEL
Inconel
600
INCNL
Ni-Fe-Cr
800
I800
Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu
825
I825
Carpenter 20
20Cb
C 20
Titanium
Ti
Hastelloy B
HASTB
Hastelloy C
C-276
HASTC
** Only these base materials may be used with the above list of cladding
materials.
No other combination may be selected.
28-10
Description and
System
Internal External System
Nominal Composition MaterialSymb Pressure Pressure Default
ol
Maximu Maximu Tubesheet
(Grade)
m Temp. m Temp. Material
F
C F
C (Plate)
A-179
Seamless cold-drawn
low-carbon steel heat
exchanger and
condenser tubes.
CS (seamless)
A - 179
A 192
(A-1)
A210A
(C)
A210C
A-192
A-210
Seamless medium
carbon steel boiler and
superheater tubes
A-214
CS (welded)
A 214
A-334
(1)
(6)
A334A
A334B
28-11
Description and
Nominal
(Grade) Composition
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
A199C
A199D
A199E
A199F
1200
1200
1200
1200
648
648
648
648
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
A387C
A387D
A387E
A387F
A-199
Seamless cold-drawn
intermediate alloy
steel heat exchanger
and condenser tubes:
(T11)
(T22)
(T21)
(T5)
1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
2.5Cr - 1Mo
3Cr - .9Mo
5Cr - .5Mo
A-209
(T1)
(T1A)
(T1B)
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
A 209
A209A
A209B
1000
1000
1000
537
537
537
900
900
900
482
482
482
A 204
A 204
A 204
A-213
A213A
A213B
A213C
A213D
A213E
A213F
1000
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
537
648
648
648
648
648
900
900
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
482
482
A387A
A387B
A387C
A387D
A387E
A387F
(T2)
(T12)
(T11)
(T22)
(T21)
(T5)
28-12
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
Description and
Nominal
(Grade) Composition
System
Material
Symbol
Internal
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
1500
815
1000
537
SS304
800
1500
426
815
800
1000
426
537
304L
SS316
TP304
Seamless Ferritic
and austenitic alloy
steel boiler,
superheater, and
heat exchanger
tubes:
18Cr - 8Ni
TP304L
TP316
18Cr - 8Ni
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
304S
(or SS)
304LS
316S
TP316L
TP321
TP347
316LS
321S
347S
850
1500
1500
454
815
815
850
1000
1000
454
537
537
316L
SS321
SS347
A-249
TP304
TP304L
TP316
Welded austenitic
steel boiler
superheater, heat
exchanger, and
condenser tubes:
18Cr - 8Ni
18Cr - 8Ni
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
815
426
815
1000
1000
1000
537
426
537
SS304
SS304
SS316
TP316L
TP321
TP347
316LW
321W
347W
850
1500
1500
454
815
815
815
1000
1000
426
537
537
316L
SS321
SS347
Seamless tubes
13C
Welded tubes
13C
410S
1200
-648
900
482
SS410
410W
1200
648
900
482
SS410
600
315
400
204
S2205
A-213
A-268
TP410
TP410
A-789
Welded duplex
(S31803) austenitic steel
tubes:
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
2205W
28-13
Description and
Nominal
(Grade) Composition
B-111
Seamless copper
and copper alloy
tubes for use in
surface condensers,
evaporators and
heat exchangers:
(122)
(687)
(706)
(715)
Cu
Cu - Al
Cu - Ni 90/10
Cu - Ni 70/30
Admiralty Brass
(443)
(444)
(445)
28-14
System
Material
Internal
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
CA122
CA687
CA706
CA715
400
450
600
700
204
232
315
371
150
150
150
100
66
66
66
37
A285C
A285C
A285C
A285C
CA443
CA444
CA445
450
450
450
232
232
232
350
350
350
176
176
176
A285C
A285C
A285C
Symbol
B-163
(200)
(201)
Ni
Ni-Low C
NI200
NI201
600
1200
315
648
600
1000
315
537
NI200
NI201
B-163
(400)
Monel
Ni - Cu
MONEL
800
426
800
426
MONEL
B-163
(600)
Inconel
Ni - Cr - Fe
INCNL
or
I600
1200
648
1000
537
INCNL
B-163
(800)
(825)
Incoloy
Ni - Fe - Cr
Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo Cu
I800
I825
1500
1000
815
537
1000
700
537
371
I800
I825
B-619
(B)
Hastelloy
Ni - Mo
800
426
800
426
HASTB
(C-276)
Ni - Mo - Cr
1000
537
800
426
HASTC
B-468
(20Cb)
Carpenter 20
Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo Cu - Cb
C 20
800
426
800
426
C 20
B-338
(2)
Titanium
Ti
TI50A
600
315
600
315
TI50A
HAST or
HASTB
HASTC
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
Symbol
F
C
F
C
(Grade)
650
343
622
327
na
na
A 285 or
A 285C
or CS
752
400
752
400
A 299
752
400
752
400
A 455
752
400
752
400
752
400
725
400
A-36
(Structural steel)
A-283
154430*
A-285
151400*
161400*
A-299
164400*
A-455
225460*
A-515
224460*
A-516
224490*
A 36
A 515
A 516
725
400
725
400
28-15
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
Symbol
F
C
F
C
(Grade)
A-353
510N*
9Ni
A 353
250
121
na
na
A-553
A 553
250
121
na
na
A517A
A517B
A517E
A517F
650
650
650
650
343
343
343
343
650
650
650
650
343
343
343
343
510*
A-517
(A)
(B)
(E)
(F)
Cr
Cr
Cr
Cr
Mn
Mn
Mn
Mn
Si
Si
Si
Si
28-16
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
Symbol
F
C
F
C
(Grade)
A-202
(A)
(B)
1000
1000
537
537
900
900
482
482
A203A
A203B
A203E
A203D
1000
1000
1000
122
537
537
537
50
900
900
900
122
482
482
482
50
A-203
(A)
(B)
(E)
503*
2.5Ni
2.5Ni
3.5Ni
3.5Ni
A-204
(C)
C - .5Mo
A 204
1000
537
900
482
240*
261*
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
A204C
A204A
A204B
752
752
400
400
752
752
400
400
A-302
(A)
(B)
Manganesemolybdenum and
manganesemolybdenum-nickel
alloy steel plates for
pressure vessels:
Mn - .5Mo
Mn - .5Mo
1000
1000
537
537
900
900
482
482
(C)
(D)
Mn - .5Mo - Ni
Mn - .5Mo - Ni
A302A
A 302
or
A302B
A302C
A302D
1000
1000
537
537
900
900
482
482
28-17
Description and
Nominal
Composition
(Grade)
A-387
(2 CL 1)
(2 CL 2)
Pressure vessel
plates, alloy steel,
chromiummolybdenum:
.5Cr - .5Mo
.5Cr - .5Mo
A387A
A387G
842
842
450
450
842
842
450
450
620*
1Cr - .5Mo
(12 CL 2) 1Cr - .5Mo
A387B
A387H
842
896
450
480
842
896
450
480
621*
1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
(11 CL 2) 1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
A387C
A387J
842
896
450
480
842
896
450
480
622515*
2.25Cr - 1Mo
(22 CL 2) 2.25Cr - 1Mo
A387D
A387K
842
896
450
480
842
896
450
480
A387E
A387L
896
896
480
480
896
896
480
480
(5 CL 1)
(5 CL 2)
5Cr - .5Mo
5Cr - .5Mo
A387F
A387M
896
896
480
480
896
896
480
480
A-533
Manganesemolybdenum and
manganesemolybdenum-nickel
alloy steel plates,
quenched and
tempered, for
pressure vessels:
C - Mn - Mo
C - Mn - Mo - Ni
C - Mn - Mo - Ni
A533A
A533B
A533C
1000
800
800
537
426
426
650
650
650
343
343
343
(A CL 1)
(B CL 1)
(C CL 1)
28-18
Description and
Nominal
Composition
(Grade)
A-240
(317)
(348)
Chromium and
chromium-nickel
stainless steel plate,
sheet, and strip for
fusion-welded unfired
pressure vessels:
18Cr - 10Ni - 3Mo
18Cr - 10Ni - Cb
SS317
SS348
1292
1292
700
700
1200
1200
648
648
318-S13*
Duplex
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
S2205
600
315
400
204
(410)
(430)
13Cr
17Cr
SS410
SS430
1200
1200
648
648
900
1200
482
648
304-S31*
304-S11*
316-S31*
18Cr - 8Ni
18Cr - 8Ni
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
SS304
304L
SS316
1292
752
1292
700
400
700
1200
752
1200
648
400
648
316-S11*
320-517*
321-S31*
347-S31*
16Cr
16Cr
18Cr
18Cr
316L
316TI
SS321
SS321
752
1292
1292
1292
400
700
700
700
752
1200
1200
1200
400
648
648
648
12Ni
12Ni
10Ni
10Ni
- 2Mo
- 2Mo - Ti
- Ti
- Cb
28-19
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
Symbol
F
C
F
C
(Grade)
1470*
Aluminum-alloy sheet
and plate:
(1100)*
(3003)*
(5052)*
(5083)*
(5086)*
(6061)*
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
B-171
(464)
B-11
(110)
A1100
A3003
A5052
A5083
A5086
A6061
400
400
400
150
150
400
204
204
204
66
66
204
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
400
204
200
93
CU or
CA110
400
204
150
66
CA655
350
176
200
93
CA122
400
204
150
66
CA715
700
371
200
93
CA464
Copper plates for
locomotive fireboxes:
Cu
B-96
Copper-silicon alloy
plate and sheet for
pressure vessels:
(655)
Cu - Zn
B-152
(122)
Cu
B-171
(715)
Cu - Ni 70/30
28-20
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
Symbol
F
C
F
C
(Grade)
B-333
(B)
Hastelloy:
Ni - Mo
B-575
(C-276)
Hastelloy:
Ni - Mo - Cr
B-409
(800)
Ni - Fe - Cr
B-424
Nickel-iron-chromiummolybdenum-copper
alloy plate, sheet, and
strip:
NA15*
Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu
B-463
(20Cb)
B-168
Nickel-chromium-iron
alloy plate, sheet, and
strip:
(600)
Ni-Cr-Fe
B-162
(200)
(201)
Ni
Ni-Low C
B-127
Nickel-copper alloy
plate, sheet, and strip:
Ni - Cu
(400)
B-265
(1)
(2)
HAST or
HASTB
800
426
800
426
HASTC
1000
537
800
426
I800
1292
700
800
426
I825
500
260
400
204
800
426
800
426
INCNL
or
I600
1200
648
800
426
NI or
NI200
NI201
600
600
1200
315
315
648
600
600
800
315
315
426
MONEL
or
M400
900
482
800
426
TI35A
TI or
TI50A
600
600
600
315
315
315
na
600
600
na
315
315
28-21
Grade
System
Material
Symbol
ASTM
A-285
A285C
261
A-204
A204B
A-204
A204C
224-460
A-515
70
A 515
224-490
A-516
70
A 516
620
A-387
12 CL 1
A387B
620
A-387
12 CL 2
A387H
621
A-387
11 CL 1
A387C
621
A-387
11 CL 2
A387J
622-515
A-387
22 CL 1
A387D
622-515
A-387
22 CL 2
A387K
304-S31
304
SS304
304-S11
304L
304L
316-S31
316
SS316
316-S11
316L
316L
321-S31
321
SS321
347-S31
347
SS347
410
SS410
430
SS430
Nickel alloy
200
NI200
201
NI201
Monel
400
MONEL
Inconel
600
INCNL
Ni-Fe-Cr
800
I800
Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu
825
I825
Carpenter 20
20Cb
C 20
Titanium
TI
Hastelloy B
HASTB
Hastelloy C
C-276
HASTC
** Only these base materials may be used with the above list of cladding
materials. No other combination may be selected.
28-22
Description and
or ASTM Nominal
Spec and Composition
(Grade)
A-179
(A-1)
(C)
A-214
360*
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
A 179
752
400
752
400
A285C
A 192
752
400
752
400
A 515
A210A
A210C
1000
1000
537
537
900
900
482
482
A 515
A 515
A 214
842
450
842
450
A 515
122
650
50
343
122
650
50 A 442
343 A 442
410*
A-210
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
Seamless cold-drawn
low-carbon steel heat
exchanger and
condenser tubes
320*
A-192
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
Seamless medium
carbon steel boiler
and superheater
tubes
28-23
Description and
or ASTM Nominal
Spec and Composition
(Grade)
28-24
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
F
A-199
Seamless cold-drawn
intermediate alloy
steel heat exchanger
and condenser tubes:
(T11)
(T22)
(T21)
(T5)
1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
2.5Cr - 1Mo
3Cr - .9Mo
5Cr - .5Mo
A-209
(T1)
245-450*
(T1B)
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
A-213
(T2)
(T21)
620-460*
620-460*
622-490*
625-450*
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
A199C
A199D
A199E
A199F
1022
1022
1022
1022
550
550
550
550
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
A387C
A387D
A387E
A387F
A 209
A209A
A209B
1000 537
752
400
1000 537
900
752
900
482
400
482
A 204
A 204
A 204
.5Cr - .5Mo
3Cr - .9Mo
A213A
A213E
1000 537
1022 550
900
900
482
482
A387A
A387E
1Cr - .5Mo
1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
2.25Cr - 1Mo
5Cr - .5Mo
A213B
A213C
A213D
A213F
1022
1022
1022
1022
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
A387B
A387C
A387D
A387F
550
550
550
550
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
F
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
F
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
304-S18*
304-S14*
316-S18*
Seamless Ferritic
and austenitic alloy
steel boiler,
superheater, and
heat exchanger
tubes:
18Cr - 8Ni
18Cr - 8Ni
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
304S
304LS
316S
842
752
842
450
400
450
842
752
842
450
400
450
SS304
304L
SS316
316-S14*
321-S18*
347-S18*
316LS
321S
347S
842
842
842
450
450
450
800
842
842
426
450
450
316L
SS321
SS347
A-249
Welded austenitic
steel boiler
superheater, heat
exchanger,
and condenser
tubes:
304-S25*
304-S22*
316-S26*
18Cr - 8Ni
18Cr - 8Ni
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
304W
304LW
316W
842
752
842
450
400
450
842
752
842
450
400
450
SS304
304L
SS316
316-S22*
321-S22*
347-S17*
316LW
321W
347W
842
842
842
450
450
450
800
842
842
426
450
450
316L
SS321
SS347
Seamless tubes
13 Cr
Welded tubes
13 Cr
410S
752
400
752
400
SS410
410W
752
400
752
400
SS410
2205W
600
315
A-213
A-268
TP410
TP410
A-789
(S31803)
Welded duplex
austenitic steel
tubes:
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
400
204
S2205
28-25
28-26
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
B-111
(122)
(687)
(708)
(715)
Cu
Cu - Al
Cu - Ni 90/10
Cu - Ni 70/30
CA122
CA687
CA706
CA715
400
450
600
700
204
230
315
371
150
200
150
200
66
93
66
93
A285C
A285C
A285C
A285C
(443)
(444)
(445)
Admiralty Brass
CA443
CA444
CA445
450
450
450
232
232
232
200
200
200
93
93
93
A285C
A285C
A285C
B-163
Seamless cold-drawn
nickel tubes for
general corrosive
service:
(200)
(201)
Ni
Ni - Low C
NI200
NI201
600
1200
315
648
600
800
315
426
NI200
NI201
B-163
(400)
Monel (Seamless)
Ni - Cu
MONEL
900
482
800
426
MONEL
B-163
(600)
Inconel (Welded)
Ni - Cr - Fe
INCNL
or
I600
1200
648
800
426
INCNL
B-163
(800)
(825)
Incoloy
Ni - Fe - Cr (Welded)
Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo
- Cu (Seamless)
I800
I825
1292
1000
700
537
800
500
426
260
I800
I825
B-619
(B)
Hastelloy (Welded)
Ni - Mo
800
426
800
426
HASTB
(C-276)
Ni - Mo - Cr
1202
650
800
426
HASTC
B-468
(20Cb)
Carpenter 20 (Welded)
Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo- Cu - C 20
Cb
800
426
800
426
C 20
B-338
(2)
Titanium (Welded)
Ti
600
315
600
315
TI50A
HAST or
HASTB
HASTC
TI50A
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
G-3101*
SS400*
(structural steel)
G-3106*
SM520C*
G-3115*
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
A 36
650
343
A 283 C
662
350
na
na
A 285 or
A 285C or
CS
662
350
662
350
A 299
662
350
662
350
A 455
650
343
650
343
A 515
662
350
662
350
A 516
662
350
662
350
SPV355*
G-3115*
Carbon-manganese-silicon steel
plates for pressure vessels:
SPV450*
C - Mn - Si
A-455
(A)
G-3118*
SGV480*
C - Si
G-3126*
SLA360*
C - Si
28-27
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
G-3127*
na
na
SL9N520* 9Ni
G-3127*
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
A 353
392
200
SL9N590* 9Ni
A 553
A-517
(A)
(B)
(E)
(E)
Cr
Cr
Cr
Cr
Mn
Mn
Mn
Mn
Si
Si
Si
Si
A517A
A517B
A517E
A517E
392
650
650
650
650
200
343
343
343
343
na
650
650
650
650
na
343
343
343
343
28-28
(Grade)
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
A-202
(A)
(B)
G-3127*
SL2N255*
(B)
SL3N255*
SL3N275*
Chromium-manganese-silicon
alloy steel plates for pressure
vessels
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
A202A
A 202 or
A202B
1000
1000
537
537
900
900
482
482
A203A
A203B
A203D
A203E
392
1000
392
392
200
537
200
200
392
900
122
392
200
482
50
200
A204A
A204B
A204 or
A204C
1022
1022
1000
550
550
537
752
752
900
400
400
482
A302A
A 302
or A302B
A302C
A302D
977
1022
525
550
900
900
482
482
1022
1022
550
550
900
900
482
482
G-3103*
SB450M*
SB480M*
(C)
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
G-3119*
Manganese-molybdenum and
manganese-molybdenum-nickel
alloy steel plates for pressure
vessels:
SBV1A*
SBV1B*
Mn - .5Mo
Mn - .5Mo
SBV2*
SBV2*
Mn - .5Mo - Ni
Mn - .5Mo - Ni
28-29
JIS*or
ASTM
Spec and
(Grade)
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
G-4109*
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
A387A
A387G
1022
1022
550
550
900
900
482
482
A387B
A387H
1157
1157
625
625
842
842
450
450
A387C
A387J
1157
1157
625
625
896
896
480
480
A387D
A387K
1067
1067
575
575
896
896
480
480
A387E
A387L
1157
1157
625
625
896
896
480
480
A387F
A387M
1157
1157
625
625
896
896
480
480
A533A
A533B
A533C
1022
797
797
550
425
425
na
na
na
na
na
na
G-3120*
Manganese-molybdenum and
manganese-molybdenum-nickel
alloy steel plates, quenched and
tempered, for pressure vessels:
SQV1A*
SQV2A*
SQV3A*
C - Mn - Mo
C - Mn - Mo-Ni
C - Mn - Mo-Ni
28-30
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
G-4303*
G-4304*
G-4305*
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
304L
SS304
797
1472
425
800
752
1200
400
648
316L
SS316
SS316TI
842
1472
1472
450
800
800
752
1200
1200
400
648
648
SUS317*
SUS321*
SUS347*
(348)
18Cr
18Cr
18Cr
18Cr
3Mo
Ti
Cb
Cb
SS317
SS321
SS347
SS348
1472
1472
1472
1500
800
800
800
815
1200
1200
1200
1200
648
648
648
648
(2205)
Duplex
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
S2205
600
315
400
204
SUS410*
SUS430*
13Cr
17Cr
SS410
SS430
1202
1202
650
650
900
1200
482
648
10Ni
10Ni
10Ni
10Ni
28-31
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
H-4000*
A1100P*
A3003P*
A5052P*
A5083P*
A5086P*
A6061P*
A1100
A3003
A5052
A5083
A5086
A6061
392
392
392
150
150
392
200
200
200
66
66
200
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
H-3100*
C4640P*
392
200
350
177
H3100*
C1100P*
Cu
CU or
CA110
392
200
150
66
B-96
(B55)
Cu - Zn
CA655
350
176
350
176
H-3100*
C1220P*
Cu
CA122
392
200
150
66
H-3100*
C7150P*
Cu - Ni 70/30
CA715
662
350
662
350
28-32
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
B-333
(B)
Hastelloy:
Ni - Mo
B-575
(C-276)
Hastelloy:
Ni - Mo - Cr
G-4902*
NCF800*
Ni - Fe - Cr
B-424
(825)
Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo - Cu
B-463
(20Cb)
Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo - Cu - Cb
G-4902*
NCF600*
Inconel:
B-162
(200)
(201)
Ni-Low C
H-4551*
NCuP*
Ni - Cu
H-4600*
TP28*
TP35*
Ti
Ti
Ni - Cr - Fe
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
C
426
HAST or
HASTB
800
426
800
HASTC
1000
537
1000 537
I800
1472
800
1000 537
I825
1000
537
700
371
C 20
800
426
800
426
INCNL
or
I600
1202
650
1000 537
NI or
NI200
NI201
600
600
1200
315
315
648
600
315
600
315
1000 537
MONEL
or
M400
932
500
800
426
TI35A
TI or
TI50A
662
662
662
350
350
350
na
600
600
na
315
315
28-33
Grade
System
Material
Symbol
ASTM A-285
A-204
A-204
A-515
C
B
C
70
A285C
A204B
A204C
A 515
A-516
A-387
A-387
A-387
A-387
A-387
A-387
70
12
12
11
11
22
22
A 516
A387B
A387H
A387C
A387J
A387D
A387K
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
1
2
1
2
1
2
304
304L
316
316L
321
347
410
430
200
201
SS304
304L
SS316
316L
SS321
SS347
SS410
SS430
NI200
NI201
400
MONEL
600
800
825
20 CB
2
B
C-276
INCNL
I800
I825
C 20
Ti
HASTB
HASTC
** Only these base materials may be used with the above list of cladding
materials.
No other combination may be selected.
28-34
Description and
or ASTM Nominal
Spec and Composition
(Grade)
G-3461*
STB340*
Seamless cold-drawn
low-carbon steel heat
exchanger and
condenser tubes
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
A 179
1022
550
752
400
A285C
A-192
1000
537
900
482
A 515
G-3461*
Seamless medium
carbon steel boiler and
superheater tubes
A210A
A210C
1022
1022
550
550
900
900
482
482
A 515
A 515
A 214
1022
550
900
482
A 515
A334A
A334B
650
392
343
200
650
392
343
200
A 442
A 442
STB510*
STB410*
G-3461*
STB340*
G-3464*
(1)
STBL380*
28-35
Description and
System Internal
Nominal
Composition
Material Pressure
or ASTM
Spec and
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
(Grade)
F
C
G-3462*
Seamless cold-drawn
intermediate alloy steel
heat exchanger and
condenser tubes:
STBA23*
STBA24*
(T21)
STBA25*
1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
2.5Cr - 1Mo
3Cr - .9Mo
5Cr - .5Mo
G-3462*
STBA12*
STBA13*
(T1B)
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
G-3462*
STBA20*
STBA20*
(T11)
(T22)
(T21)
(T5)
28-36
.5Cr - .5Mo
1Cr - .5Mo
1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
2.25Cr - 1Mo
3Cr - .9Mo
5Cr - .5Mo
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
A199C
A199D
A199E
A199F
1202
1202
1200
1202
650
650
648
650
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
A 209
A209A
A209B
1022
1022
1000
550
550
537
900
900
900
482 A 204
482 A 204
482 A 204
A213A
A213B
A213C
A213D
A213E
A213F
1022
1202
1200
1200
1200
1200
550
650
648
648
648
648
900
900
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
482
483
A387C
A387D
A387E
A387F
A387A
A387B
A387C
A387D
A387E
A387F
Description and
Nominal
Composition
(Grade)
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
Seamless Ferritic
and austenitic alloy
steel boiler,
superheater, and
heat exchanger
tubes:
SUS304TB* 18Cr - 8Ni
304S
SUS304LTB* 18Cr - 8Ni
304LS
SUS316TB* 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316S
1472
797
1472
800
425
800
842
752
842
450
450
450
SS304
304L
SS316
316LS
321S
347S
842
1472
1472
450
800
800
842
842
842
450
400
450
316L
SS321
SS347
304W
304LW
316W
1472
797
1472
800
425
800
842
752
842
450
400
450
SS304
304L
SS316
316LW
321W
347W
842
1472
1472
450
800
800
842
842
842
450
450
450
316L
SS321
SS347
A-268
TP 410
Seamless tubes
13Cr
410S
752
400
752
400
SS410
TP 410
Welded tubes
13Cr
410W
752
400
752
400
SS410
A-789
Welded duplex
austenitic steel
tubes:
(S31803)
2205W
600
315
400
204
S2205
G-3463*
G-3463*
Welded austenitic
steel boiler
superheater, heat
exchanger, and
condenser tubes:
28-37
Description and
Nominal
Composition
(Grade)
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
CA122
CA687
CA706
CA715
392
392
572
662
200
200
300
350
150
150
150
700
66
66
66
371
A285C
A285C
A285C
A285C
CA443
CA444
CA445
437
450
450
225
232
232
350
350
350
176
176
176
A285C
A285C
A285C
Ni
Ni-Low C
NI200
NI201
600
1200
315
648
600
1000
315
537
NI200
NI201
Monel
Ni - Cu
MONEL
887
475
752
400
MONEL
INCNL
or
I600
1202
650
1000
537
INCNL
I800
I825
1472
1000
800
537
1000
700
537
371
I800
1825
800
426
800
426
HASTB
1000
537
1000
537
HASTC
800
426
800
426
C 20
662
350
600
315
TI50A
H-3300*
C1220T*
C6871T*
C7060T*
C7150T*
Cu
Cu - Al
Cu - Ni 90/10
Cu - Ni 70/30
C4430T*
(444)
(445)
Admiralty Brass
B-163
Seamless cold-drawn
nickel tubes for
general corrosive
service:
(200)
(201)
H-4552*
NCuT*
G-4904*
Inconel
NCF600TB* Ni - Cr - Fe
G-4904*
Incoloy
NCF800TB* Ni - Fe - Cr
NCF825TB* Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo - Cu
28-38
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
B-619
(B)
Hastelloy
Ni - Mo
(C-276)
Ni - Mo - Cr
B-468
(20Cb)
Carpenter 20
Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo - Cu - C 20
Cb
H-4650*
TB35*
Titanium
Ti
HAST or
HASTB
HASTC
TI50A
DIN EN 1002591*
S235JRG1*
(structural steel)
DIN EN 1002591*
S235JRG2*
DIN 17155*
HII*
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
A 36
650
343
A 283C
662
350
na
na
1022
550
896
480
A 285 or
A 285C or
CS
DIN 17102*
Carbon-manganese-silicon
steel plates for pressure
vessels:
St E 355*
C - Mn - Si
A 299
662
350
662
350
A-455
650
343
650
343
A 515
662
350
662
350
A 516
662
350
662
350
(A)
DIN 17155*
DIN 17102*
SIE315*
C - Si
28-39
(Grade)
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
A 353
392
200
na
na
A 553
392
200
na
na
A517A
A517B
A517E
A517E
650
650
650
650
343
343
343
343
650
650
650
650
343
343
343
343
(A)
(B)
(E)
(F)
Cr
Cr
Cr
Cr
Mn
Mn
Mn
Mn
Si
Si
Si
Si
28-40
Description and
Nominal
Composition
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
A 202
(A)
(B)
SEW 680*
(D)
(E)
Chromiummanganese-silicon
alloy steel plates for
pressure vessels
DIN 17155*
Molybdenum alloy
steel plates for
pressure vessels:
(B)
(C)
15Mo3*
C - .5Mo
C - .5Mo
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
A202A
1000
A 202 or 1000
A202B
537
537
900
900
482
482
A203A
A203B
A203D
A203E
392
1000
392
392
200
537
200
200
392
900
122
392
200
482
50
200
A204A
1022
A204B
1022
A 204 or 1000
A204C
550
550
537
752
752
900
400
400
482
977
A 302 or 1022
A302B
1022
A302C
1022
A302D
525
550
900
900
482
482
550
550
900
900
482
482
Manganesemolybdenum and
manganesemolybdenum-nickel
alloy steel plates for
pressure vessels:
VdTUV Wbl.376 WB35* 17Mn Mo V64*
VdTUV Wbl.377 WB36* 15Ni Cu Mo Nb5*
VdTUV Wbl.378*
VdTUV Wbl384 WB34*
12Mn Ni Mo55*
13Mn Ni Mo54*
A302A
28-41
DIN*or
ASTM Spec and
(Grade)
Description and
Nominal
Composition
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
Pressure vessel
plates, alloy steel,
chromiummolybdenum:
(A)
(G)
.5Cr - .5Mo
.5Cr - .5Mo
A387A
A387G
1022
1022
550
550
900
900
482
482
DIN 17155*
DIN 17155*
13Cr Mo44*
13Cr Mo44*
A387B
A387H
1157
1157
500
625
842
842
450
450
(C)
(J)
1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
A387C
A387J
1157
1157
625
625
896
896
480
480
DIN 17155*
VdTUV Wbl.404*
10Cr Mo910*
12Cr Mo910*
A387D
A387K
1067
1067
500
575
896
896
480
480
VdTUV Wbl.007*
VdTUV Wbl.007*
12Cr Mo195*
12Cr Mo195*
A387E
A387L
1157
1157
625
625
896
896
480
480
(F)
(M)
5Cr - .5Mo
Cr - .5Mo
A387F
A387M
1157
1157
625
625
896
896
480
480
SEW 640*
Manganesemolybdenum and
manganesemolybdenum-nickel
alloy steel plates,
quenched and
tempered, for
pressure vessels:
C - Mn - Mo
20 Mn Mo Ni55*
12 Mn Ni Mo55*
A533A
A533B
A533C
1022
797
797
550
425
425
na
na
na
na
na
na
(A)
28-42
(Grade)
DIN
17440*
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
304L
SS304
797
1472
425
800
752
1200
400
648
X2 Cr Ni Mo17132*
X5 Cr Ni Mo17122*
X6 Cr Ni Mo Ti 17122*
316L
SS316
316TI
842
1472
1472
450
800
800
752
1200
1200
400
648
648
X2 Cr Ni Mo18164*
X6 Cr Ni Ti1810*
X6 Cr Ni Nb1810*
SS317
SS321
SS347
SS348
1472
1472
1472
1500
800
800
800
815
1200
1200
1200
1200
648
648
648
648
(2205)
Duplex
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
S2205
600
315
400
204
DIN
17440*
X10 Cr13*
X6 Cr17*
SS410
SS430
1202
1202
650
650
900
1200
482
648
(348)
28-43
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Degrees
F
DIN 1745
A1100P*
(655)
DIN 1787*
A1100
A3003
A5052
A5083
A5086
A6061
392
392
392
150
150
392
200
200
200
66
66
200
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
CA464
392
200
350
177
CU or
CA110
392
200
150
66
CA655
350
176
350
176
CA122
392
200
150
66
CA715
662
350
662
350
HAST or
HASTB
800
426
800
426
1000
537
1000
537
Mn
Mg
Mg
Mg
Mg
Cu*
2.5*
4.5* Mn*
4
Mn*
7.5 Si Cu*
B-96
DIN 1787*
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
Hastelloy:
Ni - Mo
B-575
(C-276)
Hastelloy:
Ni - Mo - Cr
HASTC
28-44
External
Pressure
Temp.
Degrees
F
X10 Ni Cr Al Ti 3220*
B-424
Nickel-iron-chromiummolybdenum-copper alloy
plate, sheet, and strip:
(825)
B-463
(20Cb)
I800
1472
800
1000
537
Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo - Cu
I825
1000
537
700
371
C 20
800
426
800
426
INCNL
or
I600
1202
650
1000
537
NI or
NI200
NI201
600
600
1200
315
315
648
600]
600
1000
315
315
537
MONEL
or
M400
932
500
800
426
662
662
662
350
350
350
na
600
600
na
315
315
Ni Cr15 Fe
B-162
(200)
(201)
Ni-Low C
DIN 17750*
DIN 17860*
3.7025.10*
3.7035.10*
28-45
Grade
C
B
C
70
70
12
12
11
11
22
22
A285C
A204B
A204C
A 515
A 516
A387B
A387H
A387C
A387J
A387D
A387K
St E 355
ASTM A-204
ASTM A -204
19 Mn5
SIE 315
13Cr Mo44
13Cr Mo44
ASTM A-387
ASTM A-387
10Cr Mo 910
10Cr Mo 910
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
1
2
1
2
1
2
304
304L
316
316L
321
347
410
430
SS304
304L
SS316
316L
SS321
SS347
SS410
SS430
200
201
NI200
NI201
Monel
NCUP
400
MONEL
VdTUV Wbl.305*
Ni Cr15 Fe
600
INCNL
Ni-Fe-Cr
800
I800
Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu
825
I825
Carpenter 20
20Cb
C 20
Titanium
Ti
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C
B
C-276
HASTB
HASTC
Nickel alloy
** Only these base materials may be used with the above list of cladding
materials. No other combination may be selected.
28-46
Description and
System Internal
Nominal Compostion Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
752
400
A285C
537
900
482
A 515
1022
1022
550
550
900
900
482
482
A 515
A 515
1022
550
900
482
A 515
650
392
343
200
650
392
343
200
A 442
A 442
A 179
1022
550
1000
A 214
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
F
28-47
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
A199C
A199D
A199E
A199F
1202
1202
1200
1202
650
650
648
650
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
A387C
A387D
A387E
A387F
A 209
A209A
A209B
1022
1022
1000
550
550
537
900
900
900
482
482
482
A 204
A 204
A 204
A213A
A213B
A213C
A213D
A213E
A213F
1022
1202
1200
1200
1200
1200
550
650
648
648
648
648
900
900
900
900
900
900
482
482
482
482
482
482
A387A
A387B
A387C
A387D
A387E
A387F
Seamless cold-drawn
intermediate alloy
steel heat exchanger
and condenser tubes:
DIN 17175*
DIN 17175*
(T21)
VdTUV007*
13Cr Mo44*
10Cr Mo910*
3Cr - .9Mo
12Cr Mo195G
Seamless carbonmolybdenum alloy
steel boiler and
superheater tubes:
28-48
.5Cr - .5Mo
13Cr Mo44*
13Cr Mo44*
10Cr Mo910*
3Cr -.9Mo
12Cr Mo195G*
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
304S
304LS
316S
1472
797
1472
800
425
800
842
752
842
450
400
450
SS304
304L
SS316
X2Cr Ni Mo18143*
X6Cr Ni Ti1810*
X6Cr Ni Nb1810*
X10 Cr13*
316LS
321S
347S
410S
842
1472
1472
752
450
800
800
400
842
842
842
752
450
450
450
400
316L
SS321
SS347
SS410
X5Cr Ni1810*
X2Cr Ni1911*
X5Cr Ni Mo17122*
304W
304LW
316W
1472
797
1472
800
425
800
842
752
842
450
400
450
SS304
304L
SS316
X2Cr Ni Mo18143*
X6Cr Ni Ti1810*
X6 Cr Ni Nb 1810*
X10 Cr 13*
316LW
321W
347W
410W
842
1472
1472
752
450
800
800
400
842
842
842
752
450
450
450
400
316L
SS321
SS347
SS410
600
315
400
204
S2205
A-789
(S31803)
Welded duplex
austenitic steel tubes:
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
2205W
28-49
DIN
DIN
DIN
DIN
1787*
1785*
17664*
17664*
DIN 1785*
(444)
(445)
Seamless copper
and copper alloy
tubes for use in
surface
condensers,
evaporators and
heat exchangers:
SF Cu*
Cu Zn20 Al2*
Cu Ni10 Fe1 Mn*
Cu Ni30 Mn1 Fe*
Admiralty Brass
Cu Zn28 Sn1*
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
CA122
CA687
CA706
CA715
392
392
572
662
200
200
300
350
150
150
150
700
66
66
66
371
A285C
A285C
A285C
A285C
CA443
CA444
CA445
437
450
450
225
232
232
350
350
350
176
176
176
A285C
A285C
A285C
LC Ni 99F34*
Ni-Low C
NI200
NI201
600
1200
315
648
600
1000
315
537
NI200
NI201
DIN 17751*
Monel
Ni Cu30 Fe F45
MONEL
887
475
752
400
MONEL
INCNL
or
I600
1202
650
1000
537
INCNL
I800
1472
800
1000
537
I800
I825
1000
537
700
371
I825
800
426
800
426
HASTB
1000
537
1000
537
HASTC
800
426
800
426
C 20
662
350
600
315
T150A
VdTUV
Wbl.305*
Inconel
Ni Cr15 Fe*
VdTUV
Wbl.412
Incoloy
X10 Ni Cr Al Ti
3220*
Ni Cr21 Mo*
VdTUv
Wbl.432*
28-50
B-619
(B)
Hastelloy
Ni - Mo
(C-276)
Ni - Mo - Cr
B-468
(20Cb)
Carpenter 20
Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo - C 20
Cu - Cb
B-338
(2)
Titanium
Ti
HAST or
HASTB
HASTC
T150A
A 36
752
400
752
400
EN
10028-2
P235GH
1.0345
N
A 285 or
A 285 C
or CS
752
400
752
400
EN
10028-2
P235GH
1.0345
N
A 299
752
400
752
400
A 455
752
400
752
400
EN
10028-3
P355NH
1.0565 n
752
400
752
400
EN
10028-3
P355NH
1.0565
A 516
752
400
752
400
EN
10028-2
P235GH
1.0345
N
752
400
752
400
28-51
A302A
932
500
932
500
EN
Mn - .5Mo
10028-2
16Mo3
1.5415 N
A302B
932
500
932
500
EN
.5Cr - .5Mo
10028-6
P460QH
1.8871
QT
A387A
572
300
572
300
EN
.5Cr - .5Mo
10028-6
P460QH
1.8871
QT
A387G
572
300
572
300
EN
.1Cr - .5Mo
10028-2
13CrMo4
-5
1.7335
NT
A387B
932
500
932
500
EN
.1Cr - .5Mo
10028-2
13CrMo4
-5
1.7335
NT
A387H
932
500
932
500
28-52
EN or
Description and
ASTM
Nominal
Specific Composition
ation
EN
2.25Cr - .1Mo
10028-2
10CrMo9
-10
1.7380
NT
A387D
932
500
932
500
EN
2.25Cr - .1Mo
10028-2
10CrMo9
-10
1.7380
NT
A553K
932
500
932
500
28-53
28-54
EN
18Cr -8Ni
10028-7
X2CrNi
18-10
1.4301A
T
340L
1022
550
1022
550
18Cr -8Ni
EN
10028-7
X2CrNi
18-10
1.4301A
T
SS304
1022
550
1022
550
EN
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
10028-7
X5CrNiM
o 17-122
1.4401
AT
316L
1022
550
1022
550
EN
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
10028-7
X5CrNiM
o 17-122
1.4401
AT
SS316
1022
550
1022
550
EN
18Cr - 10Ni - Ti
10028-7
X6CrNiTi
18-10
1.4541
AT
SS321
1022
550
1022
550
EN
18Cr - 10Ni - Cb
10028-7
X6CrNiN
b18-10
1.4550
AT
SS347
1022
550
1022
550
EN or
Description and
System Internal Pressure External Pressure
ASTM
Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. Maximum Temp.
Specific
F
C
F
C
ation
EN
18Cr - 10Ni - Cb
10028-7
X6CrNiN
b18-10
1.4550
AT
SS348
1022
550
1022
550
EN
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
10028-7 (Duplex)
X2CrNiM
oN22-53
1.4462
AT
S2205
482
250
482
250
28-55
Internal
Pressure
Maximu
m Temp.
F
EN
10216-2
P235GH
1.0345
N
Seamless cold-drawn
low-carbon steel heat
exchanger and
condenser tubes.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
C (Plate)
A-179
EN
Seamless carbon steel
10216-2 boiler tubes for highP235GH pressure service
1.0345
N
A-192
EN
Seamless medium
10216-2 carbon steel boiler and
P235GH superheater tubes
1.0345
N
A-210
EN
10216-2
P235GH
1.0345
N
A-214
A-334
EN
Seamless carbon steel
10216-2 tubes for low
P235GH temperature service
1.0345
N
28-56
External
Pressure
Maximu
m Temp.
System Internal
Material Pressure
Symbol Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
Seamless cold-drawn
intermediate alloy
steel heat exchanger
and condenser tubes:
EN
1.25Cr - .5 Mo - Si
10216-2
X11CrMo
5
1.7362 I
A-199C
932
500
932
500
A387C
EN
3Cr-.9Mo
10216-2
10CrMo9
-10
1.7380
NT or QT
A199E
932
500
932
500
A387E
- .5Mo
A213A
1022
550
1022
550
A387A
EN
1Cr
10216-2
13CrMo4
-5
1.7335
NT or QT
- .5Mo
A213B
932
500
932
500
A387B
EN
2.25Cr - 1Mo
10216-2
10CrMo9
-10
1.7380
NT or QT
A213D
932
500
932
500
A387D
EN
5Cr
10216-2
X11CrMo
5
1.7362 I
A213F
932
500
932
500
A387F
- .5Mo
28-57
System
Material
Symbol
Internal
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
Seamless Ferritic
and austenitic alloy
steel boiler,
superheater, and
heat exchanger
tubes:
28-58
EN
18Cr - 8Ni
10216-5
X5CrNi18
-10
1.4301
AT
304S
1022
550
1022
550
SS304
EN
10216-5
X5CrNi
19-11
1.4306
AT
304LS
1022
550
1022
550
304L
EN
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
10216-5
X5CrNiM
o17-12-2
1.4401
AT
316S
1022
550
1022
550
SS316
EN
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
10216-5
X2CrNiM
o17-12-2
1.4404
AT
316LS
1022
550
1022
550
316L
EN
18Cr - 10Ni - Ti
10216-5
X6CrNiTi
18-10
1.4541
AT
321S
1022
550
1022
550
SS321
EN
18Cr - 10Ni - Cb
10216-5
X6CrNiNb
18-10
1.4550
AT
347S
1022
550
1022
550
SS347
18Cr - 8Ni
EN or
Description and
ASTM
Nominal
Specific Composition
ation
System
Material
Symbol
Internal
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
Welded austenitic
steel boiler
superheater, heat
exchanger, and
condenser tubes:
EN
18Cr - 8Ni
10217-7
X5CrNi18
-10
1.4301
AT
304W
1022
550
1022
550
SS304
EN
18Cr - 8Ni
10217-7
X2CrNi19
-11
1.4306
AT
304LW
1022
550
1022
550
304L
EN
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
10217-7
X5CrNiM
o17-12-2
1.4401
AT
316W
1022
550
1022
550
SS316
EN
16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo
10217-7
X5CrNiM
o17-12-2
1.4404
AT
316LW
1022
550
1022
550
316L
EN
18Cr - 10Ni - Ti
10217-7
X6CrNiTi
18-10
1.4541
AT
321W
1022
550
1022
550
SS321
28-59
EN or
Description and
ASTM
Nominal
Specific Composition
ation
EN
18Cr - 10Ni - Cb
10217-7
X6CrNiNb
18-10
1.4550
AT
EN
10217-7
X2CrNiM
olN22-53
1.4462
AT
28-60
System
Material
Symbol
347W
Internal
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
External
Pressure
Maximum
Temp.
System
Default
Tubesheet
Material
(Plate)
1022
550
1022
550
SS347
482
250
482
250
S2205
Welded duplex
austenitic steel
tubes:
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
2205W
Lining Materials
Brick: Acid-Resistant Applied Over
Membrane-Lined Carbon Steel
Lining Material Description
Inches
MM
System
Material
Symbol
2.5
4.5
8.0
62
112
200
25RSB
45RSB
80RSB
2.5
4.5
9.0
62
112
225
25AFC
45AFC
45AFC
Inches
MM
System
Material
Symbol
2.5
4.5
9.0
62
112
225
25IFB
45IFB
90IFB
2.5
4.5
9.0
62
112
225
25FB6
45FB6
90FB6
2.5
4.5
9.0
62
112
225
25FB9
45FB9
90FB9
Brick: Firebrick
Lining Material Description
Insulating firebrick
28-61
Monolithic Lining
Lining Material Description
System
Material
Symbol
GUN50
GUN90
CAS90
Gunite
System
Material
Symbol
28-62
ABRPL
REPRB
LS304
LS316
System
Material
Symbol
ASRSN
EPLCS
PHRSN
PVDF
TFELS
GSLCS
BUTYL
NEPNE
1/4 INCH [6 MM] Soft Natural Rubber Sheet Lining (over Carbon Steel)
NATRB
NITRL
HYPLN
EBONT
CLEAD
I-ZN
ZNMZL
28-63
Casting Materials
Material Classification
Aluminum Alloys
Aluminum
Low-Alloy
Low-Alloy
Low-Alloy
Low-Alloy
AL
Steel Grade B
Steel Grade E
Steel Grade C
Steel
Carbon Steel
Low-Alloy Steel
Low-Alloy Steel
Low-Alloy Steel
Low-Alloy Steel
B
A
B
C
A 299
A 302
A387A
A387B
A387C
A387D
A387E
A 442
A 455
A 515
A 516
A533A
A533B
A533C
A 553
A285S
or CS
CI
Grade
Grade
Grade
Grade
Cast Iron
Stainless Steel Alloys
A203B
A203E
A 204
A 283
SS304
or SS
304L
SS316
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
316L
SS321
SS347
SS410
SS430
28-64
Material Classification
Other Alloys
Nickel
Inconel
Monel
Titanium
Carpenter 20
NI
INCNL
MONEL
TI
C 20
304SF
316SF
GAL20
ISO B
ISO C
CASTS
Cast Steel
28-65
Packing Materials
Packing Type
Size
Inches
Packing Material
Packing Type
Symbol
MM
Activated carbon
Carbon
ACT-C
Alumina
Alumina
ALMNA
Berl saddles
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
15
20
25
40
Ceramic
0.5CBS
.75CBS
1.0CBS
1.5CBS
Berl saddles
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
15
20
25
40
Porcelain
0.5PBS
.75PBS
1.0PBS
1.5PBS
Calcium chloride
Calcium chloride
CACL
Coke
Coke
COKE
Crushed limestone
Limestone
LIME
Crushed stone
Stone
STONE
Dirt (earth)
Earth
DIRT
Gravel
Gravel
GRAVEL
INTALOX saddles
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
15
25
40
50
Ceramic
0.5CIS
1.0CIS
1.5CIS
2.0CIS
INTALOX saddles
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
15
25
40
50
Porcelain
0.5PIS
1.0PIS
1.5PIS
2.0PIS
Pall rings
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
15
25
40
50
Polypropylene
0.5PPR
1.0PPR
1.5PPR
2.0PPR
Pall rings
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
15
25
40
50
Stainless steel
0.5SPR
1.0SPR
1.5SPR
2.0SPR
Raschig rings
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
15
20
25
40
50
75
Ceramic
0.5CRR
.75CRR
1.0CRR
1.5CRR
2.0CRR
3.0CRR
28-66
Packing Type
Size
Inches
Packing Material
Packing Type
Symbol
MM
Raschig rings
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
25
40
50
75
Porcelain
1.0PRR
1.5PRR
2.0PRR
3.0PRR
Raschig rings
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
25
40
50
75
Stainless steel
1.0SRR
1.5SRR
2.0SRR
3.0SRR
Raschig rings
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
25
40
50
75
Carbon steel
1.0FRR
1.5FRR
2.0FRR
3.0FRR
Resin
Resin
RESIN
Sand
Sand
SAND
Silica gel
Silica gel
S-GEL
Tellerettes H.D.
1.0
25
Polyethylene
HD-P-T
Tellerettes L.D.
1.0
25
Polyethylene
LD-P-T
13XMS
68PVC
68CPVC
Cascade rings
1.0
2.0
3.0
25
50
75
Ceramic
1.0CCR
2.0CCR
3.0CCR
Cascade rings
1.0
2.0
3.0
25
50
75
Polypropylene
1.0PCR
2.0PCR
3.0PCR
Cascade rings
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
25
40
50
75
100
Stainless steel
1.0SCR
1.5SCR
2.0SCR
3.0SCR
4.0SCR
Steel structured
packing 45 angle
of vertical
orientation
107
76
62
35
350
250
205
115
M107YA
M76YA
M62YA
M35YA
Steel structured
packing 45 angle
of vertical
orientation
107
76
62
35
350
250
205
115
M107YB
M76YB
M62YB
M35YB
Steel structured
packing 45 angle
of vertical
orientation
107
76
62
35
350
250
205
115
M107YC
M76YC
M62YC
M35YC
28-67
Packing Type
Size
Inches
28-68
Packing Material
Packing Type
Symbol
MM
Steel structured
packing 60 angle
of vertical
orientation
76
35
250
115
M76XA
M35XA
Steel structured
packing 60 angle
of vertical
orientation
76
35
250
115
M76XB
M35XB
Steel structured
packing 60 angle
of vertical
orientation
76
35
250
115
M76XC
M35XC
29 Units of Measure
(G6)
29-1
Introduction to Units of
Measure
Icarus systems provide a choice of two sets of units of measure:
I-P (Inch-Pound)
METRIC (Metric).
The user must select the desired set indirectly (by specifying the country base
location) or directly. Once the appropriate set is selected, the user may wish to
redefine one or more variables from the base units of measure to some other
measure. The Units of Measure Data provides the means of identifying the
conversion.
The user should refer to units of measure later in this chapter for the basic
definitions of variables and their associated units of measure for I-P and
METRIC sets. Along with these definitions are conversion multipliers for
relating I-P to METRIC units. Each line bearing a two-digit Type Number is a
candidate for user redefinition. The type number is used to identify the specific
unit of measure to be redefined. The user would then provide a new name for
that unit of measure and the appropriate conversion multiplier to convert from
the base unit of measure to the desired unit of measure.
The following special units of measure are not characterized by a Type Number
and simple conversion multiplier:
Process Pipe Size (diameter and thickness dimensions only) - User may
specify process pipe to be designed in INCH or MM units of measure,
independently of other linear units of measure.
Notes of Caution
All user-provided numeric values for dimensions, sizes, extents, intensities,
flows, etc., are considered by the system to conform to those units of measure
selected and/or defined by the user. It is the users responsibility to be
constantly aware of the units of measure so selected throughout the entire
exercise of preparing project data for the system. The user is cautioned that
variable redefinition from system base to a user unit of measure could have
unpredictable downstream effects, for example, in selection of plates, wire,
tubing, pipe, etc. Further, the user is cautioned that each base set of units, I-P
and METRIC, has its own special set of default values; the pair of default
values are not necessarily related to one another by usual conversion
relationships; each is established by itself as a reasonable value in the base
unit of measure. Once the users set of units of measure is established, default
values are evaluated as follows:
29-2
Unit of Measure Conversion: are used to convert the base unit of measure
default value by the users numeric value to obtain the value of the revised
default value in the desired units of measure.
Example
Contrast this value with the I-P default value printed in the turbine table as
300 PSIG.
Another Example
The METRIC base user will have all length variables defined in terms of
millimeters, meters, etc. As a consequence, pipe sizes (diameters) and wall
thicknesses will be expected to be specified, sized, selected and reported in
MM. Should the METRIC base user desire pipe to be specified, sized, selected
and reported in MM. Should the METRIC base user desire pipe to be specified,
sized, selected and reported as INCH values, the user must enter the
designator INCH in the field labelled Pipe Size.
This note of caution is tendered for temperature and driver power a well as
pipe sizing.
All reporting by the system will conform to the selected units of measure.
29-3
Units of Measure
Type
No.
Inch/Pound
Conversion
Description
Symbol
01
Inches
INCHES
02
Feet
FEET
03
04
Mesh
05
06
Metric
Description
Symbol
x 25.4
= Millimeters
MM
x 0.3048
= Meters
x 1.60934
= Kilometers
KM
MESH
x 1.0000
= Mesh
MESH
Square feet
SF
x 0.092903
= Square
meters
M2
Square yards
SY
x 0.836127
= Square
meters
M2
Length
Area
Volume
07
Cubic feet
CF
x 0.028317
= Cubic
meters
M3
08
Cubic yards
CY
x 0.76455
= Cubic
meters
M3
09
US Gallons
(231 cubic
inches, no
units for UK
imperial
gallons)
GALLONS
x 0.00378541 = Cubic
meters
M3
10
Barrels (42
gallons)
BARRELS
x 0.1589873
= Cubic
meters
M3
11
Bags (94
pounds)
BAGS
x 0.852749
= Bags (50
kilograms)
BAG-50KG
48
Board feet
BDFT
x 0.0023597
= Cubic
meters
M3
12
Pounds
LBS
x 0.45359
=Kilograms
KG
13
Tons (2000
pounds)
TONS
x 0.907185
= 1000
Kilograms
TON
Mass
29-4
14
Pounds per
foot
LB/FT
x 1.488156
= Kilograms/
meter
KG/M
15
Pounds per
yard
LB/YD
x 0.496052
= Kilograms/
meter
KG/M
Type
No.
Conversion
Inch/Pound
Description
Symbol
Metric
Description
Symbol
Pounds per
batch
LB/BATCH
x 0.45359
= Kilograms
per batch
KG/BATCH
17
Pounds per
cubic foot
PCF
x 16.01829
= Kilograms
per cubic
meter
KG/M3
Pressure
18
x 6.894757
= Kilopascals KPA
(1000 newtons
per square
meter)
19
Inches of
mercury
IN HG
x 3.38638
= Kilopascals KPA
(1000 newtons
per square
meter)
20
Inches of
water
IN H2O
x 249.082
= Pascals
PA
21
Millimeters of
mercury
(TORR)
MM HG
x 133.322
=Pascals
PA
22
x 0.0478802
= Kilonewtons KN/M2
per square
meter (1
newton = 1 KG
mass under 1
meter/sec2
acceleration)
Velocity
23
Feet per
minute
FPM
x 18.2880
= Meters/hour M/H
24
x 1.60934
= Kilometers/
hour
KM/H
25
Revolutions
per minute
RPM
x 1.0000
= Revolutions
per minute
RPM
na
Cycles per
second
HZ
x 1.0000
(HZ is
frequently
used to refer
to local power
frequency)
= Hertz
HZ
29-5
Type
No.
Conversion
Inch/Pound
Description
Symbol
Metric
Description
Symbol
Flow Rates
26
x 1.69901
= Cubic
meters per
hour
M3/H
27
x 0.028317
= Cubic
meters per
hour
M3/H
28
x 18.28800
= Cubic
meters per
hour per
square meter
of surface
M3/H/M2
29
Gallons per
minute
GPM
x 0.063090
Litres per
second
L/S
30
Gallons per
hour
GPH
x 0.003785
Cubic meters
per hour
M3/H
31
Pounds per
hour
LB/H
x 0.45359
Kilograms/
hour
KG/H
32
x 0.907185
= Tons per
hour
TON/H
33
TPD
x 0.037799
= Tons per
hour
TON/H
Electric
34
Volts
x 1.0
= Volts
35
Kilovolts
(1000V)
KV
x 1.0
= Kilovolts
KV
36
Amperes
x 1.0
= Amperes
37
Kiloamperes
(1000A)
KA
x 1.0
= Kiloamperes KA
38
Watts
x 1.0
= Watts
39
Kilowatts
(1000W)
KW
x 1.0
= Kilowatts
KW
40
Kilovoltamperes
(1000V-A)
KVA
x 1.0
= Kilovoltamperes
KVA
na
Horsepower
HP
x 0.74570
= Kilowatts
KW
41
Tons,
refrigeration
(12000 BTU
per hour)
TONS-REF
x 3.51685
= Kilowatts
KW
42
BTU/H
x 0.293071
= Watts
Power
29-6
Type
No.
Conversion
Inch/Pound
Description
Symbol
Metric
Description
Symbol
43
x 0.293071
= Megawatts
MEGAW
44
x 3.15460
= Watts per
square meter
W/M2
45
x 2.32601
= Kilojoules
per kilogram
KJ/KG
BTU/H/SF
Viscosity
46
Centipoise
CPOISE
x 1.0
= Millipascalseconds
MPA-S
47
Centistoke
CSTOKE
x 1.0
= Millimeters
squared per
second
MM2/S
Degrees
DEGREE
x 1.0
= Degrees
DEGREE
na
Fahrenheit
temperature
DEG F
(F-32)/1.8
= Celsius
temperature
DEG C
na
Fahrenheit
temperature
difference
DEG F
x 0.55555
= Celsius
temperature
difference
DEG C
na
not applicable
size
Nominal pipe MM
size (diameter
and thickness)
na
Driver power
not applicable
Driver power
Angular
na
Other
HP
KW
Gravitational Constant:
Inch-Pound
32.174 lb-ft/lb(force)-sec2
Metric
9.80665 kg-m/kg(force)-sec2
Absolute temperatures:
Rankine
Kelvin
29-7
29-8
Vessel components
wall/plate thickness
tube diameter
cladding thickness
Stacks - diameter
Insulation thickness
Manhole diameter
Vessel size
tube length
Site development
Crushers
Filter, tubular
Flakers - area
Heat exchangers
Linings
Rotary dryers
Vibrating screen
Site development
Volume Units
Unit of Measure Name for: CF (INCH-POUND) or M3 (METRIC)
Use to specify:
Centrifuges - capacity
29-9
Mixers
Site development
Kneaders
Packings
Vertical tanks
Vertical tanks
29-10
Cranes
Scales
Elevators
Cranes, hoists
Pile sizes
Filters
Blenders
29-11
Pressure Units
Unit of Measure Name for: PSIG (INCH-POUND) or KPA (METRIC)
Use to specify:
Gauge pressure
Vacuum pumps
29-12
Wind velocity
Motors
Blenders
Air dryers
Fans
Vacuum pumps
Feeders
Dust collectors
Centrifugal pumps
Gear pumps
Towers, cooling
29-13
Drum dryers
Evaporators
Filters
Feeders
Heat exchangers
Reactors
Rotary dryers
Conveyors
Bucket conveyors
Crushers
Feeders
Filters
Mills
Crystallizers
Feeder, vibrating
Mills
Electrical Units
Unit of Measure Name for: V (INCH-POUND) or V (METRIC)
Use to specify:
29-14
Electric generators
29-15
Power Units
Unit of Measure Name for: TONS-REF (INCH-POUND) or KW (METRIC)
Use to specify:
Refrigeration units
Furnaces
Heating units
Reboilers
Flarestacks
Reboilers
Flarestacks
Viscosity Units
Unit of Measure Name for: CPOISE (INCH-POUND) or MPA-S (METRIC)
Use to specify:
Pumps
Agitated vessels
29-16
Pumps, gear
30-1
The rates in this chapter are escalated by the Construction Index value
specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data
US Country Base
Craft
Code
US Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
($/MH)
51
Laborer
16.70
36.40
53
*Millwright
31.60
69.00
54
Rigger
28.80
62.80
56
18.70
40.80
57
20.80
45.40
59
Oiler
28.40
62.00
60
Mechanic
28.40
62.00
62
27.70
60.40
63
28.80
62.80
64
29.80
65.00
66
*Pipefitter
29.30
63.90
67
*Pipe Welder
31.10
67.90
69
Cement Finisher
24.60
53.70
70
Carpenter
23.90
52.10
71
Bricklayer
26.30
57.40
72
Ironworker - Rebar
27.70
60.40
74
Ironworker - Structural
26.50
57.80
75
Welder - Structural
26.50
57.80
77
Welder - Special
30.30
66.10
78
*Welder - Fabricator
27.70
60.40
79
*Boilermaker
27.50
60.00
*Instrument Fitter
30.80
67.20
83
*Electrician - Line
30.80
67.20
84
*Electrician - Wiring
28.80
62.80
52
55
58
61
65
68
73
76
80
81
82
85
30-2
Craft
Code
US Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
($/MH)
86
*Sheetmetal Worker
26.30
57.40
87
Insulator
21.10
46.00
Painter
21.10
46.00
98
Craft Helper
18.50
40.40
99
Foreman
**
**
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foremans rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2010) = 2000.
30-3
UK Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
(PS/MH)
51
Laborer
13.20
29.00
53
*Fitter/Millwright
17.20
37.80
54
Rigger
17.20
37.80
56
15.40
33.90
57
15.40
33.90
Plant Fitter
17.20
37.80
52
55
58
59
60
61
62
15.40
33.90
63
15.60
34.30
64
17.20
37.80
65
66
*Plater/Pipefitter
17.20
37.80
67
*Welder
17.50
38.50
Cement Finisher
15.40
33.90
68
69
70
Joiner
17.40
38.30
71
Bricklayer
15.60
34.30
72
Steel Fixer
15.40
33.90
73
74
Steel Erector
17.20
37.80
75
Welder - Structural
17.20
37.80
Welder - Special
17.70
38.90
76
77
78
*Welder - Fabricator
17.60
38.70
79
*Boilermaker
17.20
37.80
*Instrument Fitter
17.20
37.80
83
*Electrical Technician
18.90
41.60
84
*Electrician
17.20
37.80
86
*Sheetmetal Worker
17.20
37.80
87
Insulator
17.20
37.80
80
81
82
85
88
30-4
Craft
Code
UK Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
(PS/MH)
89
Painter
15.40
33.90
98
Craftsmans Mate
14.10
31.00
99
Foreman
**
**
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foremans rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
*** Wage Rate Basis: National Agreement for the Engineering Construction
Industry, 2009-2010 Update. Rates include measured incentive bonus
appropriate to large process industry sites. Rates for civil work reflect
"comparability" with rates for engineering trades on large process industry
sites.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2010) = 4370
Note: PS indicates Pounds Sterling
30-5
JP Country Base
Craft
Code
JP Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
(KY/MH)
51
Laborer
1.60
3.40
53
*Millwright
2.10
4.40
54
Rigger
2.10
4.40
56
1.80
3.80
57
2.20
4.60
59
Oiler
1.90
4.00
60
Mechanic
2.20
4.60
52
55
58
61
62
2.20
4.60
63
2.20
4.60
64
2.20
4.60
66
*Pipefitter
2.70
5.70
67
*Pipe Welder
2.70
5.70
Cement Finisher
2.20
4.60
65
68
69
70
Carpenter
2.30
4.80
71
Bricklayer
2.60
5.50
72
Ironworker - Rebar
2.10
4.40
73
74
Ironworker - Structural
2.30
4.80
75
Welder - Structural
2.50
5.30
77
Welder - Special
2.60
5.50
78
*Welder - Fabricator
2.60
5.50
79
*Boilermaker
2.50
5.30
*Instrument Fitter
2.30
4.80
83
*Electrician - Line
2.50
5.30
84
*Electrician - Wiring
2.50
5.30
86
*Sheetmetal Worker
1.90
4.00
87
Insulator
2.20
4.60
76
80
81
82
85
88
30-6
Craft
Code
JP Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
(KY/MH)
89
Painter
2.20
4.60
98
Craft Helper
1.70
3.60
99
Foreman
**
**
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foremans rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2010 = 1140).
Note: KY indicates thousand Yen.
30-7
EU Country Base
Craft
Code
EU Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
(EUR/MH)
51
Laborer
18.30
43.40
53
*Millwright
23.70
56.20
54
Rigger
23.70
56.20
56
Driver: Light
21.20
50.30
57
Driver: Heavy
21.20
50.30
23.70
56.20
52
55
58
59
Oiler
60
Mechanic
61
62
EquipOp: Light
21.20
50.30
63
EquipOp: Medium
21.40
50.80
64
EquipOp: Heavy
23.70
56.20
66
*Pipefitter
23.70
56.20
67
*Pipe Welder
24.10
57.20
69
Cement Finisher
21.20
50.30
70
Carpenter
23.90
56.70
71
Bricklayer
23.90
56.70
72
Ironworker - Rebar
21.20
50.30
74
Ironworker: Struct
23.70
56.20
75
Welder: Struct
23.70
56.20
77
Welder: Special
24.30
57.70
78
*Welder: Fabr
24.30
57.70
79
*Boilermaker
23.70
56.20
*Instru.Fitter
23.70
56.20
83
*Electr: Line
23.90
56.70
84
*Electr: Wire
23.70
56.20
86
*Sheetmetal Worker
23.70
56.20
87
Insulator
23.70
56.20
65
68
73
76
80
81
82
85
88
30-8
Craft
Code
EU Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
(EUR/MH)
89
Painter
21.20
50.30
98
Helper
19.40
46.00
99
Foreman
**
**
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foremans rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2010 = 1860).
ME Country Base
Note: SAR = Saudi Arabian Riyals
Craft
Code
ME Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
(SAR/MH)
51
Laborer
18.10
45.30
53
*Millwright
23.20
58.00
54
Rigger
23.20
58.00
56
Driver: Light
19.80
49.50
57
Driver: Heavy
19.80
49.50
59
Oiler
23.20
58.00
60
Mechanic
34.30
85.80
52
55
58
61
62
EquipOp: Light
18.10
45.30
63
EquipOp: Medium
20.90
52.30
64
EquipOp: Heavy
24.00
60.00
*Pipefitter
23.20
58.00
65
66
30-9
Craft
Code
ME Craft Name
Unloaded
Wage Rate
(SAR/MH)
67
*Pipe Welder
34.30
85.80
69
Cement Finisher
20.20
50.50
70
Carpenter
19.20
48.00
71
Bricklayer
19.20
48.00
72
Ironworker - Rebar
21.20
53.00
74
Ironworker: Struct
21.20
53.00
75
Welder: Struct
21.20
53.00
77
Welder: Special
21.20
53.00
78
*Welder: Fabr
22.20
55.50
79
*Boilermaker
22.20
55.50
*Instru.Fitter
23.20
58.00
83
*Electr: Line
23.20
58.00
84
*Electr: Wire
23.20
58.00
86
*Sheetmetal Worker
21.20
53.00
87
Insulator
22.70
56.80
Painter
20.20
50.50
Helper
15.60
39.00
68
73
76
80
81
82
85
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
1
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foremans rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2010 = 1950).
30-10
30-11
30-12
31 Engineering
(G13)
31 Engineering (G13)
31-1
Design* Discipline
$/MH
Basic Engineering:
$/MH
Home Office
01
Project Engineering
64.50
01
Project Management
64.10
02
Process Engineering
56.70
02
Cost Accounting
43.10
03
Piping Design
56.10
03
Construction Dept.
38.10
04
Instrument Design
55.50
04
Planning, Scheduling
48.80
05
Mechanical Design
56.10
05
Tools, Equipment
38.60
06
Electrical Design
55.90
06
Industrial Relations
38.70
07
Civil Design
52.90
07
Subcontract Admin.
38.80
08
Piping Drafting
45.90
08
Support, Clerical
23.50
09
Instrument Drafting
46.00
Field Office:
10
Mechanical Drafting
42.80
01
11
Electrical Drafting
45.30
02
12
Civil Drafting
43.70
13
General Drafting
37.60
14
Planning, Scheduling
50.00
15
Cost Estimating
52.10
16
Support, Clerical
23.50
Detail Engineering:
31-2
No. Construction**
Discipline
Field Superintendents:
03
Piping
39.30
04
Instrumentation
39.30
05
Electrical
39.30
06
Civil
39.30
07
Mechanical
39.30
01
Project Engineering
64.50
08
QC&A, Inspection
38.60
02
Process Engineering
56.70
09
Subcontract Admin
40.40
03
Piping Design
56.10
10
Cost Engineering
43.10
04
Instrument Design
55.50
11
Field Engineering
42.90
05
Mechanical Design
56.10
12
Planning, Scheduling
48.80
06
Electrical Design
55.90
13
37.80
07
Civil Design
52.90
14
Field Accounting
34.90
08
Piping Drafting
45.90
15
Materials Control
39.60
09
Instrument Drafting
46.00
16
General Drafting
37.70
10
Mechanical Drafting
42.80
17
Support, Clerical
20.00
11
Electrical Drafting
45.30
Construction Management
(Home):
12
Civil Drafting
43.70
01
Project Management
64.10
31 Engineering (G13)
No.
Design* Discipline
$/MH
No. Construction**
Discipline
$/MH
13
General Drafting
37.60
02
Cost Accounting
43.10
14
Planning, Scheduling
50.00
03
Construction Dept.
38.10
15
Cost Estimating
52.10
04
Subcon. Admin.
(Field)
38.80
16
Support, Clerical
23.50
05
17
Model Building
32.30
06
Area Managers
41.00
07
Subcon. Coordinator
38.80
Procurement:
01
Procurement
41.50
08
Field Inspector
39.50
02
Support, Clerical
23.50
09
Cost Engineering
42.80
10
Field Engineering
40.40
11
Planning, Scheduling
45.80
12
35.60
13
Support, Clerical
23.50
Eng'g Management:
01
Project Engineering
77.80
Start-up, Commissioning:
01
Commissioning Staff
49.30
02
Start-up Staff
40.10
03
Performance Testing
40.10
31 Engineering (G13)
31-3
UK Country Base
Note: PS indicates Pounds Sterling
No.
Design* Discipline
PS/MH
Basic Engineering:
PS/MH
Home Office:
01
Project Engineering
30.30
01
Project Management
35.40
02
Process Engineering
30.90
02
Cost Accounting
20.50
03
Piping Design
28.80
03
Construction Dept.
27.40
04
Instrument Design
28.80
04
Planning, Scheduling
24.70
05
Mechanical Design
28.80
05
Tools, Equipment
27.40
06
Electrical Design
28.80
06
Industrial Relations
27.40
07
Civil Design
28.80
07
Subcontract Admin.
27.40
08
Piping Drafting
21.30
08
Support, Clerical
12.30
09
Instrument Drafting
21.30
Field Office:
10
Mechanical Drafting
21.30
01
11
Electrical Drafting
21.30
02
12
Civil Drafting
21.30
13
General Drafting
21.30
03
Piping
26.10
14
Planning, Scheduling
23.60
04
Instrumentation
26.10
15
Cost Estimating
21.30
05
Electrical
26.10
16
Support, Clerical
12.30
06
Civil
26.10
07
Mechanical
26.10
Detail Engineering:
26.10
Field Superintendents
01
Project Engineering
30.30
08
QC&A, Inspection
26.10
02
Process Engineering
30.90
09
Subcontract Admin.
26.10
03
Piping Design
28.80
10
Cost Engineering
23.40
04
Instrument Design
28.80
11
Field Engineering
24.20
05
Mechanical Design
28.80
12
Planning, Scheduling
23.40
06
Electrical Design
28.80
13
19.90
07
Civil Design
28.80
14
Field Accounting
18.60
08
Piping Drafting
21.30
15
Materials Control
18.60
09
Instrument Drafting
21.30
16
General Drafting
19.50
10
Mechanical Drafting
21.30
17
Support, Clerical
11.70
11
Electrical Drafting
21.30
Construction Management
(Home):
12
Civil Drafting
21.30
01
Project Management
35.40
13
General Drafting
21.30
02
Cost Accounting
20.50
14
Planning, Scheduling
23.60
03
Construction Dept.
27.70
15
Cost Estimating
21.30
04
16
Support, Clerical
12.30
05
Construction Manager
38.40
17
Model Building
23.80
06
Area Managers
29.50
07
Subcon. Coordinator
27.40
08
Field Inspector
27.70
Procurement:
01
31-4
No. Construction**
Discipline
Procurement
20.70
31 Engineering (G13)
No.
Design* Discipline
PS/MH
No. Construction**
Discipline
PS/MH
02
Support, Clerical
12.30
09
Cost Engineering
24.70
10
Field Engineering
25.60
11
Planning, Scheduling
24.70
12
21.10
13
Support, Clerical
12.30
Eng'g Management:
01
Project Engineering
30.30
Start-up, Commissioning:
01
Commissioning Staff
27.30
02
Start-up Staff
27.30
03
Performance Testing
27.30
31 Engineering (G13)
31-5
JP Country Base
Note: KY indicates thousand Yen
No.
Design* Discipline
KY/MH
Project Engineering
4.8
Project Management
6.4
02
Process Engineering
5.2
03
Piping Design
5.3
02
Cost Accounting
4.0
03
Construction Dept.
4.3
04
Instrument Design
5.3
04
Planning, Scheduling
3.7
05
Mechanical Design
5.3
05
Tools, Equipment
3.9
06
07
Electrical Design
5.3
06
Industrial Relations
3.9
Civil Design
5.3
07
Subcontract Admin.
3.4
08
Piping Drafting
3.3
08
Support, Clerical
2.0
09
Instrument Drafting
3.3
Field Office:
10
Mechanical Drafting
3.3
01
11
Electrical Drafting
3.3
02
Area Superintendents
12
Civil Drafting
3.3
13
General Drafting
3.3
01
3.8
Field Superintendents:
03
Piping
3.8
14
Planning, Scheduling
3.7
04
Instrumentation
3.8
15
Cost Estimating
3.7
05
Electrical
3.8
16
Support, Clerical
2.0
06
Civil
3.8
07
QC&A, Inspection
3.8
Detail Engineering:
01
Project Engineering
4.8
08
Mechanical
3.8
02
Process Engineering
5.2
09
Subcontract Admin.
3.8
03
Piping Design
5.3
10
Cost Engineering
3.5
04
Instrument Design
5.3
11
Field Engineering
3.5
05
Mechanical Design
5.3
12
Planning, Scheduling
3.5
06
Electrical Design
5.3
13
3.5
07
Civil Design
5.3
14
Field Accounting
3.5
08
Piping Drafting
3.3
15
Materials Control
4.0
09
Instrument Drafting
3.3
16
General Drafting
3.4
10
Mechanical Drafting
3.3
17
Support, Clerical
2.0
11
Electrical Drafting
3.3
Construction Management
(Home):
12
Civil Drafting
3.3
01
Project Management
6.4
13
General Drafting
3.3
02
Cost Accounting
4.0
14
Planning, Scheduling
3.7
03
Construction Dept.
4.3
15
Cost Estimating
3.6
04
16
Support, Clerical
2.0
05
Construction Manager
5.1
17
Model Building
2.5
06
Area Managers
5.1
07
Subcon. Coordinator
3.4
08
Field Inspector
3.8
Procurement:
01
31-6
KY/MH
Home Office:
Basic Engineering:
01
No. Construction**
Discipline
Procurement
4.3
31 Engineering (G13)
No.
Design* Discipline
KY/MH
No. Construction**
Discipline
02
Support, Clerical
2.0
09
Cost Engineering
3.5
10
Field Engineering
3.5
6.4
11
Planning, Scheduling
3.5
12
3.5
13
Support, Clerical
2.0
Eng'g Management:
01
Project Engineering
KY/MH
Commissioning Staff
4.3
02
Start-up Staff
4.0
03
Performance Testing
4.0
31 Engineering (G13)
31-7
EU Country Base
Note: EUR indicates Euros
No.
Design* Discipline
EUR/MH
EUR/
MH
Home Office:
Basic Engineering:
01
Project Engineering
49.10
01
Project Management
47.70
02
Process Engineering
37.70
02
Cost Accounting
34.90
03
Piping Design
32.10
03
Construction Dept.
28.00
04
Instrument Design
32.10
04
Planning, Scheduling
33.60
05
Mechanical Design
37.10
05
Tools, Equipment
28.00
06
Electrical Design
32.10
06
Industrial Relations
28.00
07
Civil Design
32.10
07
Subcontract Admin.
28.00
08
Piping Drafting
25.20
08
Support, Clerical
19.50
09
Instrument Drafting
26.50
Field Office:
10
Mechanical Drafting
26.50
01
11
Electrical Drafting
26.50
02
Area Superintendents
12
Civil Drafting
26.50
13
General Drafting
24.30
14
Planning, Scheduling
34.60
15
Cost Estimating
35.90
16
Support, Clerical
20.10
Detail Engineering:
35.00
Field Superintendents:
03
Piping
30.40
04
Instrumentation
30.40
05
Electrical
30.40
06
Civil
30.40
07
QC&A, Inspection
30.40
01
Project Engineering
49.10
08
Mechanical
30.40
02
Process Engineering
37.70
09
Subcontract Admin.
28.00
03
Piping Design
32.10
10
Cost Engineering
34.90
04
Instrument Design
32.10
11
Field Engineering
30.40
05
Mechanical Design
37.10
12
Planning, Scheduling
33.60
06
Electrical Design
32.10
13
28.00
07
Civil Design
32.10
14
Field Accounting
27.90
08
Piping Drafting
25.20
15
Materials Control
27.90
09
Instrument Drafting
26.50
16
General Drafting
23.60
10
Mechanical Drafting
26.50
17
Support, Clerical
19.50
11
Electrical Drafting
26.50
Construction Management
(Home):
12
Civil Drafting
26.50
01
Project Management
47.70
13
General Drafting
24.30
02
Cost Accounting
34.90
14
Planning, Scheduling
34.60
03
Construction Dept.
28.00
15
Cost Estimating
35.90
04
16
Support, Clerical
20.10
05
Construction Manager
47.70
17
Model Building
24.70
06
Area Managers
35.00
07
Subcon. Coordinator
28.00
08
Field Inspector
31.50
Procurement:
01
31-8
No. Construction**
Discipline
Procurement
32.00
31 Engineering (G13)
No.
Design* Discipline
EUR/MH
No. Construction**
Discipline
02
Support, Clerical
20.10
09
Cost Engineering
34.90
10
Field Engineering
30.40
11
Planning, Scheduling
33.60
12
28.00
13
Support, Clerical
19.50
Eng'g Management:
01
Project Engineering
51.00
EUR/
MH
Start-up, Commissioning:
01
Commissioning Staff
47.90
02
Start-up Staff
36.80
03
Performance Testing
36.80
31 Engineering (G13)
31-9
ME Country Base
Note: SAR indicates Saudi Arabian Rials
No.
Design* Discipline
SAR/
MH
Basic Engineering:
SAR/
MH
Home Office
01
Project Engineering
300.00
01
Project Management
360.00
02
Process Engineering
280.00
02
Cost Accounting
91.00
03
Piping Design
240.00
03
Construction Dept.
84.50
04
Instrument Design
240.00
04
Planning, Scheduling
210.00
05
Mechanical Design
240.00
05
Tools, Equipment
80.70
06
Electrical Design
240.00
06
Industrial Relations
78.00
07
Civil Design
240.00
07
Subcontract Admin.
78.00
08
Piping Drafting
165.00
08
Support, Clerical
68.30
09
Instrument Drafting
165.00
Field Office:
10
Mechanical Drafting
165.00
01
11
Electrical Drafting
165.00
02
12
Civil Drafting
165.00
13
General Drafting
165.00
Field Superintendents:
03
Piping
72.00
14
Planning, Scheduling
165.00
04
Instrumentation
72.00
15
Cost Estimating
210.00
05
Electrical
72.00
16
Support, Clerical
100.00
06
Civil
72.00
07
Mechanical
72.00
Detail Engineering:
31-10
No. Construction**
Discipline
01
Project Engineering
300.00
08
QC&A, Inspection
72.00
02
Process Engineering
280.00
09
Subcontract Admin
78.00
03
Piping Design
240.00
10
Cost Engineering
91.00
04
Instrument Design
240.00
11
Field Engineering
162.80
05
Mechanical Design
240.00
12
Planning, Scheduling
210.00
06
Electrical Design
240.00
13
71.50
07
Civil Design
240.00
14
Field Accounting
91.00
08
Piping Drafting
165.00
15
Materials Control
135.00
09
Instrument Drafting
165.00
16
General Drafting
110.00
10
Mechanical Drafting
165.00
17
Support, Clerical
68.30
11
Electrical Drafting
165.00
Construction Management
(Home):
12
Civil Drafting
165.00
01
Project Management
360.00
13
General Drafting
165.00
02
Cost Accounting
91.00
14
Planning, Scheduling
210.00
15
Cost Estimating
210.00
04
03
Subcon. Admin.
(Field)
Construction Dept.
84.50
16
Support, Clerical
100.00
05
17
Model Building
120.00
78.00
06
Area Managers
75.40
07
Subcon. Coordinator
78.00
31 Engineering (G13)
No.
Design* Discipline
SAR/
MH
Procurement:
No. Construction**
Discipline
SAR/
MH
08
Field Inspector
71.50
01
Procurement
250.00
09
Cost Engineering
91.00
02
Support, Clerical
100.00
10
Field Engineering
162.80
11
Planning, Scheduling
210.00
12
71.50
13
Support, Clerical
68.30
Eng'g Management:
01
Project Engineering
420.00
Start-up, Commissioning:
01
Commissioning Staff
162.80
02
Start-up Staff
162.80
03
Performance Testing
162.80
31 Engineering (G13)
31-11
% Eng'ng Manpower
Expense Rate ($/
MH)*
Payroll
Business
Cost Indirects
Basic Engineering
5.10
25
75
Detail Engineering
4.00
25
75
Procurement
9.10
25
75
Engineering
Management
0.00
25
75
($/MH)**
Home Office
Construction Services
3.70
25
75
0.00
25
75
Construction
Management
0.00
25
75
Start-up,
Commissioning
0.00
25
75
UK Country Base
Phase
% Eng'ng Manpower
Expense Rate (PS/
MH)*
Payroll
Business
Cost Indirects
Basic Engineering
4.00
40
90
Detail Engineering
3.30
40
90
Procurement
7.10
40
90
Engineering
Management
0.00
40
90
40
90
(PS/MH)**
31-12
Home Office
Construction Services
2.80
0.00
40
90
Construction
Management
0.00
40
90
Start-up,
Commissioning
0.00
40
90
31 Engineering (G13)
Phase
Basic Engineering
0.48
25
75
Detail Engineering
0.38
25
75
Procurement
0.86
25
75
Engineering
Management
0.00
25
75
(KY/MH)**
Home Office
Construction Services
0.36
25
75
0.00
25
75
Construction
Management
0.00
25
75
Start-up,
Commissioning
0.00
25
75
31 Engineering (G13)
31-13
% Eng'ng Manpower
Expense Rate (EUR/
MH)*
Basic Engineering
5.90
40
90
Detail Engineering
5.00
40
90
Procurement
10.70
40
90
Engineering
Management
0.00
40
90
(EUR/MH)**
Home Office
Construction Services
4.30
40
90
0.00
40
90
Construction
Management
0.00
40
90
Start-up,
Commissioning
0.00
40
90
*These rates are the current (1Q 2010) System base values, which are escalated by
the Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data.
**These rates are the current (1Q 2010) System base values, which are escalated by
the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation
data.
31-14
31 Engineering (G13)
% Eng'ng Manpower
Expense Rate (SAR/
MH)*
Payroll
Business
Cost Indirects
Basic Engineering
22.20
25
75
Detail Engineering
17.30
25
75
Procurement
40.10
25
75
Engineering
Management
0.00
25
75
16.20
25
75
0.00
25
75
Construction
Management
0.00
25
75
Start-up,
Commissioning
0.00
25
75
(SAR/MH)**
Home Office
Construction Services
*These rates are the current (1Q 2010) System base values, which are escalated by
the Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data.
**These rates are the current (1Q 2010) System base values, which are escalated by
the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation
data.
Base Design Engineering Index = 1590 (US), 4600 (UK), 1950 (JP), 1810
(EU), 1590 (ME)
Base Construction Management Index = 1620 (US), 4270 (UK), 1830 (JP),
1740 (EU), 1590 (ME)
Note:
$ indicates U.S. Dollars
PS indicates Pounds Sterling
KY indicates thousand YEN
EUR indicates Euros
SAR indicates Saudi Arabian Riyals
Explanation of Expense Rate
The Expense rate is used to calculate the Basic Engineering Report's
"Overhead Items," which consist of the following:
Reproduction
Communications
Travel
Computation
31 Engineering (G13)
31-15
Detail
Procure
Home
Reproduction
23%
30%
14%
42%
Communications
3%
4%
12%
8%
Travel
17%
12%
50%
50%
Computation
57%
54%
24%
0%
The amount of the expense is user-adjusted, but how it is split into these
categories is not.
Both the Payroll Burdens/Fringes and Indirects are Percentages of the Total
Engineering Cost in the Basic Engineering Report.
The relationship among the wage rates, expense rate, and cost indirect are as
follows:
31-16
Wage rates are the wages paid to a specific disciplines (see page 31-3).
The Expense rate is used to calculate the Overhead items in the Basic Engineering
Report.
Indirects are typically office expenses. Indirect office expenses includes rent, heat,
electricity and other operating expenses not specifically covered in other
engineering accounts.
31 Engineering (G13)
Detailed
Engineering
Drawin Description
g No.
Piping Isometrics
Interconnecting Piping
Diagrams
Special Hanger/Support
Drawings
General Equipment
Arrangements
Control Room/Console
Drawings
10
11
12
Connection Diagrams/Junction
Box Drwgs
13
14
15
Electrical Schematics
16
17
18
19
Lighting Drawings
User-specified Drawings
20
Up to nine user-specified drawings (or 21
other tasks, such as models) may be
added to the system drawings by using
a drawing number from the range 91- 23
99.
Note: Only the drawing numbers
24
shown in this table and 91-99 are
accepted.
25
26
31-17
Grounding Drawings
Electrical Tracing Drawings
Equipment Foundation
Drawings
Steelwork Foundation
Drawings
Area Paving Drawings
Misc. Concrete, Supports, Etc.
31 Engineering (G13)
Basic
Engin eering
31-18
Detailed
Engineering
27
28
29
30
Grating Drawings
32
33
Architectural Details
34
35
36
Site Development
38
31 Engineering (G13)
31 Engineering (G13)
31-19
31-20
31 Engineering (G13)
32 Construction Equipment
(G4)
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
32-1
Introduction to Construction
Equipment Rental
An Equipment Rental Report is prepared for project estimates when the
Construction Equipment Rental report option is selected. The report identifies
both user and system-selected rental items, durations and rental rates. This
report is deleted upon specific user entry of equipment/plant rental either as a
total cost or as a percentage of field manpower.
The user can revise the systems evaluation of equipment rental requirements
on an item-by-item basis, and by contractor, by defining Equipment Rental
Data. Options are available for specifying the applicable contractor, adding
days or additional construction equipment to the account, changing days and
rental rates or deleting construction equipment from the account This chapter
includes an indexed list of several hundred rental equipment items contained
within the system base and directly related to work items for equipment and
bulk installation.
For Prime Contractor reporting, equipment rental applies to the project in its
entirety. For contract reporting, equipment rental applies to the responsible
contract and must be provided for each contract if required.
Construction Equipment
(Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, Aspen Process Economic Analyzer , Aspen InPlant Cost Estimator) Rental days and monthly rates may be adjusted for
construction equipment items.
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
21
32-2
AUTOMOTIVE
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
AMBULANCE
26
AUTOMOTIVE
CAR 2-DOOR
SUBCOMPACT
1.3 LITER
27
AUTOMOTIVE
CAR 4-DOOR
COMPACT
1.6 LITER
28
AUTOMOTIVE
CAR 4-DOOR
STANDARD
2.0 LITER
31
AUTOMOTIVE
MINIBUS
BUS
10 PASSENGER
32
AUTOMOTIVE
BUS
25 PASSENGER
25 PASSENGER
33
AUTOMOTIVE
BUS
40 PASSENGER
40 PASSENGER
41
TRUCK
PICKUP
.5 TONS - 4 X 2
.50 TON - 4 X 2
42
TRUCK
PICKUP
.75 TONS - 4 X 2
75 TON - 4 X 2
43
TRUCK
PICKUP
.75 TONS - 4 X 4
.75 TON - 4 X 4
44
TRUCK
.75 TONS - 4 X 4
.75 TON - 4 X 4
45
TRUCK
PICKUP
1.0 TONS - 4 X 4
1 TON - 4 X 4
46
TRUCK
HIGHWAY FLATBED
2 TONS - 4 X 2
2 TON - 4 X 2
47
TRUCK
HIGHWAY FLATBED
2 TONS - 4 X 2
6 TON - 4 X 2
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
48
TRUCK
HIGHWAY FLATBED
2 TONS - 4 X 2
14 TON - 4 X 2
49
TRUCK
HIGHWAY FLATBED
30 TONS - 6 X 4
27 TON - 6 X 4
51
TRUCK
OFF-ROAD FLATBED
6 TONS - 6 X 6
6 TON - 6 X 6
56
TRUCK
A-FRAME
4X4
4X4
57
TRUCK
LUBE/GREASE
58
TRUCK
FUEL/WATER
5000 GALLONS
18 M3
61
TRUCK
POWERLINE, BUCKET
INSULATED
INSULATED
62
TRUCK
CHERRY PICKER
NON-INSULATED
NONINSULATED
66
TRUCK
DUMP TRUCK
6 CY
5 M3
67
TRUCK
DUMP TRUCK
12 CY
9 M3
68
TRUCK
DUMP TRUCK
20 CY
15 M3
69
TRUCK
DUMP TRUCK
30 CY
23 M3
71
TRUCK
FORKLIFT
2 TONS
72
TRUCK
FORKLIFT
10 TONS
9 TON
76
EARTHMOVING
WHEEL LDR. W/
BACKHOE
0.75 CY
0.6 M3
77
EARTHMOVING
WHEEL LOADER
CAT930 1.75 CY
CAT930 1.3 M3
78
EARTHMOVING
WHEEL LOADER
CAT950 3.0 CY
CAT950 2.3 M3
81
EARTHMOVING
CRAWLER LOADER
1.0 CY
0.75 M3
82
EARTHMOVING
CRAWLER LOADER
CAT955 1.75 CY
CAT955
2 TON
83
EARTHMOVING
CRAWLER LOADER
CAT977 2.75 CY
CAT977
84
EARTHMOVING
CRAWLER LOADER
4.50 CY
3.4 M3
86
EARTHMOVING
WHEEL ARTICUL
LOADER
CAT966 3.50 CY
CAT966 2.5 M3
87
EARTHMOVING
WHEEL ARTICUL
LOADER
CAT988 6.00 CY
CAT988 4.5 M3
88
EARTHMOVING
WHEEL ARTICUL
LOADER
91
EARTHMOVING
MOTOR GRADER
CAT 12
CAT 12
92
EARTHMOVING
MOTOR GRADER
CAT 14
CAT 42
95
EARTHMOVING
TRENCHER,
DITCHWITCH
12 IN X 3 FT
300 MM X 1.0 M
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
32-3
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
32-4
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
96
EARTHMOVING
TRENCHER, WHEEL
16 IN X 7 FT 6 IN 400 MM X 2.0 M
97
EARTHMOVING
TRENCHER, WHEEL
28 IN X 8 FT 6 IN 700 MM X 2.5 M
98
EARTHMOVING
TRENCHER, WHEEL
48 IN
99
EARTHMOVING
SCRAPER-ELEVATING
CAT613
11 CY
CAT613 8 M3
100
EARTHMOVING
SCRAPER-ELEVATING
CAT621J
21 CY
CAT621J 16 M3
101
EARTHMOVING
SCRAPER-ELEVATING
CAT633C
32 CY CAT633C 24 M3
102
EARTHMOVING
SCRAPER,WHEEL
TRACTR
TWIN627 14-20
CY
TWIN627 11-15
M3
103
EARTHMOVING
SCRAPER,WHEEL
TRACTR
CAT631C 21-30
CY
CAT631C 16-23
M3
104
EARTHMOVING
SCRAPER,WHEEL
TRACTR
CAT651B 32-44
CY
CAT651B 24-33
M3
105
EARTHMOVING
SCRAPER, TOWED
CAT435F 14-18
CY
CAT435F 11-14
M3
106
EARTHMOVING
SCRAPER, TOWED
CAT D4 68 HP
CAT D4
107
EARTHMOVING
CRAWLER TRACT.
DOZER
CAT D6 120 HP
CAT D6
108
EARTHMOVING
CRAWLER TRACT.
DOZER
CAT D7 180 HP
CAT D7
109
EARTHMOVING
CRAWLER TRACT.
DOZER
CAT D8 270 HP
CAT D8
110
EARTHMOVING
CRAWLER TRACT.
DOZER
CAT D9 385 HP
CAT D9
111
EARTHMOVING
BACKHOE CRAWLER
HYDR
.50 CY
.40 M3
112
EARTHMOVING
BACKHOE CRAWLER
HYDR
.75 CY
.60 M3
113
EARTHMOVING
BACKHOE CRAWLER
HYDR
1.0 CY
75 M3
114
EARTHMOVING
BACKHOE CRAWLER
HYDR
1.5 CY
1.1 M3
115
EARTHMOVING
BACKHOE CRAWLER
HYDR
2.5 CY
1.9 M3
116
EARTHMOVING
G660
117
EARTHMOVING
0.4 M3
118
EARTHMOVING
BACKHOE, WHEEL
.75 CY W/
BREAKER
0.6 M3 W/
BREAKER
121
DRILLING
122
DRILLING
TRACK DRILL,SWG
BOOM
4.5 INCHES
115 MM
123
DRILLING
SUSP. VERTICAL
SUSP.
VERTICAL
124
DRILLING
AUGER,FLATBEDMOUNTD
2.5
TONS,OFFROAD
2 TON,
OFFROAD
1200 MM
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
125
DRILLING
DRILL QUAD,SWG
BOOM
4.5 INCHES
115 MM
126
COMPACTION
ROLLER SELFPROPELLD
VIBR DRUM 7
TONS
127
COMPACTION
ROLLER SELFPROPELLD
128
COMPACTION
ROLLER SELFPROPELLD
SMOOTH
TONS
131
COMPACTION
ROLLER,TOWED, 1
DRUM
132
COMPACTION
ROLLER,TOWED, 1
DRUM
133
COMPACTION
ROLLER, MANUAL
GUIDE
134
COMPACTION
RAMMER, HANDHELD
136
TRACTOR
TRUCK TRACTOR
20 TONS 4X2
18 TON 4X2
137
TRACTOR
TRUCK TRACTOR
30 TONS 4X2
27 TON 6X4
138
TRACTOR
TRUCK TRACTOR
60 TONS 4X2
54 TON 6X4
139
TRACTOR
OFF-ROAD TRACTOR
20 TONS 4X4
18 TON 4X4
140
TRACTOR
OFF-ROAD TRACTOR
40 TONS 6X6
36 TON 6X6
141
TRACTOR
WHEEL, W/TOW
HITCH
50 HP
40 KW
142
TRACTOR
WHEEL, W/TOW
HITCH
105 HP
80 KW
146
TRAILER
LOWBOY, PLATFORM
147
TRAILER
LOWBOY, PLATFORM
25 TONs
25 TON
148
TRAILER
LOWBOY, PLATFORM
40TONs
35 TON
149
TRAILER
LOWBOY, PLATFORM
50 TONs
45 TON
150
TRAILER
LOWBOY, PLATFORM
60 TONs
55 TON
151
TRAILER
LOWBOY, PLATFORM
75 TONs
70 TON
152
TRAILER
LOWBOY, PLATFORM
100 TONs
90 TON
155
TRAILER
FLATBED - 4 WHEEL
6 TONS
5 TON
156
TRAILER
FLATBED
15 TONS
15 TON
157
TRAILER
FLATBED
30 TONS
25 TON
158
TRAILER
FLOAT, OFFROAD
30 TONS
35 TON
159
TRAILER
FLOAT, OFFROAD
60 TONS
55 TON
161
TRAILER
DIESEL BOWSER
600 GALLONS
2.25 M3
162
TRAILER
FUEL/WATER
2000 GALLONS
7.50 M3
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
10
15 TONS
14
SMOOTH
TON
VIB DRUM 1
TON
15 TON
32-5
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
163
TRAILER
FUEL/WATER
5000 GALLONS
18.00 M3
164
TRAILER
FUEL/WATER
8000 GALLONS
30.00 M3
166
TRAILER
MOBILE OFFICE
8 X 35 FEET
2.5 X 10 M
168
TRAILER
X-RAY DARKROOM
169
TRAILER
STORAGE VAN
8 X 28 FEET
2.5 X 8.5 M
171
TRAILER
PIPE POLE
30 TONS
27 TON
172
TRAILER
PIPE DOLLY/5TH
WHEEL
2 AXLE
2 AXLE
173
TRAILER
CABLE REEL
176
CRANE
PROP 5 TON
177
CRANE
PROP 9 TON
178
CRANE
PROP 14 TON
181
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
182
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
183
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
184
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
185
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
186
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
187
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
188
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
189
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
TRUCK - 110
TONS
TRUCK - 100
TON
190
CRANE
TELESCOPIC JIB
TRUCK - 200
TONS
TRUCK - 180
TON
191
CRANE
FIXED JIB
192
CRANE
FIXED JIB
193
CRANE
FIXED JIB
16
32-6
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
194
CRANE
FIXED JIB
195
CRANE
FIXED JIB
196
CRANE
FIXED JIB
197
CRANE
FIXED JIB
198
CRANE
FIXED JIB
TRUCK - 120
TONS
201
CRANE
15 TONS
202
CRANE
20 TONS
203
CRANE
30 TONS
204
CRANE
40 TONS
205
CRANE
50 TONS
206
CRANE
60 TONS
207
CRANE
90 TONS
208
CRANE
120 TONS
209
CRANE
165 TONS
210
CRANE
200 TONS
211
CRANE
400 TONS
212
CRANE
TOWER-HORIZ. JIB
10T
MAX
4190LB@164FT
MAX 1900KG @
50M
213
CRANE
TOWER-HORIZ. JIB
20T
MAX
9260LB@213FT
MAX 4200KG @
65M
214
CRANE
TOWER-HORIZ. JIB
40T
MAX
6500LB@247FT
MAX 2950KG @
75M
216
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
CLAMSHELL GRAB
1 CY
0.75 M3
217
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
CLAMSHELL GRAB
2 CY
1.50 M3
218
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
CLAMSHELL GRAB
4 CY
3.00 M3
219
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
DRAGLINE BUCKET
1 CY
0.75 M3
220
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
DRAGLINE BUCKET
2 CY
1.50 M3
221
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
DRAGLINE BUCKET
4 CY
3.00 M3
222
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
DRAGLINE BUCKET
6 CY
4.50 M3
223
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
CONCRETE BUCKET
BTM DUMP 1 CY
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
TRUCK - 110
TON
32-7
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
32-8
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
224
CRANE
ATTACHMENT
CONCRETE BUCKET
BTM DUMP 3 CY
226
GIN POLE
W/HOIST
50 TONS
45 TON
227
GIN POLE
W/HOIST
100 TONS
90 TON
228
GIN POLE
W/HOIST
150 TONS
135 TON
229
GIN POLE
W/HOIST
2250 TONS
200 TON
230
GIN POLE
W/HOIST
600 TONS
540 TON
231
DERRICK
GUY DERRICK
250 TONS
225 TON
233
DERRICK
CRAWLER GUY
DERRICK
225 TONS
200 TON
234
DERRICK
CRAWLER GUY
DERRICK
400 TONS
360 TON
235
PILING
PILE DRIVING
HAMMER
236
PILING
PILE DRIVING
HAMMER
237
PILING
PILE DRIVING
HAMMER
238
PILING
DRIVER/EXTRACTOR
70 HP VIBRO
239
PILING
10 M
240
PILING
DRILLING FRAME
AUGER
AUGER
241
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(SLIDING
VANE)
125 CFM
210 M3/H
242
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(SLIDING
VANE)
250 CFM
420 M3/H
243
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(SLIDING
VANE)
315 CFM
540 M3/H
246
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(ROTARY
SCREW)
250 CFM
420 M3/H
247
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(ROTARY
SCREW)
365 CFM
620 M3/H
248
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(ROTARY
SCREW)
600 CFM
1000 M3/H
249
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(ROTARY
SCREW)
750 CFM
1250 M3/H
250
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(ROTARY
SCREW)
900 CFM
1500 M3/H
251
COMPRESSOR
DIESEL(ROTARY
SCREW)
1200 CFM
2000 M3/H
VIBRO 50 KW
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
256
CONCRETE
BATCHPLANT,
DEMOUNT.
20 CY/H
15 M3/H
257
CONCRETE
CONCRETE MIXER
6 SACK
.25 M3
258
CONCRETE
CONCRETE MIXER
16 SACK (1 CY)
.75 M3
261
CONCRETE
VIBRATOR GASOLINE
261
CONCRETE
VIBRATOR, AIR
2.5 IN HEAD
65 MM HEAD
263
CONCRETE
CURB BUILDR,
SLIPFORM
75 HP, DIESEL
55 KW, DIESEL
264
CONCRETE
POWER TROWEL, 4
BLADE
36 IN DIA
1 M DIA
266
CONCRETE
MIXER TRUCK
6 CY
5 M3
267
CONCRETE
SITE DUMPER
268
CONCRETE
STATIC PUMP
269
CONCRETE
TRUCK-MTD
PUMP&BOOM
270
CONCRETE
CONVEYOR
16 IN X 40 FEET
400 MM X 12 M
271
CONCRETE
REBAR BENDER
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
272
CONCRETE
REBAR SHEAR
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
274
CONCRETE
SLIPFORM PAVER
10-24 FEET
3-7 M WIDE
276
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
PORTABLE GASOLINE
200 AMPERES
200 AMPERES
277
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
PORTABLE GASOLINE
300 AMPERES
300 AMPERES
278
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
PORTABLE GASOLINE
400 AMPERES
400 AMPERES
281
WELDING
EQUIPMEN
PORTABLE DIESEL
200 AMPERES
200 AMPERES
282
WELDING
EQUIPMEN
PORTABLE DIESEL
300 AMPERES
200 AMPERES
283
WELDING
EQUIPMEN
PORTABLE DIESEL
400 AMPERES
200 AMPERES
284
WELDING
EQUIPMEN
PORTABLE DIESEL
286
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
STATIC RECTIFIER
200 AMPERES
200 AMPERES
287
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
STATIC RECTIFIER
300 AMPERES
300 AMPERES
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
32-9
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
32-10
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
288
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
STATIC RECTIFIER
400 AMPERES
400 AMPERES
289
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
STATIC RECTIFIER
500 AMPERES
500 AMPERES
290
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
STATIC RECTIFIER
600 AMPERES
600 AMPERES
291
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
STATIC RECTIFIER
650 AMPERES
650 AMPERES
293
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
294
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
PIPE AUTOMATIC
296
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
BASE PLATE
297
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
WALL
HORIZONTAL
298
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
WALL VERTICAL
301
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
COMB. UNIT
COMB. UNIT
302
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
PROPANE GAS SE
T & TRCH
306
WELDING
EQUIPMENT
ELECTRODE DRYING
OVN
311
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
SIDEBOOM
(CAT 571)
(CAT 571)
312
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
SIDEBOOM
(CAT 572)
(CAT 572)
313
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
SIDEBOOM
(CAT 583)
(CAT 583)
314
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
SIDEBOOM
(CAT 594)
(CAT 594)
316
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
CRAWLER TACK
TRACTOR
QUAD ARCS
QUAD ARCS
318
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BENDING MACHINE
6 - 20 INCHES
150 - 500 MM
319
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BENDING MACHINE
22 - 36 INCHES
550 - 900 MM
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
320
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BENDING MACHINE
38 - 48 INCHES
950 - 1250 MM
321
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
TAPESTER, HAND
WRAP
2 - 12 INCHES
50 - 300 MM
322
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
8 - 16 INCHES
200 - 400 MM
323
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
16 - 26 INCHES
400 - 650 MM
324
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
26 - 36 INCHES
650 - 900 MM
325
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
36 - 42 INCHES
900 - 1050 MM
326
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
42-52 INCHES
1050 - 1300
MM
328
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
16 - 18 INCHES
400 - 450MM
329
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
20 - 22 INCHES
500 - 550MM
330
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
24 - 26 INCHES
600 - 650MM
331
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
30 - 32 INCHES
750 - 800MM
332
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
34 - 36 INCHES
850 - 900MM
333
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
40 - 42 INCHES
1000 - 1050MM
334
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
44 - 46 INCHES
1100 - 1150MM
335
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
OVER 48 INCHES
OVER 1200MM
336
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
EXTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
8 - 14 INCHES
400 - 450MM
337
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
EXTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
16 - 26 INCHES
400 - 650MM
338
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
EXTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
28 - 36 INCHES
700 - 900MM
339
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
EXTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
36 - 44 INCHES
900 - 1100 MM
340
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
EXTRNL LINE-UP
CLAMP
OVER 42 INCHES
OVER 1100 MM
341
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
CUTTING &
BEVELLING
1 - 4 INCHES
25 - 100 MM
342
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
CUTTING &
BEVELLING
6 - 20 INCHES
150 - 500 MM
343
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
CUTTING &
BEVELLING
22 - 30 INCHES
550 - 750 MM
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
32-11
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
32-12
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
344
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
10 - 48 INCHES
250 - 1200 MM
346
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
PIPE/CONDUIT
BENDER
0.5-2IN RATCHET UP TO 6
INCHES
347
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
HYDRAUL PIPE
BENDER
1.25-4 INCHES
30 - 100 MM
348
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BENDER
(MECHANICAL)
2.5-6 IN DIA
65 - 150 MM
349
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
UP TO 6 INCHES
UP TO 150 MM
351
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
DOUBLE JOINTING
YARD
C/W RACK
CONVYRS
C/W RACK
CONVYRS
352
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
X-RAY EQUIPMENT
354
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
INDUCTION HEATER
355
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
HOLIDAY DETECTOR
356
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
ELECTRIC THREADER
UP TO 2 INCHES
UP TO 50 MM
358
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BORING MACHINE
ROAD BORER
ROAD BORER
361
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
POTENTIOMETER12
POINT
12 POINT
362
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
STRESS RELIEVER
363
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
10 KVA
364
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
BENCH SAW
10 - 12 INCHES
250 - 300 MM
364
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
PAINT PRESSURE
SPRAY
5 GAL. 8CFM
20 LITER, 15
M3/H
367
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
GUNITE
8 CY/H
6 M3/H
368
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
369
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
60 CF
2 M3
370
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
CHAIN SAW
20 INCHES
500 MM
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
371
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
TELEPHONES &
STATION
374
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
TENSIOMETER WIRE
ROP
200000 LB CAP
90000 KG CAP
375
MISCELLANEOUS
EQUIP.
TENSIOMETER WIRE
ROP
40000 LB CAP
18000 KG CAP
376
PUMP
CENTRIFUGAL
1.5 INCHES
40 MM
377
PUMP
CENTRIFUGAL
2.0 INCHES
50 MM
378
PUMP
INJECTION PUMP
INHIBITOR
INHIBITOR
379
PUMP
SUBMERSIBLE,
DEWATERG
4 INCHES, 9 HP
100 MM, 7 KW
380
PUMP
SUBMERSIBLE,
DEWATERG
6 INCHES, 27 HP
150 MM, 20 KW
381
PUMP
HYDROSTATIC TEST
4000 PSI
27500 KPA
382
PUMP
WATER FILL
383
PUMP
384
PUMP
WELLPOINT,
DIAPHRAGM
8 INCHES
SUCTION
200 MM
SUCTION
385
PUMP
DIAPHRAGM
4 INCHES
SUCTION
100 MM
SUCTION
386
1.25 IN DRIVE
30 MM DRIVE
387
65 LBS
30 KG
388
391
3000 WATT
3000 WATT
392
1.5 INCHES
40 MM
395
1.0 INCH
25 MM
396
6 KW
6 KW
397
10 KW
10 KW
398
20 KW
20 KW
399
60 KW
60 KW
400
100 KW
100 KW
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
32-13
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
32-14
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
401
150 KW
150 KW
402
200 KW
200 KW
404
6 INCHES
150 MM
406
6 INCHES
150 MM
407
12 INCHES
300 MM
408
9 INCHES
225 MM
411
HOIST
HAND-CHAIN
1.5 TONS
1.5 TON
412
HOIST
HAND-CHAIN
4.5 TONS
4 TON
413
HOIST
HAND-CHAIN
10 TONS
9 TON
414
HOIST
HAND-CHAIN
2.0 TONS
2 TON
416
HOIST
SINGLE DRUM
22 HP
16 KW
417
HOIST
DOUBLE DRUM
32 HP
24 KW
419
HOIST
PORTABLE MATL.
TOWER
1.0 TONS
1 TON
419
HOIST
PORTABLE MATL.
TOWER
1.0 TONS
1.0 TONS
421
ASPHALT
EQUIPMENT
PAVER/FINISHER
10 FEET WIDE
3 M WIDE
422
ASPHALT
EQUIPMENT
SPREADER TRAILER,
GAS
424
ASPHALT
EQUIPMENT
BITUMEN TANKER
2000 GALLON
425
ASPHALT
EQUIPMENT
ASPHALT HEATER
426
SITE/OFFICE
EQUIP
TRANSIT THEODOLITE
427
SITE/OFFICE
EQUIP
PER 100 M2
430
SITE/OFFICE
EQUIP.
40 KW
150 MBTU
7.50 M3
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
Equip
No.
Equipment Class Description
Size
Metric Units
I-P Units
435
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
ROLI CRADLE
4 - 12 INCHES
100 - 300MM
436
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
ROLI CRADLE
12 - 24 INCHES
300 - 600MM
437
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
ROLI CRADLE
24 - 36 INCHES
300 - 600MM
438
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
ROLI CRADLE
36 - 42 INCHES
900 - 1050 MM
439
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
ROLI CRADLE
OVER 42 INCHES
OVER 1050 MM
440
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
2 - 4 INCHES
50 - 100 MM
441
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
6 - 12 INCHES
150 - 300 MM
442
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
14 - 20 INCHES
350 - 500 MM
443
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
24 - 48 INCHES
600 - 1200 MM
444
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BUTT FUSION
MACHINE
2 - 4 INCHES
50 - 100 MM
445
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BUTT FUSION
MACHINE
6 - 8 INCHES
150 - 200 MM
446
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BUTT FUSION
MACHINE
10 - 18 INCHES
250 - 450 MM
447
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BUTT FUSION
MACHINE
20 - 30 INCHES
500 - 750 MM
448
PIPING
EQUIPMENT
BUTT FUSION
MACHINE
36 - 48 INCHES
900 - 1200 MM
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
32-15
32-16
32 Construction Equipment(G4)
33 Base Indices
(G13)
33-1
Base Indices
These indices are generated by Icarus after updating the system costs
(engineering disciplines, wage rates, material costs, shop and field labor rates,
construction equipment rental rates, etc.). We run estimates on our
benchmark projects using the updated system and then use the results to
calculate the indices. Since our benchmark projects contain a variety of
component types fabricated from a variety of materials, these indices are a
composite of the individual cost adjustments that are made. These indices do
not derive from public sources and they may not accurately reflect how the
update will affect your typical projects. To evaluate this, you should run
benchmark projects and develop your own adjustments. Note: 1Q
represents first quarter, 3Q represents third quarter.
Country Base Data
Base
for System
Costs
US
33-2
Current:1Q2010
Prior:1Q-2009
1Q-2008
1Q-2007
1Q-2006
1Q-2005
1Q-2004
1Q-2003
1Q-2002
1Q-2001
1Q-2000
1Q-1999
1Q-1998
1Q-1997
1Q-1996
1Q-1995
1Q-1994
1Q-1993
1Q-1992
1Q-1991
Construction
Labor
Design
Construction
Engineering
Management
Labor
Labor
2120
2000
1590
1620
2040
2200
2060
1900
1840
1630
1540
1510
1520
1520
1510
1525
1500
1485
1460
1390
1370
1360
1350
2010
1960
1890
1820
1750
1690
1630
1590
1550
1510
1460
1430
1400
1365
1340
1320
1310
1290
1270
1620
1620
1540
1490
1480
1460
1480
1470
1450
1440
1450
1450
1450
1460
1480
1460
1450
1420
1390
1660
1630
1540
1490
1480
1480
1460
1480
1470
1450
1440
1450
1450
1450
1460
1480
1460
1450
1420
1390
UK
JP
Construction
Labor
Design
Construction
Engineering
Management
Labor
Labor
Current:1Q2010
Prior:1Q-2009
1Q-2008
1Q-2007
1Q-2006
1Q-2005
1Q-2004
1Q-2003
1Q-2002
1Q-2001
1Q-2000
1Q-1999
1Q-1998
1Q-1997
1Q-1996
1Q-1995
1Q-1994
1Q-1993
1Q-1992
1Q-1991
2910
4370
4600
4270
2910
2830
2630
2500
2420
2290
2230
2190
2140
2080
2140
2100
2050
1990
1910
1850
1780
1670
4290
4020
3830
3670
3510
3360
3220
3120
2980
2850
2700
2550
2410
2310
2200
2160
2110
2050
1930
4450
4420
4190
3970
3810
3670
3540
3480
3360
3210
2950
2780
2620
2470
2380
2280
2210
2140
2020
4190
4080
3890
3790
3670
3570
3510
3410
3250
3110
3050
2880
2660
2470
2380
2280
2210
2140
2020
Current:1Q2010
Prior:1Q-2009
1Q-2008
1Q-2007
1Q-2006
1Q-2005
1Q-2004
1Q-2003
1Q-2002
1Q-2001
1Q-2000
1Q-1999
1Q-1998
1Q-1997
1Q-1996
1Q-1995
1Q-1994
1480
1140
1950
1830
1500
1750
1760
1450
1410
1330
1220
1210
1230
1260
1370
1350
1255
1250
1250
1390
1150
1150
1160
1170
1180
1200
1250
1300
1330
1350
1370
1350
1340
1350
1350
1320
1900
1930
1960
1460
1440
1380
1370
1350
1360
1360
1360
1360
1350
1360
1390
1460
1780
1820
1840
1470
1460
1400
1380
1370
1370
1370
1350
1350
1350
1360
1390
1460
33-3
EU
ME
33-4
Construction
Labor
Design
Construction
Engineering
Management
Labor
Labor
Current:1Q2010
Prior:1Q-2009
1Q-2008
1Q-2007
1Q-2006
1Q-2005
1Q-2004
1Q-2003
1Q-2002
1Q-2001
2220
1860
1810
1740
2180
2170
2030
1780
1700
1640
1580
1560
1520
1840
1790
1720
1700
1670
1650
1630
1600
1550
1790
1730
1660
1590
1560
1550
1530
1510
1450
1720
1670
1600
1580
1560
1540
1520
1490
1450
Current:1Q2010
Prior:1Q-2009
1Q-2008
1Q-2007
2230
1950
1590
1590
2160
2200
2060
1930
1970
1890
1580
1610
1540
1580
1610
1540
34 Code Accounts
(G10)
3434-1
3434-2
A new account can be created by defining it. This must be in the range
1-999 and must not already be defined as a standard account.
The account code for the modified code of accounts must not be specified and
is determined by the system (e.g., PIPING account code includes all accounts
from 300 to 399).
Account numbers are created outside the range of the ICARUS system
code of accounts (i.e., outside the range of 1-999, e.g., 1000-99999999).
The account type (piping, civil, etc.) must be specified, thus changing the
account number range to which the account type is applied.
Cost
315
1000
417
10000
591
100000
3434-3
From ICARUS
COA
To ICARUS COA
Allocate to
ICARUS User
Matl COA
315
blank
4178325
417
blank
5911234
591
blank
4178325
Cost
315
4178325
1000
5911234
110000
Cost
3154
1000
3191
10000
3300
100000
From ICARUS
COA
To ICARUS COA
Allocate to
ICARUS User
Matl COA
3100
3300
3434-4
COA
Cost
111000
There are several useful applications for the Code of Accounts input:
Multiple Codes of account files can created for different clients in the code
of accounts library. Each file can represent the clients COA structure.
Appropriate COA file can be selected at the project level and used.
Costs can be moved from one account group to other. For example, the
system reports electrical trenching in the electrical account, and the user
may wish to report trenching as a civil item. The system maintains fidelity
in account groups, in three distinct categories, indirects, bulks and
equipment. Codes can be transferred inside the three categories, but not
between them. This applies to both, reporting and the user-internal code
of accounts.
Currency selection at the account definition level allows the user to develop
a procurement strategy for the project.
Output Reports
The Code of Accounts Summary reflects the user-specified account numbers
and names. The Master Summary, Contract Summaries and Area Summaries
allocate the estimated costs according to the account type (piping, civil, etc.).
It is incumbent upon the user when defining an entirely different code of
accounts to specify account types that correspond with the chosen account
number groups. An inconsistency would occur, for example, if, within a series
of account numbers for piping (P), one of the accounts were assigned an
instrumentation account type (I). This account would be grouped numerically
with the piping accounts in the Code of Accounts Summary, but it would be
summarized with instrumentation in the other summaries. This inconsistency
could be avoided by allocating this account into a numbered account in the
Instrumentation group. Then the estimated costs and man-hours for this item
would appear both in a numbered instrumentation account and in the
instrumentation summary.
In the Bulk Detail and Bulk Summary Appendices of the system output report
the user-specified account numbers are reported, but the account names are
the system names and not the user-specified names. The system account
name forms an integral part of the detailed item description. It is necessary,
therefore, to retain the system account name in these appendices for clarity
and for Aspen Icarus to provide technical support.
3434-5
3434-6
Freight (P3)
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
90 G AND A OVERHEADS
Taxes (P4)
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
91 CONTRACT FEE
Engineering (P5)
Escalation (P8)
70
71
72
73
74
75
76 -
97 ESCALATION
Contingencies (P0)
99 CONTINGENCY
3434-7
3434-8
100
103
104
105
106
107
109
200
201
202
203
204
205
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
PROCESS VESSELS
TRAY TOWERS & TRAYS
PACKED TOWERS & PACKING
VERTICAL VESSELS
HORIZONTAL VESSELS
VACUUM VESSELS
CRYSTALLIZERS
EVAPORATORS
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
STORAGE VESSELS
ATMOSPHERIC STORAGE TANK
PRESSURIZED STORAGE TANK
SILOS
BINS AND HOPPERS
GAS HOLDERS
STOCK CHESTS
220
221
222
223
224
ELECTRICAL GENERATORS
GAS TURBINE GENERATORS
DIESEL GENERATORS
STEAM TURBINE GENERATORS
PORTABLE GENERATORS
130
131
132
133
134
REACTION,MIXING EQUIP.
REACTORS & AUTOCLAVES
AGITATED VESSELS
BLENDERS
MIXERS
240
241
242
243
244
150
151
152
153
154
250
251
252
253
254
255
PROCESS HEATERS
FURNACES,HEATERS
WASTE HEAT BOILERS
INCINERATORS
KILNS
STACKS
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
PUMPS
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
RECIPROCATING PUMPS
VACUUM PUMPS
ROTARY,GEAR PUMPS
VERTICAL PUMPS
SUMP & WELL PUMPS
SLURRY PUMPS
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
HEAT EXCHANGERS
SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGERS
REBOILERS
DOUBLE PIPE EXCHANGERS
AIR COOLERS
COOLING TOWERS
MISC. HEAT EXCHANGERS
170
171
172
173
174
175
270
271
272
273
274
275
LININGS
REFRACTORY LININGS
ACID BRICK LININGS
CAST LININGS
POND LININGS
OTHER LININGS
180
181
182
183
184
185
280
281
282
283
284
285
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
290
291
292
293
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
EJECTORS
PROPRIETARY EQUIPMENT
FLARES
3434-9
Piping
300
302
303
304
305
306
307
309
PIPING
SUBCONTRACT PIPING
SPECIAL PLANT PIPING
SPECIAL EQUIP. PIPING
OTHER EQUIPMENT PIPE
PIPING SYSTEM TESTING
PREFAB PIPE REWORK
PIPING DEMOLITION
NON-METAL PIPE/FITTINGS
NON-METAL FIELD MATL
NON-METAL FIELD SHOP FAB
NONMETAL REMOTESHOP MATL
NONMETAL REMOTESHOP FAB
NON-METAL VALVES
360
361
362
363
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
MISC.METAL PIPE/FITTINGS
MISC. METAL FIELD MATL
MISC.METAL FIELDSHOP FAB
MISC.METAL RMT SHOP MATL
MISC. METAL RMT SHOP FAB
MISC.METAL VALVE:FLANGED
MISC.METAL VALVE:NOFLANG
MISC.METAL PIPE ERECTION
340
341
342
343
344
345
LINED
LINED
LINED
LINED
LINED
LINED
PIPE/FITTINGS
PIPE FIELD MATL
FIELD SHOP FAB
REMOTE SHOP MATL
REMOTE SHOP FAB
VALVES
3434-10
350
351
352
353
354
355
370
371
372
373
374
376
377
378
PIPING SPECIALTIES
TRAPS & VACUUM BREAKERS
TRACING TUBING & FITTING
JACKET INTERCONNECTIONS
380
381
382
383
DUCTWORK/LAUNDERS
PROCESS DUCTWORK
HVAC DUCTWORK
LAUNDERS
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
PIPELINES
PIPELINE-MAINLINE PIPE
PIPELINE-VALVES,FITTINGS
PIPELINE-FAB. & INSTALL
PIPELINE-SCRAPER L/R
PIPELINE-DBL JOINT/COAT
PIPELINE-SUPPORTS
PIPELINE-RADIOGRAPH TEST
PIPELINE-MARINE WORK
PIPELINE-MISC. PIPING
3434-11
Civil
3434-12
400
402
403
404
405
409
CIVIL
SUBCONTRACT CIVIL
SPECIAL PLANT CIVIL
SPECIAL EQUIP. CIVIL
SCAFFOLDING
CIVIL DEMOLITION
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
EARTHWORK
CLEAR SITE
BULK EXCAVATION
ROCK EXCAVATION
BLASTING
HAULING & DUMPING
SITE FILL & COMPACT
DEWATERING
STABILIZATION
CONTAINMENT,EMBANKMENTS
420
421
422
423
424
425
ROADS,RAILROADS
GRADE,COMPACT BASE
ROADS
PAVING
RAILROADS
BOARD ROADS
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
OTHER SITEWORK
TEST BORINGS
DEMOLITION & RELOCATION
LANDSCAPING
FENCING
RETAINING WALLS
PILING
SHORING
DRILLED WELLS
DRAINAGE
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
CONCRETE
AGGREGATE
CEMENT
SAND
POURED CONCRETE
GROUT
CONCRETE POUR AND FINISH
EXCAVATION & BACKFILL
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE
OTHER EQUIP. CONCRETE
490
491
492
493
494
499
BUILDINGS
SUBCONTRACT BUILDINGS
BLDG STRUCTURE/FINISHES
BUILDING FURNISHINGS
BUILDING ELECTRICAL
BUILDING PLUMBING
BUILDING HVAC
Steel
500
502
503
504
509
STEEL
SUBCONTRACT STEEL
SPECIAL PLANT STEEL
SPECIAL EQUIP. STEEL
STEEL DEMOLITION
510
511
512
513
519
EQUIPMENT STEEL
EQUIPMENT SUPPORT STEEL
LADDERS
PLATFORMS
OTHER EQUIPMENT STEEL
520
521
522
523
STRUCTURAL STEEL
STEEL STRUCTURES
PIPERACK STEEL
PIPE SUPPORTS
530
531
532
533
534
535
590
591
592
593
OTHER STEELWORK
STEEL UNLOAD & HANDLING
THRUST ANCHORS
DEFLECTION ANCHORS
3434-13
Instrumentation
600
602
603
604
609
INSTRUMENTATION
SUBCONTRCT INSTMENTATION
SPECIAL PLANT INSTRUMENT
SPECIAL EQUIP INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENT DEMOLITION
640
641
642
644
645
646
647
648
649
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
FIELD INSTRUMENTATION
FLOW INSTRUMENTS
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
ANALYZERS
MOTION INSTRUMENTS
BURNER INSTRUMENTS
ORIFICE PLATES
OTHER EQUIPMENT INSTR.
650
651
653
659
INSTRUMENT ELECTRICAL
WIRE/CABLE ETC.
SOLENOIDS
OTHER INSTR. ELECTRICAL
620
621
622
623
624
625
627
628
629
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
669
COMPUTER CONTROL
CONTROLLER INTERFACES
INDIC./RECORD INTERFACES
T/C INTERFACES
OPERATOR STATIONS
CABLE/DATA HIGHWAYS
BARRIERS & TRANSDUCERS
PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
OTHER COMPUTER CONTROL
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
INSTRUMENT RUNS
AIR SUPPLY PIPING
INSTRUMENT PIPING
TERMINATIONS
PNEUMATIC TUBING
PNEUMATIC MULTI-TUBE
INSTRUMENT SIGNAL WIRING
MULTI-COND. INSTR. WIRE
T/C EXTENSION WIRING
T/C MULTI-COND. WIRING
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
3434-14
Electrical
700
702
703
704
709
ELECTRICAL
SUBCONTRACT ELECTRICAL
SPECIAL PLANT ELECTRICAL
SPECIAL EQUIP ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL DEMOLITON
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
780
781
782
783
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
SUBSTATION STEEL
SWITCHRACK
RECTIFIERS
BLDG/AREA ELECTRICAL
BLDG/AREA LIGHTING
LIGHTING FIXTURES
RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES
HVAC ELECTRICAL
MISC. SMALL TRANSFORMERS
PANELBOARDS
WIRE/CABLE - LIGHTING
COMMUNICATION,ALARMS,ETC
TELEPHONE
INTERCOM
ANNUNCIATORS
3434-15
Insulation
800
802
803
804
809
INSULATION, FIREPROOFING
SUBCONTRACT INSULATION
SPECIAL PLANT INSULATION
SPECIAL EQUIP INSULATION
INSULATION DEMOLITION
810
811
812
813
814
815
819
INSULATION
PIPE INSULATION
EQUIP INSULATION
MODULE INSULATION SHOP
MODULE INSULATION FIELD
PERSONNEL PROTECTION
OTHER EQUIP. INSULATION
820
821
822
823
FIREPROOFING
STRUCTURAL FIREPROOFING
SKIRT/LEG FIREPROOFING
CABLE TRAY FIREPROOFING
Paint
3434-16
900
902
903
904
909
PAINT
SUBCONTRACT PAINT
SPECIAL PLANT PAINT
SPECIAL EQUIP PAINT
PAINT DEMOLITION
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
918
919
PAINTING
PAINT - EQUIPMENT
PAINT - PIPING
PAINT - STRUCTURES
PAINT MODULE EQUIPMENT
PAINT MODULE PIPING
PAINT MODULE STRUCTURES
OTHER COATINGS
OTHER EQUIPMENT PAINT
920
921
922
923
SURFACE
SURFACE
SURFACE
SURFACE
PREPARATION
PREP - EQUIPMENT
PREP - PIPING
PREP - STEEL
3434-17
3434-18
35 Database Relations
(G10)
35-1
Z-Table Relation
Attribute Descriptions
35-2
CERATE (F)
CRWSCH (G)
EQRENT (H)
CSTCTRL (J)
CUSSPC (K)
REPGRP (L)
CNTRCT (M)
COMPONENT (N)
INDIRECTS (P)
RTABLE (R)
INT
NEWCOA (E)
Width
PROJDATA (D)
ACCOUNT
Type
REMARKS (C)
Name
DESIGN (B)
Attribute
DETAILS (A)
Sequence Numbers of
Attributes in Relations
11
ACTCOA
INT
ACTSEQ
INT
ACTSRT
INT
ACTTYP
INT
AMOUNT
REAL
APPTYPE
INT
AREA
INT
12
AREAWBS
TEXT
ATYPE
INT
BTSEQ
INT
16
CATLNO
TEXT
CCOA
INT
COADES
TEXT
CEAMT
REAL
CEDESC
TEXT
CEFLAG
TEXT
CENUM
CESEQ
20
60
INT
INT
31
24
CLASS
INT
20
CNTRBY
INT
CNTRNM
TEXT
CNTRNO
INT
CNTWKF
INT
COA
INT
CCOAACT
TEXT
CCOADES
TEXT
24
COAIND
INT
COAMOD
INT
24
14
35-3
DETAILS (A)
DESIGN (B)
REMARKS (C)
PROJDATA (D)
NEWCOA (E)
CERATE (F)
CRWSCH (G)
EQRENT (H)
CSTCTRL (J)
CUSSPC (K)
REPGRP (L)
CNTRCT (M)
COMPONENT (N)
INDIRECTS (P)
RTABLE (R)
COMCOD
TEXT
36
37
COMPWBS
TEXT
35
CONTRACT
INT
13
DAYPWK
INT
DESCR
TEXT
DIAM
REAL
24
Attribute
Name
Type
Width
76
DUPITEMS
INT
DUPQTY
INT
33
EXTRA1
INT
21
EXTRA2
REAL
EXTRA3
TEXT
HOURRRAT
22
23
FLOAT
HRSPDA
REAL
ICACOA
INT
32
ICUNIT
INT
36 11
INDDES
TEXT
INDAMOUNT INT
32
INDHOURS
INT
ITEM
TEXT
24
ITEMDES
TEXT
28
ITEMCOD
INT
INTREF
INT
34
IUMVAL
REAL
12
LCODE
INT
LDESC
TEXT
LCOST
REAL
24
LCOSTRAT
FLOAT
LHOURS
REAL
LINELOOP
INT
25
LOCID
TEXT
16
35-4
RTABLE (R)
INDIRECTS (P)
COMPONENT (N)
CNTRCT (M)
REPGRP (L)
CUSSPC (K)
CSTCTRL (J)
EQRENT (H)
CRWSCH (G)
CERATE (F)
NEWCOA (E)
PROJDATA (D)
REMARKS (C)
Name
DESIGN (B)
Attribute
DETAILS (A)
Type
Width
MATL
TEXT
10
MCODE
INT
MCOST
REAL
MCOSTRAT FLOAT
MDESC
TEXT
NOITEM
INT
10
NPCT01
INT
11
NPCT02
INT
12
NPCT03
INT
13
NPCT04
INT
14
NPCT05
INT
15
NPCT06
INT
16
NPCT07
INT
17
NPCT08
INT
18 10
NPCT09
INT
19 11
NPCT010
INT
20 12
NPCT011
INT
21 13
NPCT012
INT
22 14
NPCT013
INT
15
NPCT014
INT
16
NPCT015
INT
17
ORIGIN
TEXT
PARAM
TEXT
32
PCLASS
TEXT
PCTOF
INT
PERCENT
REAL
PIPSPC
TEXT
PIPTYP
INT
15
PRCURC
TEXT
38
PROPNAM
TEXT
13
PROPNUM
INT
10
36
35-5
NEWCOA (E)
CERATE (F)
CRWSCH (G)
EQRENT (H)
CSTCTRL (J)
CUSSPC (K)
REPGRP (L)
CNTRCT (M)
COMPONENT (N)
INDIRECTS (P)
RTABLE (R)
REAL
PROJDATA (D)
QUANT
Width
REMARKS (C)
Type
DESIGN (B)
Name
DETAILS (A)
Attribute
REFID
INT
28 14
REPGRP
INT
RESULT
REAL
RPGSEQ
INT
SCHAREA
INT
SCHED
TEXT
SHIFTS
INT
SOURCE
TEXT
17
SUBAREA
INT
30
SUBTYPE
INT
29
SUMCODE
INT
4
2
TITLE
TEXT
TYPSCT
INT
UNIT
TEXT
UNITIN
TEXT
UNITS
TEXT
USERDES
TEXT
25
26
USERTAG
TEXT
12
27
VALUER
REAL
VALUET
TEXT
12
VALUEU
TEXT
12
WGT
REAL
18
WUNIT
TEXT
19
35-6
32
Relationship of Database
Relations
35-7
DETAILS Relation
35-8
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
COA
integer
ORIGIN
text 6
COADES
text 24
ITEMDES
text 28
QUANT
real
Quantity
UNITS
text 8
MCOST
real
LHOURS
real
LCOST
real
10
MATL
text 5
11
ACCOUNT
integer
12
AREA
integer
13
CONTRACT
integer
Contract ID
14
COAMOD
integer
15
PIPTYP
integer
16
LOCID
text 8
17
SOURCE
text 2
18
WGT
real
Weight
19
WUNIT
text 4
20
CLASS
integer
Class
21
EXTRA1
integer
22
EXTRA2
real
23
EXTRA3
text 4
24
DIAM
real
25
LINELOOP
integer
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
26
USERDES
text 25
27
USERTAG
text 12
28
REFID
integer
29
SUBTYPE
integer
30
SUBAREA
integer
31
CESEQ
integer
32
ICACOA
integer
33
DUPQTY
integer
34
INTREF
integer
35
COMPWBS
text 3
36
ICUNIT
integer
37
COMCOD
text 36
38
PRCURC
text 33
Procurement Currency
35-9
DESIGN Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
ITMCOD
integer
Item code.
AREA
integer
ORIGIN
text 6
PARAM
text 25
VALUET
text 12
VALUER
real
UNIT
text 8
VALUEU
text 12
UNITIN
text 8
10
PROPNUM
integer
11
ICUNIT
integer
12
IUMVAL
real
13
PROPNAM
text 36
14
REFID
integer
15
INDLVL
integer
16
BTSEQ
integer
REMARKS Relation
35-10
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
ITMCOD
integer
AREA
integer
ORIGIN
text 6
DESCR
text 76
REFID
integer
PROJDATA Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
COA
integer
ITEM
text 24
System-generated or user-defined
description for this item (e.g.,
"CONSUMABLES/SMALL TOOLS").
PERCENT
real
System-generated or user-defined
description for this item (e.g.,
"CONSUMABLES/SMALL TOOLS").
PCTOF
integer
AMOUNT
real
RESULT
real
NEWCOA Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CCOA
integer
CCOADES
text 24
CCOAACT
text 2
Column Name
Type of Data
CEFLAG
text 2
CENUM
integer
CNTWKF
integer
CEAMT
real
CEDESC
text 60
Description of item
CEDUR
integer
35-11
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CEAMOUNT
integer
CEALLOC
integer
EQRENT Relation
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CESEQ
integer
NOITEM
integer
NPCT1
integer
List item 1
NPCT2
integer
List item 2
NPCT3
integer
List item 3
NPCT4
integer
List item 4
NPCT5
integer
List item 5
NPCT6
integer
List item 6
NPCT7
integer
List item 7
10
NPCT8
integer
List item 8
11
NPCT9
integer
List item 9
12
NPCT10
integer
List item 10
13
NPCT11
integer
List item 11
14
NPCT12
integer
List item 12
15
NPCT13
integer
List item 13
16
NPCT14
integer
List item 14
17
NPCT15
integer
List item 15
CRWSCH Relation
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only
35-12
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CESEQ
integer
ACTTYP
integer
ACTSEQ
integer
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
ACTSRT
integer
ACTCOA
integer
SCHAREA
integer
Display flag
DAYPWK
integer
SHIFTS
integer
HRSPDA
real
10
NOITEM
integer
11
NPCT01
integer
List item 1
12
NPCT02
integer
List item 2
13
NPCT03
integer
List item 3
14
NPCT04
integer
List item4
15
NPCT05
integer
List item 5
16
NPCT06
integer
List item 6
17
NPCT07
integer
List item 7
18
NPCT08
integer
List item 8
19
NPCT09
integer
List item 9
20
NPCT10
integer
List item 10
21
NPCT11
integer
List item 11
22
NPCT12
integer
List item 12
CSTCTRL Relation
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CESEQ
integer
ACTTYP
integer
ACTSEQ
integer
ACTSRT
integer
ACTCOA
integer
NOITEM
integer
NPCT01
integer
List item 1
CUSSPC Relation
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CESEQ
integer
PIPSPC
text 8
35-13
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
SCHED
text 4
Pipe schedule
PCLASS
text 4
Flange class
TYPSCT
text 4
CATLNO
text 20
Item designation
CONTYP
text 2
PIPTYP
text 1
Pipe Type (S or W or )
REPGRP Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
ATYPE
integer
REPGRP
integer
RPGSEQ
integer
TITLE
text 32
AREAWBS
text 2
SCHAREA
integer
CNTRCT Relation
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CNTRNO
integer
Contractor number
CNTRBY
integer
CNTRNM
text 24
Contractor name
COMPONENT Relation
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only
35-14
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
REFID
integer
USERDES
text 25
Item description
USERTAG
text 12
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
DUPITEMS
integer
APPTYPE
integer
Component type
INTREF
integer
COMPWBS
text 3
STRUCTAG
text 12
INDIRECTS Relation
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
COA
integer
COADES
text 24
CONTRACT
integer
Contract ID
INDHOURS
integer
INDAMOUNT
integer
ICACOA
integer
PERCENT
real
PCTOF
integer
INDDES
text 32
35-15
K (CUSSPC)-TABLE Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
XRAYS
real
Weld X-Rays
10
PDEGF
real
11
PPSIG
real
12
TRACEM
text4
Tracing Type
13
NPRIMR
text4
14
NFINAL
text4
15
INSMTL
text5
Insulation Material
16
INSTHK
text5
Insulation Thickness
R-TABLE Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CESEQ
integer
COAIND
integer
MCOSTRAT
float
HOURRRAT
float
LCOSTRAT
float
QSUM Relations
35-16
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
ACCOUNT
integer
CODEGROUP
integer
ICACOA
integer
ICACOADES
text 25
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
FULLDES
text 50
COA
integer
COADES
text 25
QSUMCOA
integer
QSUMCOADES
text 255
10
ITEMDES
text 30
11
COMPONENT
text 40
Item Description.
Evaluated from A.ORIGIN, A.SUBAREA
12
QUANT
real
Quantity.
Evaluated from A.QUANT
13
UNITS
text 10
14
ICUNIT
integer
15
KEYQUANT
real
16
KEYUNITS
text 255
17
HOURS
real
18
LCOST
real
19
MCOST
real
20
TOTCOST
real
21
CLASS
integer
Class.
Evaluated from A.CLASS
22
WGT
real
Weight.
Evaluated from A.WGT
35-17
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
23
WUNIT
text 255
24
DIAM
integer
25
USERDES
text 30
26
MATL
text 10
27
28
PIPTYP
integer
LOCID
text 10
29
LINELOOP
integer
30
COAMOD
integer
31
LOCATION
text 255
32
SUBTYPE
integer
33
35-18
SOURCE
text 5
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
34
REFID
integer
35-19
35
ORIGIN
text 10
36
AREA
integer
37
SUBAREA
integer
38
COMPWBS
text 5
39
CONTRACT
integer
Contract ID.
Evaluated from Table P, A.CONTRACT
40
CONTRACTOR
text 30
Contractor Name.
Evaluated from M.CNTRNM
41
DUPQTY
integer
42
CESEQ
integer
43
INTREF
integer
Column Name
Type of Data
ID
integer
Name
Text 100
TreeView1
text 255
Prompt
text 255
KbaseFlag
text 50
UserGroupNo
text 50
ImportType
text 50
LicMgrGroupNo
text 50
BaseRT
text 50
10
Type
text 50
11
TemplName
text 50
12
SheetName
text 50
13
SubQueries
text 50
14
PostProcedure
text 50
MacroSet to be used.
MacroSet_1
MacroSet_2
MacroSet_3
MacroSet_4
15
Executable
text 50
16
Name-Lev1
text 100
17
Name-Lev2
text 100
18
Name-Lev3
text 100
19
Name-Lev4
text 100
35-20
35-21
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
20
Name-Lev5
text 100
21
AutoFilter
Yes/No
22
MultiSheetID
text 128
Column Name
Type of Data
ID
text 10
Name
text 255
Generate
Yes/No
TreeView1
text 255
Prompt
text 255
KbaseFlag
text 255
UserGroupNo
text 255
ImportType
text 50
LicMgrGroupNo
text 255
10
BaseRT
text 255
11
SQLStr
Memo
12
fStr
text 255
13
Lev_1
text 255
14
Lev_2
text 255
15
Lev_3
text 255
16
Lev_4
text 255
17
Lev_5
text 255
35-22
Column Name
Type of Data
CEFLAG
text 2
CENUM
integer
CNTWKF
integer
CEAMT
real
CEDESC
text 60
Description of item
CEDUR
integer
CEAMOUNT
integer
Total Indirect Cost for Item for Contractor Total Labor Cost for Craft for Contractor
OR
Total Equipment Rental Cost for
Equipment Item for Contractor
CEALLOC
integer
S-Table Relation
35-23
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
CESEQ
integer
INTREF
integer
LINELOOP
integer
LTYPE
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
USERDES
text 30
LINETAG
text 36
LNDESEQ
integer
DIRECT
text 3
LNDESLN
integer
10
STREAM
text 30
11
MATL
text 5
12
DIAM
integer
13
LINLEN
integer
14
PIPSPC
text 10
35-24
T-Table Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
DUMMYCOL
text 2
Dummy only
STREAM
text 36
Stream Name
TEMP
integer
Temperature
PRESS
integer
Pressure
MWGT
integer
Molecular Weight
TOTMFLOW
integer
LIQMFLOW
integer
LIQMDEN
integer
LIQVISC
integer
Liquid Viscosity
10
LIQSTEN
integer
11
VAPMFLOW
integer
12
VAPMDEN
integer
13
VAPVISC
integer
Vapor Viscosity
14
SOLMFLOW
integer
15
SOLMDEN
integer
U-Table Relation
35-25
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
ITMCOD
integer
AREA
nteger
ORIGIN
text 10
PARAM
text 35
VALUET
text 80
VALUER
real
UNIT
text 10
VALUEU
text 15
UNITIN
text 10
10
PROPNUM
integer
11
ICUNIT
integer
12
VALUES
real
Same as VALUER
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
13
PROPNAM
text 40
14
REFID
integer
15
INDLVL
integer
35-26
V-Table Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
Index
integer
Sequence Number
Field1
text 80
Field2
text 80
Field3
text 30
Reserved.
W-Table Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
Index
integer
Sequence Number
Item
text 60
Units
text 20
Units
Year1-Year20
real
X-Table Relation
35-27
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
Field1
integer
Sequence Number
Field2
text 30
Area Name
Field3
text 30
Component Name
Field4
text 30
Component Type
Field5
text 30
Y-Table Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
1
2
SeqNo
Field2
integer
text 60
Sequence Number
ITEM. Contains useful information
about Project, Capital Cost Evaluation
Basis, Time Period, Schedule, Capital
Costs Parameters, Operating Costs
Parameters, General Investment
Parameters, Escalation, Project
Results Summary, Project Capital
Summary, Engineering Summary,
Raw Materials Costs and Product
Sales, Operating Labor and
Maintenance Costs etc.
Field3
text 30
4
5
Field4
Field5
text 255
text 30
Field6
text 30
Field7
text 30
Field8
text 30
Field9
text 30
10
Field10
text 30
Field11-Field 21 text 10
11
35-28
Z-Table Relation
No.
Column Name
Type of Data
REFID
integer
COMPTYPE
text 10
ORIGIN
text 10
FULLNAME
text 60
DISPNAME
text 74
35-29
Field Indirects
Engineering
01
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
Special Indirects
Engineering Indirects
80
81
82
83
Freight
Contractor Indirects
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Taxes
G & A Overheads
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
90 G AND A OVERHEADS
Contractor Fee
91 CONTRACT FEE
92 - 96 Titles not assigned
Escalation
97 ESCALATION
Royalty, Miscellaneous Charges
98 ROYALTY, MISC. CHARGES
Contingencies
99 CONTINGENCY
35-30
Attribute Descriptions
Attribute
Description
ACCOUNT
Major account for this item, leading digit taken from system code of accounts to
characterize the account class:
Account
Description
Other, indirects
Piping
Civil
Steel
Instrumentation
Electrical
Insulation
Paint
ACTCOA
ACTSEQ
ACTSRT
ACTTYP
Activity level (area, project, proc.). For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Icarus
Project
Manager only.
AMOUNT
APPTYPE
Equipment
Equipment
0 Not applicable
58
TDS
1 AC
Air compressors
60
TW
Towers
3 AD
Air dryers
62
VP
Vacuum pumps
4 AT
Agitated tanks
63
VS
Vibrating screens
6 BL
Blenders
64
VT
Vertical tanks
7C
Condensers
65
WFE
66
WTS
9 CE
Cranes
68
MOT
Motors
10 CO
Conveyors
69
RB
Reboilers
11 CP
Centrifugal pumps
70
FU
Furnaces
12 CR
Crushers
Component Type
Component Type
71 TUR
Turbines
13 CRY Crystallizers
72
Agitators
14 CT
73 LIN
Centrifuges
35-31
AG
PAK
Linings
Packings
Dryers
Description
APPTYPE
17 DC
Dust collectors
Known Cost
18 DD
Drum dryers
19 E
Evaluators
20 EG
Electrical generators
21 EJ
Ejectors
22 EL
Elevators
80
Buildings
24 F
Filters
81
PIP Piping
26 FE
Feeders
82 CIV Civil
27 FL
Flakers
83 STL Steelwork
28 FLR Flares
84 INS
29 FN
85 ELC
Fans
Instrumentation
Electrical general
32 GC Gas compressors
86 INL
34 GP Gear pumps
87 PNT Paint
Insulation
36 HE Heat exchangers
88
37 HO Hoists
38 HT Horizontal tanks
Site Development
39 HU Heating units
91 DEMOL Demolition
42 K
Kneaders
92 DRAINS Drainage
43 M
Mills
93 EARTH
Earthwork general
44 MX Mixers
94 FENCE
Fencing
45 P
Pumps
95 LANDSP Landscaping
48 R
Reactors
96 PAVING Paving
49 RD Rotary dryers
97 PILING Piling
50 RU
Refrigeration units
98 RAILRD Railroads
52 S
Scales
53 ST
Stock treatment
54 SE
Separation equipment
Library Items
55 STK Stacks
57 T
Thickeners
AREA
ATYPE
AREAWBS
BTSEQ
CATLNO
Item designation. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant
Cost Estimator only.
CATLNO
Item designation. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant
Cost Estimator only.
CCOA
35-32
Attribute
Description
CCOAACT
CCOADES
35-33
CEAMT
CEDESC
Description of item.
CEFLAG
Record type (CR = craft, ER = equipment rental). For Aspen In-Plant Cost
Estimator only.
CENUM
CESEQ
Sequence number for records in Details relation. For Aspen Capital Cost
Estimator and
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
CLASS
Class
Description
Other
01
Site Development
10
Process Equipment
20
Bulk Items
30
31
Buildings
40
50
Unit Substation
60
Main Substations
70
80
OPS Centers
90
CNTRBY
CNTRNM
CNTRNO
CNTWKF
COA
System code of account or users account code as revised. For Aspen InPlant Cost Estimator, COA is 3-digits. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator,
COA is 4-digits.
COADES
Description
COAMOD
COA Range
Description
1 - 999
100 - 299
Direct Hire
100 - 299
Subcontract Equipment
Piping
300 - 399
300 - 399
Underground Piping
300 - 399
Chemical Sewer
Civil - Site Development
422 - 423
422 - 423
400 - 459
400 - 459
400 - 459
400 - 459
400 - 459
400 - 459
400 - 459
Piling
400 - 459
Conduit Envelopes
400 - 459
Elevated slabs
Steel
500 - 599
500 - 599
500 - 599
500 - 599
500 - 599
500 - 599
500 - 599
Ladders
500 - 599
641
641
Instrumentation
Electrical
35-34
Attribute
Description
0
700 - 799
700 - 799
Underground Electrical.
Description
COAIND
COMCOD
123456789012345678901234567890
AMMMMMUDDDDPEECFFFFFGWRSSS####
COMPWBS
35-35
Column
Position
Description
2-6
8-11
12
13-14
15
16-20
21
22
23
24-26
27-30
Attribute
Description
Working days per week. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
DESCR
DIAM
DUPITEMS
DUPQTY
Duplicate quantity flag. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen InPlant Cost Estimator only.
0 = standard (unique quantity field)
1 = QUANT field of this record duplicated elsewhere.
EXTRA1
Integer. Not assigned. This is a spare attribute for the user to allocate
values asnecessary. The system will initialize to integer zero. The attribute
name can be changed and values calculated as a function of other numeric
data.
EXTRA2
Real. Not assigned but initialized to a real number of the value 0.0.
EXTRA3
HOURRAT
HRSPDA
Working hours per day. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
ICACOA
Icarus code of account for item. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
Attribute Description
ICUNIT
I/P
Conversion
Description I/P Metric
Metric
Notes
Description
INCHES
2.5400E+01
MM
FEET
3.0480E-01
MILES
1.6093E+00
KM
MESH
1.0000E+00
MESH
FT
3.0480E-01
SF
9.2903E-02
M2
SY
8.3613E-01
M2
SQ IN
6.4516E+02
MM2
IN THK
2.5400E+01
MM THK
10
IN DIAM
2.5400E+01
MM DIAM
11
CF
2.8317E-02
M3
12
CY
7.6455E-01
M3
13
GALLONS
3.7854E-03
M3
14
BARRELS
1.5899E-01
M3
15
BD FT
2.3597E-03
M3
Piping Diameters
35-36
Attribute Description
ICUNIT
35-37
BAGS
8.5275E-01
17
cur/CY
cur/M3
Currency Units/Unit
Volume
18
cur
cur
Currency Units
19
cur/LB
cur/KG
Currency/Unit Weight
20
LB
21
LBS
4.5359E-01
KG
22
TONS
9.0718E-01
TONNE
23
LB/FT
1.4882E+00
KG/M
25
LB/YD
4.9605E-01
KG/M
4.5359E-01
BAG-50KG
KG
26
cur/SF
27
LB/BATCH
4.5359E-01
cur/M2
KG/BATCH
Currency/Unit Area
28
LB/MMBTU
7.5066E+00
KG/MW-HR
29
PCF
1.6018E+01
KG/M3
30
W/SF
1.0753E+01
W/M2
31
PSIG
6.8948E+00
KPA
32
PSI
6.8947E-03
PA
33
IN H2O
2.4908E+02
PA
35
IN HG
3.3864E+00
KPA
36
MM HG
1.3332E+02
PA
37
PSF
4.7880E-02
KN/M2
38
LBF
4.4482E+00
39
FT-LB
1.3558E+00
N-M
40
IN/S
2.5400E+00
CM/S
41
FPM
1.8288E+01
M/H
42
RPM
1.0000E+00
RPM
43
MPH
1.6093E+00
KM/H
44
HERTZ
1.0000E+00
HERTZ
45
RPM
1.0000E+00
RPM
46
CFH
2.8317E-02
M3/H
47
CFM
1.6990E+00
M3/H
48
MINUTE
1.0000E+00
MINUTE
49
TPD/SF
4.0689E-01
TPH/M2
50
GPM
6.3090E-02
L/S
51
GPH
3.7854E-03
M3/H
52
LB/H
4.5359E-01
KG/H
53
TPH
9.0718E-01
TONNE/H
54
TPD
3.7799E-02
TONNE/H
55
CFM/SF
1.8288E+01
M3/H/M2
56
1.0000E+00
Vessel pressure
Motor RPM
Country Based
Attribute Description
ICUNIT
35-38
1.0000E+00
58
1.0000E+00
59
KV
1.0000E+00
KV
60
KW
1.0000E+00
KW
61
KA
1.0000E+00
KA
62
KVA
1.0000E+00
KVA
63
HP
7.4570E-01
HP
64
MVA
1.0000E+00
MVA
65
OHM-IN
2.5400E+00
OHM-CM
66
DEG F
1.0000E+00
DEG C
Temperature
67
DEG F
5.5556E-01
DEG C
Temperature
Difference
68
FC
1.0764E+01
LUX
Lighting
69
TONS-REF
3.5169E+00
KW
Tons of Refrigeration
70
GPM/SF
6.7909E-01
L/S/M2
71
BTU/H/SF
3.1546E+00
W/M2
72
BTU/H
2.9307E-01
73
BTU/LB
2.3260E+00
KJ/KG
74
MMBTU/H
2.9307E-01
MEGAW
75
BTU/CF
3.7250E+01
KJ/M3
76
CPOISE
1.0000E+00
MPA-S
77
CSTOKE
1.0000E+00
MM2/S
Motor Power
78
BTU/LB/F
4.1868E+00
KJ/KG/K
79
DEGREE
1.0000E+00
DEGREE
80
PERCENT
1.0000E+00
PERCENT
81
GAUGE
1.0000E+00
GAUGE
82
PAIR
1.0000E+00
PAIR
Instrumentation
83
BWG
1.0000E+00
BWG
HEX tubing
84
LOOP(S)
1.0000E+00
LOOP(S)
Instrumentation
85
COATS
1.0000E+00
COATS
Paint
Slope
Duct, HEX tubing
86
wire size
wire size
Electrical
87
MCM
1.0000E+00
MCM
Electrical
88
AWG
1.0000E+00
AWG
Electrical
89
CUTS
1.0000E+00
CUTS
Piping
90
SECTION
1.0000E+00
SECTION
91
CLASS
1.0000E+00
CLASS
Electrical
92
SPACES
1.0000E+00
SPACES
Electrical
93
CIRCUITS
1.0000E+00
CIRCUITS
Electrical
94
CIRCUITS
1.0000E+00
CIRCUITS
Compressors
95
STAGES
1.0000E+00
STAGES
Attribute Description
ICUNIT
FLOORS
1.0000E+00
FLOORS
97
EACH
1.0000E+00
EACH
98
BAYS
1.0000E+00
BAYS
99
1.0000E+00
Blank Units
101
IN
2.5400E+01
MM
102
IN DIA
2.5400E+01
MM DIA
103
IN LG
2.5400E+01
MM LG
104
IN THK
2.5400E+01
MM THK
105
IN DP
2.5400E+01
MM DP
106
IN WD
2.5400E+01
MM WD
107
IN SZ
2.5400E+01
MM SZ
108
IN HT
2.5400E+01
MM HT
109
IN WL
2.5400E+01
MM WL
111
FT
3.0480E-01
112
FT DIA
3.0480E-01
M DIA
113
FT LG
3.0480E-01
M LG
114
FT DP
3.0480E-01
M DP
115
FT WD
3.0480E-01
M WD
116
FT HT
3.0480E-01
M HT
117
FT MHOLE
3.0480E-01
M MHOLE
118
HOURS
1.0000E+00
HOURS
119
WEEKS
1.0000E+00
HOURS
Attribute
Description
INDHOURS
INTREF
ITEM
ITEMDES
Attribute Description
ITMCOD
Item code:
ITMCOD
Description
DESIGN
0
Other
10
35-39
Attribute Description
ITMCOD
Item code:
11*
19
20
For brief plant bulk, area bulk and area site development
items
21*
30*
40
96
97
98
REMARKS
Equipment Items:
10
11
12
13
20
21
23
35-40
30
31
Attribute
Description
IUMVAL
LCOST
LCOSTRAT
LHOURS
LINELOOP
Piping line number (01 - 40) or instrument loop number (01 - 50).
O if not applicable.
LCODE
LDESC
Attribute
Description
LOCID
Identifier to help qualify the part associated with this item (text, 8
characters).
Examples:
Piping
Line 1 PLT AIR
DRAINS
Instrumentation
LOOP 1 UNIV
AIR SUP LOCAL
Civil
TYPE 15
Electrical
MOTOR PUSHB
FEEDER
MATL
MCODE
MCOST
MCOSTRAT
MDESC
NOITEM
NPCTnn
List item for number nn. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
The CRWSCH relation includes nn for 1 to 12.
The EQRENT relation incudes nn for 1 to 15.
The CSTCTRL relation includes nn for 1.
ORIGIN
PARAM
PCLASS
Flange class. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost
Estimator only.
PCTOF
35-41
35-42
Attribute
Description
PCTOF
Description
1 Direct materials plus direct field labor costs
2 Direct material costs
3 Direct field labor cost
4 Direct material plus labor, and construction indirect costs
5 All project costs
6 Unit Cost Library Item(s) Booked to COA 1-48
7 Unit Cost Library Item(s) Booked to COA 49-98
8 Unit Cost Library Item(s) Booked to COA 99
PERCENT
PIPSPC
Custom piping spec. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen InPlant Cost Estimator only.
PIPTYP
PRCURC
PROPNAM
PROPNUM
QUANT
REFID
REPGRP
RESULT
RPGSEQ
SCHAREA
SCHED
Pipe schedule. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant
Cost Estimator only.
SHIFTS
Number of shifts per day. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
Attribute
Description
SOURCE
STRUCTAG
SUBAREA
Subsidiary area number, within AREA. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
Attribute
Description
SUBTYPE
Other
Remote shop paint
Steam tracing
Pipe
90 DEG elbow
Flange
Reducer (to next lower size)
Tee
Blind
Union (also Couplings)
Spectacle blind
Strainer
Threadolet
Expansion joint
Transition joint
WYE for HDPE only
Steam trap
Clamp
45 DEG elbow
Ferrule
35-43
35-44
Attribute
Description
SUBTYPE continued
Attribute
Description
SUBTYPE continued
Insul. flange
899
Vent/drain
900
Gaskets
950
Bolts
Attribute
Description
SUBTYPE continued
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
35-45
Description
35-46
Attribute
Description
2
11
12
13
For Steel
Remote shop paint
Remote shop CONC Fireproof
Remote shop MAGN Fireproof
Remote shop Pyrocrete FPR
For Electrical
Where xx = position of the wire size in the Wire Sizes table. For
example:
Wire size 14 AWG is in Position 1 on the Wire Sizes table for US Country
Base; therefore, a low voltage (LV) 14 AWG wire would be expressed as
101.
Wire size 35 MM2 is in Position 8 on the Wire Sizes table for UK, JP,
and EU Country Bases; therefore, a medium voltage (MV) 35MM2 wire
would be expressed as 208. Note that the position of the wire size on
the table is determined by counting down, not across.1xx Low voltage
(LV) cable/wire2xx Medium voltage (MV) cable/wire3xx High
voltage (HV) cable/wire4xx Control voltage (CV) cable/wire5xx
Lighting (LT) cable/wire
Type of wire/cable and cable termination
100 LV conduit
200 MV conduit
300 HV conduit
400 CV conduit
500 LT conduit
551 Low Voltage Feeder Cable - Lighting
552 Low Voltage Feeder Cable - Electrical Tracing
- Continued on next page -
35-47
Description
35-48
Description
PI Gauge
PI Gauge
PI Draft
PIT
PT W/ Seal
PIC Local
PS Switch
DPI Gauge
DPIT
DPT W/ Seal
DPS Switch
Testwell
TE/TC
TI Dial
TT/TC
TIT/FILL
TT/RTD
TT Wet Bulb
TT Surface
TIC Local
TS Switch
FI Gauge
FI ROT
FI DP Cell
FQI
FI Meterrun
FIT DP Cell
FIT W/O SEN
FIT Vortex
FIT Magnet.
FIT Mass FL
FIT Ultras
336
350
360
361
390
391
410
411
412
430
FIT Turbine
FIC Local
FS Switch
FQIS
Orifice Flange
Orifice Plate
LI Gauge
LI Gauge
LI Bubbler
LIT DP
- Continued on next page -
35-49
Description
35-50
Description
XS VIB
PNT Variable
PNT ON/OFF
PNS
EL Position
HIC Local
HIC
HSW
BS Infrared
Solenoid
CV CNTRL VLV
35-51
Description
35-52
Description
35-53
35-54
Attribute
Description
SUMCODE
Not assigned. Used in cost tracking programs to group costs into cost
centers.
TITLE
TYPSCT
UNIT
UNITIN
UNITS
USERDES
User specified description for component, installation material/manhour additions, installation pipe or installation instrumentation.
USERTAG
Equipment component user tag or pipe specs if custom pipe specs are
used.
VALUER
VALUET
VALUEU
WGT
WUNIT
35-55
35-56
36 Icarus Technology
(G10)
36-1
Introduction to Areas
In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer, areas
can be defined as a way to describe the construction methodology that
prevails for that section of the project. Specifications are defined for each
area. These specifications include mechanical design specifications for each of
the major accounts along with dimensions and indexing.
36-2
Site conditions: Different sections of the plant site may contain different
site conditions. The user can define these site conditions, such as soil type,
instrumentation type, electrical class and division, or area type (on-grade,
in-steel, and so on.), in the area specifications. As a result, the site
conditions will impact the area bulk quantities, costs, and man-hours
developed for an area.
Process control and power distribution: Once the user defines the major
process control and power distribution elements in the estimate, the user
must assign areas to defined control centers and unit substations. For
example, the total instrumentation developed for an area would be used
to size that areas Control Center. Details of process control and power
distribution are developed and reported in the last area sections of the
Detailed Bulk report and Area Bulk section of the Equipment List report for
the last area. It is suggested that users define one last area as an
OFFSITES/PROCESS & POWER area to separate the numerous details
developed for Process Control and Power Distribution from all other detail.
Importing: When defining areas, keep in mind that whole areas and their
components can be imported into other projects with matching country
base, currency and units of measure. Checklist areas can be created as a
way to prevent from forgetting typical project components in a new project
estimate. An example of this would be a steelwork Checklist Area that
would include all typical sitework items. Once imported into a project,
sitework items that are not needed in a project would be deleted and
design specifications for the different sitework components would be
revised.
Area Types
There are several different area types to select from. Each area type has its
own set of default area bulks that will be developed. The different area types
that may be defined are:
On-Grade (with or without concrete pad). This is the default area type. By
default the system develops the following bulks for an on-grade area:
Open-Steel (OPEN)
The following area bulks will be developed for an OPEN type area:
75% of each level is floor grating for steel structure and concrete slab
for concrete structure, with perimeter toe-plate and handrail.
Structural members are sized for both dead and live loads based on the
weight of equipment hung in the structure. See section below for
information on hanging equipment. Note: Equipment items that are
hung lose their foundations and support steel is provided to tie the
item into the structure.
Open-Structure (OPEN)
Open structure type can be steel, pre-cast concrete, or cast-in-place
concrete. Steel is the default structure type.
The following area bulks will be developed for an OPEN type area:
75% of each level is floor grating for steel structure and concrete slab
for concrete structure, with perimeter toe-plate and handrail.
Structural members are sized for both dead and live loads based on the
weight of equipment hung in the structure. See section below for
information on hanging equipment. Note: Equipment items that are
36-3
hung lose their foundations and support steel is provided to tie the
item into the structure.
All bulks that were developed for the OPEN type area will be developed
except for the OPEN STEEL STRUCTURE as it is assumed to exist.
Loaded Automatically
Yes
Horizontal Tank
Yes
Thermosiphon reboiler
Yes
Other reboilers
No
Agitated Tank
Yes
Double-Diam. Tower
Yes
Packed Tower
Yes
Trayed Tower
Yes
Vertical Tank
Yes
No or N/A
No or N/A
See also: Chapter 20: Steel - Logic for Hanging Equipment in Steel Structures
Module
These area bulks are developed for a MODULE type area:
36-4
Ground grid
The truckable module is designed as a one bay braced frame structure and
the user can specify the number of levels. The user can add up to four
truckable modules within the area and up to two modules can be stacked.
Use the Structure Tag TRMD-1 to TRMD-4 for specifying the module to
which the equipment is loaded. If no Structure Tag is specified, equipment
weight is distributed among the modules. One dimension can be up to 80ft
(24m) [Length, Width, or Height] and the other two dimensions up to 25ft
(7.6m).
You can specify an allowance for temporary bracing used during shipping.
The default is 10% of the steel weight.
36-5
Floor
The following area bulks are developed for a FLOOR type area:
Pendant lights
Automatic Set
Yes
Horizontal Tank
Yes
Thermosiphon Reboiler
Yes
Other Reboilers
No
Skirt/Leg = 0
Agitated Tank
Yes
Double-Diameter Tower
Yes
Packed Tower
Yes
Trayed Tower
Yes
Vertical Tank
Yes
No or N/A
36-6
On-grade Pad
Area Types
Open
Equipment Grounding
Concrete Pad
Open Steel Structure
X
X
Module Structure
Area Specifications
For each defined area, the user may enter specifications that will affect
designs and quantities of bulks in an area. While most of the area
specifications are design specifications that will override design specifications
entered at the project level, the most significant area specifications are those
that will affect lengths of pipe, electrical cable, and instrument signal wiring or
tubing. These length specifications include:
Area Dimensions
Defined in Area Type Definition, Area Dimensions are used as a default to
develop lengths for all of the following system developed items:
- Piping.
- Electrical cable/wiring.
- Instrument signal wiring /tubing.
Note: Area dimensions do not have any effect on user-added bulks, such as
yard pipe, cable runs, signal wire runs, and so on.
The user can enter area length (L), width (W), and height (H). Only area types
OPEN or EX-OPEN will recognize and use the height dimension.
One example of how the system uses Area Dimension is the determination of
pipe lengths. If an area dimension of 30 X 30 is entered, the system will take
(L+W) of the area to determine the default final cut-off lengths of pipe, so
in the above example, (L+W)= (30+30) = (60) = 30. The default final
cut-off length of pipe in this area would be 30. Any line of pipe that had an
original length of less than 30 would be unaffected by this 30 x 30
area dimension.
Area Dimensions are used in a similar way to determine cable and signal
wiring lengths in an area unless the user overrides this calculation with
specific entries.
The area dimensions are also used to size and/or quantify area pads, modules,
open steel structures, grounding, area lighting, concrete pads, etc.
Pipe Envelope
Defined in Area Pipe Specifications, Pipe Envelope takes precedence over
Area Dimensions in calculating pipe lengths in an area. Just as Area
Dimensions did in the above example, Pipe Envelope defines the final cutoff length of pipe for all system developed piping in an area. The user
36-7
can make entries for Pipe Envelope length, width, and height as well as%
Adjustment and Maximum Pipe Length.
The following is an example of how the system will use this information to
calculate pipe length:
1
Report Groups
All defined areas are assigned to defined Report Groups in the Area Tree
diagram. Report groups are a way to group areas together for reporting in
various Report Group summary reports. For example, if you had a process
area where some components were on-grade and some were in-steel, you
could define two separate areas: an ON-GRADE area and an OPEN-STEEL
area. These two areas are separate to ensure that the appropriate bulks are
developed, but can be assigned to the same REPORT GROUP so costs and
man-hours can be summarized together in REPORT GROUP summary reports.
36-8
Change the division of labor. Reassign labor hours booked to the default
crafts in the workforce to the newly-defined crafts. For example, reassign
100% of the labor hours booked to riggers and pipefitters to the new
mechanical craft.
Enter the wage rate and productivity for each craft in the new workforce.
Link (assign) the new workforce to the skid contractor. Any work assigned
to this contractor is performed using the new workforce.
Using this method, up to nine distinct construction workforces for each
project can be created. This permits the simulation of an extremely
complicated mix of contractors having diverse work rules.
Project Schedule
A project schedule is developed based on the estimate scope of work for a
project estimate. This schedule includes dates and durations for design
engineering, procurement, delivery of material and equipment, site
development and construction. The construction schedule is integrated with
the cost estimate to provide the basis for estimation of schedule-dependent
costs such as equipment rental requirements, field supervision and
construction management.
The schedule information may be reported in three different ways:
1
The total construction duration will be shown on the Project Data Sheet,
and, if applicable, the construction durations for each contract will also be
shown on the Contract Data Sheet.
The Project Schedule Data, with an entry for the date to start engineering, is
required to generate the barchart reports. These standard barcharts
are produced:
36-9
Construction Schedule - Shows only a single bar for the design and
procurement phases but focuses on major construction elements such as
piperack erection and piping installation.
Each barchart may also show additional bars created by the user. Also, if
contracts are used, another barchart is provided for the Contracts Schedule.
The barcharts appear within the body of the project estimate report and a
duplicate is appended to the report.
The project schedule is affected by adjustments to engineering man-hours,
field man-hours and productivity and construction workweek specified
elsewhere and any schedule modifications requested in the Project Schedule
Data. The techniques of the scheduling system are utilized in the logical
sequencing of the adjusted design and construction tasks to produce a
summary schedule. Simulation of delayed or accelerated schedules is possible
through the various adjustments available. However, the user interested in
developing a detailed schedule for rush projects, or projects using offset
prefabrication, is advised to use the scheduling system, where control of
activity logic is possible.
Regardless of whether the barchart reports are to be produced, the Project
Schedule Data may be used to adjust the schedule and therefore adjust the
cost estimate. The data provides percentage adjustment fields for design/
procurement duration, for delivery times and for construction duration.
Changes to the system default equipment fabricate/ship times, which may
increase or decrease the total construction duration, can be made in various
ways. A specific value for total construction weeks may be specified.
Equipment Fabricate/Ship
Items
In the absence of user input, the system will use the fabricate/ship times (in
weeks) shown in Table PS-2. If a percentage adjustment is specified for
deliveries, these defaults will all be adjusted accordingly. An entry for a
particular class will be used exactly as entered. A fabricate/ship time entry for
a particular piece of equipment will also be used as entered; all other
equipment of the same class will be assigned the system default value as
adjusted, or the value of the class if specified.
Equip.
Equipment Class
Class No.
36-10
Receive Receive
Fabricate
Quotes Vendor Data and Ship
(weeks) (weeks)
(weeks)
01
Process Vessels
14
02
Towers
26
03
Storage Vessels
33
04
Pumps
18
05
Compressors
24
Equip.
Equipment Class
Class No.
06
Turbines
Receive Receive
Fabricate
Quotes Vendor Data and Ship
(weeks) (weeks)
(weeks)
4
32
07
Heat Exchangers
20
08
Boilers
32
09
Furnaces
26
10
Air Coolers
18
11
Package Refrigeration
30
12
Electric Generators
22
13
Air Dryers
16
14
Conveyors
20
15
Mills; Crushers
30
16
Fans, blowers
12
17
Elevators
16
18
Motors
10
19
Dust Collectors
14
20
Filters
12
21
Centrifuges
28
22
Agitators, Mixers
12
22
Cooling Towers
26
24
Miscellaneous Equipment
16
25
Pre-Engineered Package
24
26
Packings, Linings
12
Note: For field erected equipment, the schedule will be sequenced with the
field erection period included in the fabricate and ship deliver time.
1
36-11
number of summary bars on each barchart (that is, report length) developed
by the system:
System Summary Bars
With Basic
Without
Engineering
Basic
General Schedule
24
20
Engineering Schedule
16
14
Construction Schedule
19
18
The user may highlight up to five classes of equipment and up to five specific
items of equipment which appears on all reports except the Contracts
Schedule. Up to five user-defined bars may be added, which appear on the
Engineering and Construction Schedules.
User Additions
Bars
Equipment
General Schedule
N/A
10
Engineering Schedule
10
Construction Schedule
10
Since a single page report can contain only 24 summary bars, a combination of
system summary bars and user additions that exceeds 24 is printed on a
second page.
The horizontal time scale is adjusted automatically by the system to show
either six years, three years or one and a half years on one page-width
as required.
36-12
Procurement
Site development
Construction.
Project scope
Index man-hours
Remember that the project schedule is based on project scope. The project
schedule is more realistic if components are specified correctly and accurately.
Most importantly, keep in mind that the schedule is a preliminary conceptual
schedule. The schedule is not for execution.
Process Control
The Process Control Data may be used to specify the desired configuration and
type of control scheme:
36-13
Analog
Digital
Overview
Two types of process control systems are discussed here:
Analog
The user may select either type, or combinations of each type, to represent
the desired control scheme.
The process control scheme may be defined by two types of data. Control
Center data defines a group of analog or digital devices of similar types,
assigned by the user via a Control Center Reference Number, to provide
control system functions to one or more Areas for Sub-units.
Operator Center data defines a distributed digital control Operator Center; that
is, a staffed center consisting of video display and computer-controlled
indicating, recording, controlling, processing, and transmitting devices.
Operator Centers are used in conjunction with Control Centers only for digital
control schemes.
Groups of analog devices are defined only by analog types of Control Centers.
If Process Control Data is not defined by the user, the system develops one
digital Control Center and one Operator Center for the project to be estimated.
Note: The costs of Operator and Control Centers will be reported in project
estimates only, against the Instrumentation account for the last Area in the
project. Accordingly, control room specifications and other instrumentationrelated items to be reported with project process control items should be
included as part of the last Area.
Introduction
The system is designed to develop a list of quantities of materials, material
costs, and field manpower needed to install items relating to the
instrumentation and control of process equipment.
The users equipment list, as organized into Areas, is used to develop
individual items of instrumentation in the following major categories.
36-14
Equipment-Instrumentation Volumetric
Model
Each item of equipment selected by the user is assigned a model for
instrumentation. Specific Volumetric Model drawings in the Piping and
Instrumentation Drawings illustrate piping (by line number) and
instrumentation (by loop number).
Volumetric Models for instrumentation of process equipment are assigned
based upon equipment item and type, function to be performed, and special
user requirement identified by applicable type or installation bulks.
For example, a tower would be instrumented as a distillation tower (default
application type) unless it was redefined to function as an absorber, thereby
receiving piping and instrumentation for use as an absorber.
A tank, horizontal or vertical, will be instrumented for normal process
conditions. However, the user may designate knock-out or storage application
requirements thereby revising the nature of piping and instrumentation to be
provided to the vessel.
An installation bulk feature permits the user to create an entire
instrumentation scheme for any item of equipment, or for the user to modify
the systems instrumentation Volumetric Model on a loop by loop basis adding a new loop, deleting a system defined loop, or appending loops to a
loop thereby providing for extremely flexible instrumentation schemes.
For each loop, you can specify a sensor, two control valves and their costs with
currency.
There is a field for Hookup option at the Project, Area and bulk level to
specify the hookup option to be used. The default is Primary hookup option.
For creating custom assemblies and choosing your own hookup parts, use
Customer External Files.
36-15
Area Considerations
The concept of an Area and Sub-unit are discussed in the Area section. The
Area or Sub-unit may be viewed, for present purposes, as an area or section of
the project, and includes all equipment and bulk items so contained.
For instrumentation, an Area or Sub-unit grouping of equipment items would
be characterized by a unique set of the following:
It is important that these area criteria affect the installed cost of each
equipment item requiring instrumentation; the design level and type of
instrumentation are most important influences on instrument selection,
quantities and costs. The remaining area criteria heavily influence the lengths
and type of signal wire cable and tubing and are not insignificant.
Instrument materials, quantities, costs and field man-hours to install and test
will be developed by the system and assigned and reported against the area.
These include field junction boxes and wire, cable and tubing runs, conduit,
cable trays serving the area and communicating with the designated
Control Center.
Control Centers
The system surveys the various items of equipment within an Area for Control
Center instrumentation requirements. More than one Area may be delegated
to a Control Center; several Control Centers may be designated by the user. If
of the digital type, such Control Centers would normally be unstaffed electronic
centers that may be grouped together for operator control using the Operator
Center concept described in the next section.
Two classes of Control Centers are defined by the following characteristics:
1
36-16
Devices, that is, process interface units, for conversion of analog signals
(pneumatic, electronic, high voltage switching) into digital computer
signals to be utilized at the designated Operator Center.
36-17
Operator Centers
The system is designed to evaluate, size, and develop installed costs of digital
control and data processing equipment, cabling and furnishings for
Operator Centers.
The major cost items considered are:
The user may designate the type (local or universal) and size of an Operator
Center, or alternatively permit the system to determine Operator Center
requirements.
Sizing an Operator Center is accomplished by the system by matching the list
of items with process equipment requirements. The principal sizing parameters
are the number of digital control loops and control points to be serviced by the
Operator Center. These parameters are obtained at the Operator Center level
according to the following hierarchy:
Operator Center
Control Center
Area
Example
In the sketch below, a proposed project is to be provided with a combined
analog/digital control system for five areas, that is, Area 100, 200, 300, 400,
500. One section of Area 100 and all of Area 500 is to be provided with a
conventional analog control system. Further, suppose that Area 100 and 400
36-18
Because Area 100 requires both digital and analog control, it is convenient to
split it into two Areas, one a Sub-unit of the other, and thereby enable the
description of one portion as digitally controlled and the other as analog
controlled.
Reference numbers need be assigned to the Unit Areas and centers. Suppose:
MAIN-100:
Area No. = 01
SUB-UNIT 100:
Area No. = 01
AREA-200:
Area No. = 02
AREA-300:
Area No. = 03
AREA-400:
Area No. = 04
AREA-500:
Area No. = 05
Center No. 10
Center No. 11
Center No. 20
Center No. 20
Center No. 40
Center No. 11
36-19
Center No.
Type
90
Operator Center
10
20
40
11
Note that additional Project Control Data may be appended to this list to
expand the control system for other yet undefined process areas. Up to five
independent Operator centers may be defined along with their subordinate
Control Centers to a combined maximum total of 20.
MAIN-100
01
10
Area Title
Area Number
Control Center Number
etc.
SUB-UNIT-100
01
11
Note: The Control Center Number is 10 for the Main Section and 11 for the
Sub-unit.
Then for the remaining units:
36-20
Area Title
Area Number
Control Center Number
etc.
MAIN-200
02
20
Area Title
Area Number
Control Center Number
etc.
MAIN-300
03
20
Area Title
Area Number
Control Center Number
etc.
MAIN-400
04
40
Area Title
Area Number
Control Center Number
etc.
MAIN-500
05
11
Note: AREA-200 and AREA-300 share Control Center Number 20; SUB-UNIT100 and AREA-500 share analog Control Center Number 11.
Area: junction boxes, bundle runs (and associated tray and conduit) would
be developed as an Unit Area cost for each Sub-unit; instrument testing
would be developed for each area.
Project costs: all instrumentation costs for the project would be developed
and reported against the last Unit Area in the project. Analog Control
Centers would be sized and reported independently of digital centers.
Digital Control Center Number 10 would be sized based upon the
requirements of equipment in MAIN-100. Center Number 20 would be
sized from requirements of both AREA-200 and 300; and Center Number
40 from AREA-400 requirements. The Operator Center would be developed
from group requirements, that is, those of Control Centers 10, 20, and 40.
Note
Conset
36-21
Entry field
Note
Configuration
No. of operator CRT Specifies the total number of Operator CRTs (cathode
ray tube terminals) required for the Operator Center;
includes touch screen console and operator keyboard. Microelectronics associated with the CRTs provide supervisory and
control functions.
No. of indicating
CRT
History module
Engineers
keyboard:
LCN Cable
Unit Substation ID
Cable type
Cable placement
Distance to MCC
36-22
Note
Conset
Control center type Specifies a symbol representing the types of Control Center,
devices, and general configuration.
Valid entries are:
Analog Control Center
36-23
Note
Design data
Spares(%)
36-24
Redundant
control(%)
Battery back-up(%)
Note
Power supply data Specifies the feeder type and source of power for this
Control Center.
Unit substation
Specifies the Reference Number of the UNIT substation serving
power to this Control Center. The Reference Number consists of
two parts, as defined by the user with Power Distribution Data.
ID-The ID portion of the Reference Number of the stand-alone
UNIT or principle UNIT substations in the family of UNIT
substations serving power to this Control Center.
No. -The No. portion of the Reference Number of the
subordinate UNIT substation in the family of UNIT substations
serving power to this Control Center.
Cable type
Denotes the type of power cable to be used for this Control
Center.
Cable placement
Indicates the desired method of cable placement for this Control
Center.
Distance to MCC
Specifies the distance to the motor control center serving power
to this Control Center
36-25
Note
Conset
Power supply data Specifies the feeder type and source of power for this Control
Center.
Unit substation
Cable type
Cable placement
Distance to MCC
36-26
Project level
Area level
Component Level
The electrical input specifications, which include default values that may be
overridden, take a few minutes to define for even the most detailed power
distribution network.
At the component level, process equipment, plant bulks and buildings give rise
to electrical bulks. Installation procedures are available for quoted items as
well as items from the user library of components.
36-27
36-28
Power Distribution
The Power Distribution Data specifies the configuration and size of a projects
electrical power distribution system. The user may specify the location and
size of each transmission line, main and unit substation, the degree of
redundancy, and the type and method of placement of distribution cable.
The Power Distribution Data works in conjunction with the voltage levels
defined by the user for General Project Data and Area specifications and
component requirements within the unit.
Most users define the distribution configuration (for example, which main
substation is to feed which downstream unit substation) and cable
placement. The system will then size the components based upon power
requirements to be fulfilled in each area by drivers, lighting, tracing, etc. and
then size unit and main substation components, always heading upstream,
to size the
transmission line.
US Base
UK Base
69 KV at 60 HZ
66 KV at 50 HZ
Main Substation
Secondary voltage
(distribution and equipment voltage)
13.8 KV
11.0 KV
Unit Substation
4160 V
480 V
3300 V
415 V
Cable Types
Wire (individual
conductors) on
tray or in
conduit, or
armored cable
Multi-core cable
on tray or in
conduit, or
armored cable
Cable Gauge
AWG
MM2 gauge
Secondary voltages
(distribution and equipment voltages)
36-29
36-30
The main substation consists of one or more main transformers that distribute
power through switchgear to unit substations.
The main transformer reduces the voltage of the incoming power (at the
transmission line voltage) to a level at which it may be safely and economically
distributed through switchgear to:
1
2
A disconnect switch isolates each main transformer from its power supply
when necessary, while the oil circuit breaker protects against abnormal
conditions. Oil circuit breakers (O.C.B.) are generally used in high voltage
(over 10 KV) applications.
The main substation switchgear protects each unit substation from damage
due to abnormal operating conditions. The main substation switchgear
includes circuit breakers and metering devices that can detect an abnormal
condition and automatically open the current-carrying circuit in which the fault
occurs.
Cable from the main substation terminates at either unit substations or at
motors requiring power at the high voltage supplied by the main substation.
Unit Substations
36-31
Redundancy
When designing an electrical distribution system, a decision must be made as
to the degree and type of redundancy to be built into the power distribution
system. The greater the degree of redundancy, the more reliable the system.
The additional equipment required for increased reliability will make the power
distribution system more expensive.
The system offers the user two options:
1
Simple Radial
Spot Network
Redundancy
0%
100%
Cost
Less expensive
More expensive
Reliability
Less reliable
More reliable
Typical usage:
Spare parts
Skilled maintenance
On-hand
On-hand
Scarce
Scarce
Severity of shutdown
Not critical
Critical
36-32
36-33
Some sections of a process plant are more critical to the continuous operation
of the plant than other sections. For example, a section of the plant which
operates in the batch mode may have sufficient surge capacity so that the rest
of the facility would continue operating until repairs were made if this section
lost power. The user may therefore want to specify some substations to be
spot network systems and others to be simple radial systems. Further, one
user might require several main substations. A general example showing
combinations of multiple systems of simple radial and spot networks is shown
in Figure PD-3.
Usage Instructions
Power Distribution Information
The Power Distribution Data provides the means of designating each
transmission LINE, MAIN, and UNIT substation and the cable between them.
The transmission line provides power to a family of MAIN and UNIT
substations.
If the MAIN substation provides service to one or more UNIT substations, each
may be described in detail using the input parameters in the Power
Distribution Data.
A unit substation may be designated to supply power to one or more areas,
and/or to supply power at reduced voltage to another UNIT substation. In the
latter case, the higher voltage UNIT substation is termed a principle UNIT
substation, providing power to one or more subordinate unit substations. The
relationship between principle and subordinates is indicated by defining a
group ID and individual member No., thus forming the unit substation
reference number.
The Substation Reference Number is important for accumulating power usage.
This reference number points to those Unit Areas to be served by the
referenced unit substation.
All equipment in an Area, except motors driven at the distribution voltage,
must be served by the referenced UNIT substation. Should a motor require
power at the distribution voltage, than a separate power line would
automatically be drawn from the MAIN substation serving that unit. Should a
motor require power at some voltage not supplied by the referenced UNIT
substation, then the system will make that voltage available by:
1
Creating a new UNIT substation that draws power from the MAIN
substation serving the referenced substation, if it is of single tap type, or
Substation Buildings
Substation buildings are not automatically generated and must be specified
separately using the Building Data.
36-34
Figure PD-3: Illustrative Example of Multiple Main and Unit Substations with
Radial and Spot Network Systems
Unreferenced Area Requiring Power
One UNIT substation is generated to serve those Areas for which a substation
reference number was not specified.
Absence of Power Distribution Data
If no Power Distribution Data is specified, the system generates one UNIT
substation and one MAIN substation to serve the entire facility. The
36-35
Reporting of Results
Project estimate reports will be prepared as follows:
1
Area: MCC (Motor Control Centers cabinetry and starters), MCC equipped
space (empty cabinetry), area lighting, lighting and heat tracing
transformers and associated panels, switchgear and cabling, ground grid,
cable trays testing.
Transmission LINE
MAIN substation
Project Definition
Project Title Data is used to convey user descriptions and specifications for the
following major items:
36-36
Currency data - used to enter the display costs in all reports in a currency
other than the system currency base for the country base location of
the estimate.
The specification of the Project Title Data should be prepared and reviewed
carefully. Special consideration should be given to this data since it controls
the content and numeric values of the entire project.
Country Base
Table T-1 illustrates the differences in style upon selection of the country
base. The differences are summarized in this table according to the hierarchy
of the system; the tabulation does not imply relative importance of each item.
Designation of the country base location is mandatory, as the country base
defines the style of engineering, materials selection and costs, and
construction manpower and costs. Specifically, the country base
location defines:
Base of design codes and installation standards and practices, for example,
vessel design, electrical power distribution (which may be selected or
adjusted).
Currency Base
The user-designated country base location implies a base monetary unit, for
example, Dollars for US, Pounds Sterling for UK, Thousand Yen for JP, Euros
for EU, and Saudi Arabian Riyals for Saudi Arabia. You can define a currency
unit for the estimate and provide a conversion for the estimate currency
relative to the base monetary unit. Once the currency base is defined by the
user, all user-entered costs, such as freight rates, ready-mix cost, wage rates,
lump sum costs, and equipment or bulk costs, are expected to be in the userdefined currency units. The system uses the user-defined currency and
36-37
UK Base
JP Base
EU Base
ME Base
Base monetary
Unit
US Dollars
Pounds Sterling
Thousand Yen
Euros
Saudi Arabian
Riyals
Base Units of
Measure
I-P
METRIC
METRIC
METRIC
I-P
revise METRIC
variable
revise METRIC
variable
System Base
Indices
UK indices
JP indices
EU indices
ME indices
33KV (50HZ)
33KV (50HZ)
33KV (50HZ)
115KV (60HZ)
BS5500
JIS
DIN
ASME (Section
VIII, Division 1)
US indices
ASME (Section
VIII, Division 1)
Depth of
Concrete
Footings
48 INCHES [1200 36 INCHES [1000 36 INCHES [1000 36 INCHES [1000 30 INCHES (750
MM]
MM]
MM]
MM]
MM)
Structural Steel
Shapes INCHPOUND METRIC
AISC
AISC
AISC
BSI
AISC
BSI
AISC
Euronorm
I-P: AISC,
METRIC:
Euronorm
Manpower pool;
base of crafts,
crew mix,
productivity,
wage rates
Houston/Gulf
Coast
100,000 MHR
Union
1 shift
40 hr. week
Northwest UK
100,000 MHR
Site or Natl
Agreement
1 Shift
40 hr. week
Bonus
Tokyo, Japan
100,000 MHR
Union
1 shift
40 hr. week
Rotterdam,
Netherlands
100,000 MHR
Site
Agreement
1 shift
40 hr. week
Dhahran, Saudi
Arabia
100,000 MHR
Site Agreement
1 shift
40 hr. week
Project
Schedule:
duration
Adjusted US
MHRS
Adjusted UK
MHRS
Equipment
Rental/Plant
rental rates
US rates and
selection
UK rates and
selection
JP rates and
selection
EU rates and
selection
ME rates and
selection
UK Base
JP Base
EU Base
ME Base
Engineering
US Base
Department:
base of
disciplines, wage
rates,
productivity ,
and expenses
36-38
UK Base
JP Base
EU Base
ME Base
Prime
Contractors:
construction
overheads
From adjusted UK
MHRS or user
entry Uk indirect
rates
From adjusted JP
MHRS or user
entry JP indirect
rates
From adjusted EU
MHRS or user
entry EU indirect
rates
From adjusted ME
MHRS or user
entry ME indirect
rates
Contract Fee
Costs reduced to
Structure: based $, US indirect
on costs reduced rates
to base time
Costs reduced to
, UK indirect
rates
Costs reduced to
Thous , JP
indirect rates
Costs reduced to
, EU indirect
rates
Costs reduced to
SAR, ME indirect
rates
Power
Distribution
MAIN
distribution
voltage UNIT
voltage Wire
types
60 HZ
13.8 KV
4160V
wire (trayed or in
conduit) or
armored US wire
gauge
50 HZ
11KV
3300 V
multi-core cable
(trayed or in
conduit) or
armored gauge in
MM2)
50 HZ
11KV
3300 V
multi-core cable
(trayed or in
conduit) or
armored gauge in
MM2)
50 HZ
60 HZ
11KV
13.8 KV
3300 V
multi-core cable
(trayed or in
conduit) or
armored gauge in
MM2)
Process
equipment
US cost models,
US base costs
UK cost models,
UK base costs
Bulks: piping,
civil, steel,
instrumentation,
electrical,
insulation, paint
US cost modes,
US type
descriptions, US
base costs
UK costs modes,
UK type
descriptions, UK
base costs
User-specified
supplemental
cost
none
none
none
From adjusted US
MHRS or user
entry US indirect
rates
none
ME cost models,
ME base costs
none
Units of Measure
The country base location, once designated by the user, implies a base set of
units of measure, for example, I-P for US, METRIC for UK, EU, JP, and ME. You
36-39
can reverse this choice, or create a hybrid unit of measure, by defining the
variable to be revised, the label for the new unit of measure, and the
conversion from old to new unit of measure. However, such redefinition could
have unpredictable downstream effects; for example, in selection of plates,
wire, tubing, pipe, and so on.
Again, all user input is expected to be in the defined set of units of measure
and all reporting by the system conforms to the established set of units
of measure.
Workforce
Two of the most significant variables that account for construction cost
differences from one location to another are the productivity of field manpower
and the wage rates that prevail for each geographic area.
The system recognizes four country base locations US, UK, JP, EU, and ME.
Upon selecting a country base location, the user obtains a base set of crafts,
wage rates, crew mixes, production rates, and so on, for field manpower
consistent with the selected country base location.
The Workforce Data can be used to change the system base wage rates,
workweek, and productivities. This input can, therefore, be an effective tool in
helping the user examine the effects of local field manpower on prospective
plant sites. In addition, modifications may be made to the system craft and
crew mixes.
Multiple Workforces
In a prime contractor estimate, the system is limited to one set of wage rates,
workweek and productivities (that is, one workforce) per estimate. In a
contracts case, however, the user may define up to nine different construction
workforces (CWF) in one project. This is accomplished by developing multiple
sets of wage rates and productivities with each set identified by a workforce
reference number. This reference number is used in the Contract Definition
Data to indicate which workforce is assigned to each contractor.
Wage Rates/Productivity
There are two types of wage rate and productivity data:
The general data may be used to globally set the wage rates and productivities
of all crafts, either as a percentage of some reference base or as a fixed rate.
The reference base may be either the system base rates or the rates of a
previously defined workforce. These globally assigned rates may then be
modified for individual crafts by entering specific rate data for those crafts.
Example 1:
Suppose workforce 1 is to be assigned wage rates that are 110% of the
system base rates and a productivity of 80% of the system base (the symbol
B signifies the system base).
36-40
CWF = 2
(ALL CRAFTS -% OF BASE)
BASE = 1
WAGE RATE% = 105
PROD.% = 125
This would result in wage rates that are 110 x 105/100 = 115.5% of the
system base and a productivity that is 80 x 125/100 = 100% of the system
base. Obviously, the same result could have been obtained for workforce 2
by using the system base B as the referenced base, a WAGE RATE% equal
to 115.5 and a PROD.% equal to 100.
Example 3:
Suppose in workforce 2 Craft X (where X is the craft code) is to have a rate
of $17.70 per hour and a productivity of 75%. Then specific craft data would
be added for workforce 2 with the follow data:
CWF = 2
(CRAFT WAGE RATES/PRODUCTIVITIES)
CRAFT CODE = X
WAGE RATE COST/MH =17.50
PROD.%= 75
Example 4:
Suppose workforce 3 is to be assigned a fixed wage rate and productivity for
all crafts of $12.00 per hour and 90%, respectively. Then a third set of general
data would be coded as follows:
CWF=3
(ALL CRAFTS - FIXED RATES)
WAGE RATE COST/MH=12.00
PROD.%=90
Again, exceptions could be made to the fixed rates for workforce 3 by
entering specific data for individual crafts.
Unless the user had adjusted indirects, the wage rate used in the estimate
should be the actual unloaded cost (in the user-defined currency) per manhour for the craft, and should not include any fringe or burdens. Fringe
36-41
The user-specified value of the Escalation and User Base Indices for
Construction in the Indexing/Escalation Data.
For instance, if a user has not submitted any Workforce Data, then the values
for wage rates for all crafts are based upon the system Base Wage Rates,
subject to:
Escalation (EI/UBI).
If, however, the user has specified one or more craft wage rates, those rates
are taken by the system as valued at the User Base Index and subject to
escalation.
Example 5:
To illustrate escalation, suppose the user entered a craft rate of 12.00 per
hour and construction indices of 1248 for escalation and 1200 for the base
(see Indexing/Escalation Data). The system considers the user rate at the
users base index for ACCUM reporting and for SPREAD reporting will figure
an escalated rate of 12.00 x (1248/1200) = 12.48.
It should be noted that productivity is expressed as a percentage value; that
is, 100 implies a base productivity. A value of 50 implies a less effective
workforce, thereby doubling the system-calculated base man-hours. A value of
150 implies a more effective work force, thereby obtaining man-hours at two
thirds (100/150) of the system-calculated base man-hours. For a more
detailed description of the base or norm productivity for each craft, refer to the
discussion of productivity provided later in this section.
36-42
from the estimate by transferring them out of a craft and by not indicating a
second craft to which they are assigned. A useful example of this procedure is
the removal of crane operators from the estimate if the rental rates for cranes
include operators.
Man-hours are transferred between crafts by indicating FROM which craft the
man-hours are removed and TO which craft they are added. The man-hours
that will be transferred are only those initially assigned to the craft by the
system and not those previously assigned to the craft by the user through
other Crew Mix Data.
Crafts 98 and 99 (Helper and Foreman) may be assigned man-hours from any
other craft, but their man-hours may not be assigned to any other single craft.
If their man-hours are reassigned, they will be allotted to the principal crafts in
each crew. The principal crafts are indicated elsewhere in the Icarus
Reference. The reason for this special condition is that these two crafts are
composite crafts that appear in most crews, and to allow their assignment to
any single other craft would distort the consistency of many crews. For
example, if man-hours were transferred from Foreman to Pipefitters, then
Pipefitters would appear incorrectly in every crew which had contained
a Foreman.
If multiple workforces are used, each workforce may be structured differently
by providing the appropriate man-hour transfers. If a workforce is defined as
having wage rates and productivities at some percentage of a previously
defined workforce, it will also use the same crew mix modifications as that
workforce. This may be changed, however, by coding new crew mix
modifications for the second workforce.
Craft Names
The name of any system base craft may be replaced by entering the craft code
and the desired name. The system base craft codes and craft names are listed
elsewhere in the Icarus Reference. In addition, a new craft may be created by
specifying a name for one of the blank craft codes. If, however, a new craft is
created, it must be assigned a wage rate and productivity and it must be
assigned some man-hours from another craft. Only one set of craft names
may be defined per estimate (that is, craft names may not be changed from
one workforce to another). It is not, however, necessary for all crafts to be
used by all workforces.
Reports
Wage rates and productivity values, as adjusted, develop man-hours and
manpower costs, craft by craft. Craft man-hours and costs are reported
against tasks performed in various system reports and summarized for the
project in the Field Manpower Summary.
Productivity Concepts
This section is devoted to a discussion of:
36-43
The user may enter an all-crafts productivity figure and specific craft
productivity. The all-crafts productivity value, set at 100% by the system in
the absence of a user entry, will be used to establish the productivity for any
and all user-omitted craft productivities. The all-crafts productivity will not be
applied in any manner to user-specified craft productivity
User-entered craft productivities should be considered as efficiencies, and
man-hours developed by the system to perform a specific task by that craft
will be adjusted accordingly.
Example 6:
Suppose at the systems base, six hours of Craft A are required to set a vessel.
If the productivity of Craft A were entered as 50%, then the adjusted system
value would be (100/50) x 6 = 12 hours. Thus Craft A is 50% efficient
compared to the systems base. Similarly, a craft productivity of 200% relative
to the systems base will indicate doubly effective craftsmen and thus half the
base man-hours.
A time-proven and extremely useful method of quantifying a complex subject
such as field productivity is as follows:
Establish a standard set of key variables and base conditions for each
variable
Evaluate, for each variable, the deviations expected for the actual
conditions from the base conditions
The five key productivity variables (PV) and their associated system-base
definitions are:
PV1:
Source of Manpower Pool, sometimes identical to location of
construction site.
US Base - Houston/Gulf Coast, time period 1972-1973.
UK Base - Northwest UK, 1979.
JP Base - Japan.
Evaluation of deviation for other sources - area data sources.
PV2:
Size of Project, as measured by total direct and subcontract field manhours.
Base - Medium-size, 100,000 man-hours of field manpower.
Evaluation of deviation for other project sizes - change in productivity
vs man-hours shown in Figure W-1.
36-44
PV3:
Mode of Manpower; closed or open shop.
US Base - Closed shop.
UK Base - Site or national agreement.
JP Base - Closed shop.
ME Base - Site agreement.
Evaluation of deviation - determined by construction site location and local
conditions, effect of site/national manpower agreements for the particular
project.
PV4:
Length of Work Week:
Base - 40-hour work week.
Evaluation of deviation - automatically evaluated by system based upon
user work week input on general Workforce Data, specifically through
relationships shown in Figure W-2. The system value may be offset by
creating a value of PV4 sufficient to adjust the system value to the users
desired value.
36-45
PV5:
All Other Effects, such as general economy, work to be performed, kind
of manpower, quality of supervision, job conditions, weather, etc. Base
- Reasonably average conditions, all other productivity variables at
their base value. Evaluations of deviations - Table W-1 and the
following associated discussion for this productivity variable.
Table W- 1: Productivity Element Table (PV5)
Productivity Element
Low
50
36-46
Productivity (%)
Average
85
100
115
High
140
General Economy
Local business trend
Construction volume
Unemployment
Prosperous
Stimulated
High
Low
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Hard times
Depressed
Low
High
Amount of work
Site complexity
Manual Operations
Mechanized operations
Extensive
Dense
Extensive
LImited
Average
Average
Average
Average
Limited
Sparse
Limited
Extensive
Poor
Poor
Low
Scarce
Average
Average
Average
Normal
Good
Good
High
Surplus
Productivity Element
Low
Productivity (%)
Average
High
Poor
Poor
Low
Scarce
Average
Average
Average
Normal
Good
Good
High
Surplus
Job Conditions
Management
Materials and site
Required workmanship
Length of operation
Poor
Poor
Unfavorable
First Rate
Short
Average
Average
Average
Regular
Average
Good
Good
Favorable
Passable
Long
Weather
Precipitation
Cold
Heat
Bad
Much
Bitter
Oppressive
Fair
Some
Moderate
Moderate
Good
Occasional
Occasional
Occasional
Construction Equipment
Applicability
Condition
Maintenance and repairs
Poor
Poor
Poor
Slow
Normal
Normal
Fair
Average
Good
Good
Good
Quick
Delays
Job Flexibility
Equipment delivery
Expediting
Numerous
Poor
Slow
Poor
Some
Average
Normal
Average
Minimum
Good
Prompt
Good
The overall productivity per craft or for all crafts is developed from the product
of the individual deviations and final conversion to a percentage figure:
Overall Productivity + PV1 x PV2 x PV3 x PV4 x PV5
In the reference charts and tables mentioned, productivity variables are each
identified as a percentage deviation from the system base of 100% for
that variable.
In developing the overall productivity, each deviation should be reduced to a
fraction by division by 100, and the final resulting figure appropriately rounded
to a significant value and then converted to a percentage for entry in the data.
36-47
that the contractor will have to push field crews for maximum production
during the entire course of the projects.
In general, the productivity represented by this class of variables is a function
of two major factors: the present national economy and the specific local
conditions under which the work is to be accomplished for the project. The first
major factor (present economy) directly affects the productivity of the
individual construction worker. In good times, when construction jobs are
plentiful and manpower is scarce, productivity usually decreases, resulting in
increasing field costs. In normal times, average productivity and costs are the
rules. During depressions, recessions or slumps in the economy, manpower
becomes plentiful and more productive; consequently, field costs decline. The
Productivity Element Table (Table W-1) has been assembled to reflect
variables of major impact.
The second major factor (local conditions) affecting productivity relates more
directly to the project. It consists of the many variables that influence
construction activity, such as the character of the job site, volume of work to
be performed, quantity of available manpower, and other such unusual
conditions as dense or sparse plot plans, etc. Each of these variables is listed
in the Productivity Element Table. You should review these variables, keeping
in mind both the existing and foreseeable conditions that will affect the
proposed construction project. At the same time, you must make an
evaluation of the contractor as a productive unit to determine potential
performance under a given set of circumstances. A reasonable approach to
obtain a composite value of Productivity Variable 5 (PV5) is the averaging of
the eight major categories of individual elements in Table W-1.
Example 7:
After studying a proposed project, a user arrived at the following values for
individual categories of productivity:
Item
Productivity
Deviation,%
Element Category
1
General economy
Amount of work
100
Manpower
75
Manpower supervision
100
Job conditions
110
Weather
90
Construction equipment
110
Delays
100
Total
765
36-48
Example 9:
Should but a small portion of the project be subject to revamp, that portion
may be described as one or more Areas or Sub-areas. In this example, the
man-hours would be adjusted by 200% values for the appropriate accounts
using code of account indexing within the area. The workforce productivities
would, of course, be entered free of the revamp effect.
36-49
36-50
36-51
Engineering
The project scope is analyzed by the systems engineering model to determine
man-hours and costs for design engineering, procurement and construction
supervision. The system-calculated values for engineering may be adjusted by
using the Engineering Data. This data allows input modifications/adjustments
at two levels:
The systems engineering model may be modified by specifying total manhours and cost or by specifying a proportional adjustment to systemcalculated man-hours.
The Engineering Drawings Data may be used to modify the Basic and Detail
Engineering phases by specifying adjustments to the number and type of
drawings produced. This data may also be used to add a lump sum of
engineering hours for special drawings or specific tasks, such as small scale
models, which are not provided by the system.
Definitions of the task and work products considered for each engineering
phase are presented in Table EN-1.
Basic engineering
Detail engineering
Procurement
Field supervision and project start-up are affiliated with engineering activities
and are discussed later; these are, however, considered to be construction
overhead items and are reported as contributions to the systems construction
overhead account.
Because of the turnkey nature of the Prime Contractor mode, the Engineering
Management and Construction Management phases are inappropriate, and
these phases are excluded from Prime Contractor estimates.
36-52
Engineering Management
Construction Management
Phase Adjustments
The user may specify both the total man-hours and cost for an entire phase,
however, if one is specified, the other is also required. When these totals have
been specified for a phase, any subsidiary data for that phase will not be used
by the system.
A percentage adjustment to an entire phase should be considered as an
adjustment to the scope of the estimate, rather than a productivity
adjustment. The change will be reflected in the quantity of work performed, for
example, the drawing count and other tasks listed in Table EN-1, with a
corresponding change in man-hours.
An adjustment by phase is convenient way to allow for project complexity,
(see Table EN-2), but an adjustment by discipline, which does not affect the
drawing count, may be preferable.
The user may set the appropriate profile for payroll burdens, indirects, and
expenses. If contracts are specified, this information could also be provided as
part of the Contract Description.
Only one Engineering by Phase set of data is used per phase and EWF
combination. If global (that is, phase = *) Engineering by Phase Data are
used, however, additional Engineering by Phase data may be subsequently
added to adjust individual phases separately.
Discipline Adjustments
Adjustments by discipline will not affect the number of drawings in the
estimate and should appropriately be considered as productivity or
complexity adjustments.
The user may combine phase and discipline percentage adjustments, thereby
changing both the number of drawings and the man-hours. In this case, the
overall effect is a compounding of the adjustments, since new productivity is
calculated based on the new scope of work.
36-53
Engineering Reports
If the Engineering report option is selected in the Project Title Data, detailed
reports will be provided for each phase calculated. If a total cost is specified for
any phase, that total will appear on a summary report, and the detailed report
normally prepared for that phase will not be provided.
Table EN-1: Engineering Accounts - Tasks and Work Products
BASIC ENGINEERING: Includes engineering and drafting for the following items:
Project and Process Scope Definition
Process Flow Diagram
Heat and Material Balances
Equipment Process Data Sheets and Requisitions
Long-Lead Equipment Purchase/Commitment
Equipment Lists
Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams
Control System Vendor Selection
Interconnecting Piping Diagrams
Utility Process Flow Diagrams
Utility Balance
Utility Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams
DETAIL ENGINEERING - Includes engineering and drafting for the following items
Equipment
Review Vendor Design
Piping
Piping Arrangements
Piping Isometrics
Pipe Support
Steam Tracing Drawings
Piping Text Schedules
- Continued on next page -
36-54
36-55
36-56
Contracts Engineering
Detailed reports are included with the reports for each contract, where
applicable, when the Engineering report option is selected.
The Engineering Summary for each contract is part of the Contract Data
Sheet.
Construction Management will not be developed by the system unless
assigned to a specific contractor (see Contract Scope - Engineering Data). The
system-calculated man-hours would then be based on the scope of work for all
construction contracts to be managed.
Table EN-2: Plant Complexity - Guidelines for Adjusting Basic and Detail
Engineering Man-hours
Suggested Percent
Adjustment to Engineering
Man-hours
Basic
Detail
48
60
Storage Facilities
Gas/Oil Separation Facilities
60
70
Mining Facilities
Ore Processing Facilities
84
90
100
100
120
125
140
150
160
175
Pharmaceutical Facilities
Speciality Food Processing Facilities
200
200
36-57
36-58
Small
(on local projects)
All
na
na
na
% rates
% indirects
% expenses
85-95
55-65
0 (incl.)
Medium
(on national projects)
All
na
na
na
na
%
%
%
%
rates
indirects
expenses
expenses
90-100
65-75
6-8
6-8
% expenses
50-100
Basic
Detail
Large (for worldwide
procurement)
Procurement na
36-59
Adjustment to:
Size of Organization Phase
Small
(on local projects)
Basic
All
01
14
15
Detail
All
01
14
15
Procurement 01
Home Office All
03
04
07
Field Office All
13
15
16
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
85-90
95-100
0
50
80-85
95-105
0
50
90-95
50-70
0
0
0
60-80
0
0
0
Basic
Detail
Procurement
Home Office
Field Office
%
%
%
%
%
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
manhours
90-100
85-95
95-100
85095
85-100
Procurement All
All
All
01
All
All
% manhours
150-200
36-60
Construction
Contingency
Indirects:
Fringe Benefits
Burdens
US Country Base
Miscellaneous
(Insurance,
Safety, etc.)
36-61
Vendor
Representatives
Field Services
Construction
Rental
Equipment
Temporary
Cost of temporary sanitary and shelter facilities, roadways,
Construction and rigging, utilities and fencing.
Utilities
Mobilization/
Demobilization
Contracts: Description/Scope
The contracts feature provides the user with the means of:
In this section, the term owner is used to identify the one or Number 01
contract at the top of the tier of contracts. The owner, whether operating
company or contractor, is the focal point for payment of all contract costs
relative to the project. An operating company preparing an estimate of the
cost-to-construct might designate itself as the owner for purposes of
evaluating bid package proposals and the total cost of the project. Or, a
contractor might designate itself the owner when preparing a client bid.
Organizations providing services directly to another organization are termed
contractors, or, if indirectly through another contractor, are termed
subcontractors.
36-62
Contract Description
The contract description must be provided for each contract and is assembled
in the Contract Description Data. The contract description includes:
Field indirects, in lieu of the Indirect Data, see Construction Overhead Prime Contractor Basis Data Equipment rental
The second set of contract information is entered in the Contract Scope Data.
Contract Scope Data describes the scope of each contract for:
36-63
- piping
- civil
- steel
- instrumentation
- electrical
- insulation
- paint.
Contracts - Concepts
By the very nature of contracts and this contracts feature, costs of
engineering, materials, and construction are assigned to that contact bearing
the scope responsibility. Contract Scope Data forms a contract set (CONSET)
and is used to assign scope responsibilities. The function of the CONSET is to
define a framework of contract responsibilities for engineering, materials, and
construction. This framework may be detailed down to the phase level for
engineering, and to the code of account (COA) level for materials and
construction. The CONSET number which identifies this framework may then
be indicated in the following project areas to designate responsibility:
Unit areas
36-64
Manpower Indirects
All
Subcontracts
na
na
G@A, Fee,
Contingency
Purchasing
na
G@A, Fee,
Contingency
Equipment
and bulks
na
Freight,
Taxes
na
G@A, Fee,
(1)
Contingency
G@A, Fee,
Contingency
Installation
Start-up
Home Office
Construction
Services
na
G@A, Fee,
Contingency
G@A, Fee,
Contingency
Manpower
to Install
Field
na
Indirects,
Field
Supervision
G@A, Fee,
(1)
Contingency
na = not applicable
(1) = Subcontract costs are allocated to each contractor based on the contract
hierarchy established.
Overheads, fee, and contingency are added to the direct costs to develop the
contract total for each category.
Contract costs are then charged to the responsible contract higher in the chain
as a subcontract with attendant handling charge.
Contract Engineering and Procurement
Basic
Engineering management
Construction Management
Start-up
36-65
Construction Contracts
A construction contract consists of the following classes of expenditure:
Construction:
- direct field manpower
- field supervision
- G&A, fee, contingency.
36-66
Construction Supervision:
- home office construction services
- field supervision
- G&A, fee, contingency.
Each of these classes is described in detail below. G&A, fee and contingency
are covered below under Contract Overheads.
Construction - Direct Field Manpower
36-67
36-68
Contract Overheads
The overheads:
Fee
Contingency
are part of the users contract description or are evaluated through system
default procedures. These overheads are applied and reported against costs in
the following categories:
Materials
Construction.
36-69
For example, suppose (1) a US country base is chosen and all costs are in US
Dollars, (2) the System Base Index for all costs is set and tabulated (see
Indexing/Escalation Data) at 1200, (3) the user has indicated a requirement
for 21% escalation from the base by entering 1.21 x 1200 = 1452, and (4) the
system has arrived at an escalated total cost for construction directs, indirects,
and G&A of $290,400. The system would develop a reduced total cost of
$290,400/(1452) = 200. Applying this value to Figure CDS-1, the curve for
construction would be used to obtain the fee percentage (11.1% for
construction) applied to the $290,400 figure. The user of another country base
location and currency would use the appropriate country base scale and
currency conversion to use Figure CDS-1; the system would perform these
conversions automatically.
Contingency may be adjusted by the user on a contract basis or on a project
basis.
A fee for handling other contracts is determined by the percentage of the value
of contracts handled.
The above individual fee categories are disregarded should the user enter a
single lump sum fee for the contract.
36-70
36-71
36-72
37 Reserved
(G7)
37 Reserved (G7)
37-1
37-2
37 Reserved (G7)
38 Glossary
(G5)
A
AACE
American Association of Cost Engineers.
ABC
Tracking costs on an activity-by-activity basis. Tracking costs this way
provides the ability to identify tasks which are on track and are beginning to
run
over budget.
Accelerated depreciation
Depreciation methods that allow the company to depreciate and write-off the
cost of assets at a rate faster than the write-off under the straight line
method.
Account
A major account series, e.g., piping 300-399.
Acid-test ratio
See Quick ratio.
Action button
An action that may be performed represented by a button on a menu.
Activity
An individual task needed for the completion of a project. It is the smallest
discrete block of time and the resources are typically handled by project
management software. It is a single task which needs to be done in a project.
Multiple activities are related to each other by identifying their immediate
predecessors. Solitary activities, which have no predecessors or successors,
are allowed.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-1
Activity duration
Specifies the length of time (hours, days, weeks, months) that it takes to
complete an activity. This information is optional in the data entry of an
activity. Work flow (predecessor relationships) can be defined before durations
are assigned. Activities with zero durations are considered milestones
or hammocks.
Actual dates
Actual dates are entered as the project progresses. These are the dates that
activities really started and finished as opposed to planned or estimated dates.
Addendum
A change or graphic instrument issued before the date bids are opened. An
addendum may interpret and/or modify the bidding documents by making
additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections.
AFC
Approved for construction.
AFD
Approved for design.
AFE
Authorized for expenditures.
Allocate
To book the costs under one COA to another COA.
Allowances
Additional resources included in estimates to cover the cost of known but
undefined requirements for any individual activity, work item or account.
Alternate
A request from the owner for the cost of adding or deleting an item or work
element from the basic bid. The cost of adding an item is usually known as
additive alternate, while the cost of deleting an item is known as
deductive alternate.
Amortization
See Loan amortization and Full loan amortization.
38-2
38 Glossary (G5)
ANSI
American National Standards Institute.
API
American Petroleum Institute.
Apply
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, includes the entered information in the
project specifications.
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Asset structure
The particular mix of possessions a corporation holds. These are divided into
those to be held for a short time (current assets) and those to be held for a
long time (fixed assets). In a dynamic corporation this mix is continuously
changing. It is the job of the financial manager to keep this mix at the most
desirable combination.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-3
B
Balance sheet
A record of the companys assets, liabilities and equity as of a certain date.
Balloon
Symbol for field instrument in a P&ID.
Balloon payment
A very large payment due at the maturity of a loan arrangement, which has
not fully amortized the loan.
Baseline schedule
A fixed project schedule. It is the standard by which project performance is
measured. The current schedule is copied into the baseline schedule which
remains frozen until it is reset. Resetting the baseline is done when the scope
of the project has been changed significantly. At that point, the original or
current baseline becomes invalid and should not be compared with the
current schedule.
Basic engineering
Engineering required to bring the Phase I design to the AFD level. Basic
engineering is the initial stage of projects where process flow diagrams (Puffs)
are created to arrange process operations, functionality and the necessary
equipment list. This is accomplished by taking the results of the process
analysis (from a simulator) of a general design to define process conditions,
requirements, functionality and equipment for the specified process. The basic
process design is then created. At this stage, design conditions are defined
based on process conditions and operations and models of actual equipment
are mapped out.
Bid documents
The advertisement for bids, instructions to bidders, information available to
bidders, bid form with all attachments and proposed contract documents
(including all addenda issued before the receipt of bids).
Bond
A corporate promissory note issued to an investor.
38-4
38 Glossary (G5)
Bond covenants
The terms and provisions of a debt issue contained in the indenture. These
include the interest rate, maturity date, call price, protections and
other specifics.
Bond indenture
The contract in a debt issue that outlines all the covenants.
Bond refunding
The procedure of recalling an existing bond issue and replacing it with another.
This is usually done to take advantage of changes in market interest rates.
Book value
For a company, the book value is total net worth.
Break-even analysis
A planning procedure that analyzes the relationships between costs, revenues
and volume and uses these relationships to project profits at various levels
of sales.
Break-even budget
The amount of the budget at which the company has exhausted all internally
generated equity and must begin to use externally generated equity.
Break-even point
That point in the level of production or sales at which total revenues equal
total costs.
BS5500
British Standards.
Clear
Erases entries currently selected or displayed in active window.
Click
To press and release the left mouse button.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-5
Close
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, makes no changes to the project
specifications simply closes the entry window.
CM
Construction manager/management.
COD
A credit term that means Cash on Delivery and specifies that goods must be
paid for in full upon delivery.
Coincident indicator
An economic indicator that changes concurrently with changes in the
general economy.
Collateral
An asset used as security to guarantee payment of the principal and interest
on a loan.
Collection costs
Clerical and administrative costs involved with granting credit and managing
accounts receivable.
Commercial paper
Short-term promissory notes issued only by very financially secure
corporations. It is generally safe and very liquid. It has very short maturities
and very high denominations. It has yields higher than treasury bills. It usually
can be either placed directly or through commercial paper dealers.
Common equity
That portion of the balance sheet accounts composed of common stock, capital
in excess of par and retained earnings. Also called net worth and
stockholders equity.
38-6
38 Glossary (G5)
Comparative analysis
An analysis of the overall performance of a company that compares the ratios
of a given company with ratios of other companies in the same industry.
Compensating balance
A credit arrangement restriction that requires a borrower to keep a specified
percentage of the outstanding balance of a certain loan in a checking account
with the bank.
Components
The pieces of the process plant (or mill) that when linked together complete a
process. ICARUS components are categorized into process equipment, plant
bulks, site development, buildings, quoted equipment, unit cost libraries and
equipment model libraries.
Composition
A voluntary financial agreement whereby creditors accept partial payment on
debts owed them as full payment.
Conglomerate merger
A merger between two companies whose businesses are not directly related.
Consumable
The cost of small tools, fixings, consumable material other than
welding supplies.
Contingency
An amount added to the estimate to allow for changes that will likely be
required. This may be derived either through statistical analysis of past-project
costs or by applying experience gained on similar projects. Contingency
usually does not include changes in scope or unforeseeable major events such
as strikes or natural disasters.
Contract documents
The contract forms, general and special conditions, drawings, specifications
and addenda describing the project scope and contract terms.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-7
Control
The process of comparing actual performance with planned performance,
analyzing the differences and taking the appropriate corrective action.
Control process
A procedure to determine whether or not actual performance is in keeping with
planned or budgeted performance.
Conversion premium
The difference between a convertible bonds issue price and its conversion
value at issue time.
Convertible security
A convertible bond or preferred stock that allows the holder to convert the
security into a specified number of shares of common during a specified
time period.
Cost
The amount a contract item is known or estimated to cost the contractor.
Cost index
A number that relates the cost of an item at a specific time to the
corresponding cost at some arbitrarily specified time in the past. A cost index
is useful in taking known past costs for an item and relating them to
the present.
Cost modeling
Taking basic process data (such as capacity of tanks, flow rates of pumps and
areas of heat exchange) and applying them to industry standard design
procedures and codes (ASME, API, TEMA, NEMA, BS5500, JIS and DIN). Cost
modeling also includes developing a mechanical design and simulating the
fabrication and manufacturing of equipment to determine a total equipment
cost and man-hours for installation.
Cost of capital
Cost incurred by utilizing various forms of financing for capital projects. It is
the minimum return required from a project in order for that project to be
acceptable into the capital budget.
38-8
38 Glossary (G5)
Coupon rate
The published rate of a bond. It is equal to the annual interest amount divided
by the face value = I/F.
Covenants
See Bond covenants.
Create
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, creates a new project for entering
specifications.
Credit discount
A credit term that specifies the percentage discount which may be taken if the
invoice is paid within a specified number of days.
Credit period
A credit term that specifies the number of days a client can take to pay an
invoice without being considered delinquent.
Credit policy
Policy for management decisions on credit standards, limits and specific terms.
Critical activity
A critical activity has zero or negative float. This activity has no allowance for
work slippage. It must be finished on time or the entire project will fall behind
schedule. (Non-critical activities have float or slack time and are not in the
critical path. Super-critical activities have negative float.)
Critical path
There may be several paths within one project. The critical path is the path
(sequence) of activities which represent the longest total time required to
complete the project. A delay in any activity in the critical path causes a delay
in the completion of the project. There may be more than one critical path
depending on durations and work flow logic.
CS
Carbon steel, specifically A285C plate, A106, pipe
< 2, A 53 pipe > = 2, A299 castings.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-9
Current ratio
A liquidity ratio. The ratio of total current assets to total current liability equals
CA/CL. It indicates the amount of money in CA for each unit of CL and is a
measure of liquidity.
Current yield
The return a bond is presently producing, which is equal to the annual interest
rate divided by its current market value.
D
Database
A collection of data that can be used to produce additional information.
Debenture
A bond that is backed only by the earning power of the company and no
specific assets. Debenture holders are general creditors of the company.
Decision engineering
An engineering of decisions. Decision engineering allows you to develop a
series of process strategies based on information developed from ICARUS
systems. The best strategy is then identified from the series of strategies.
Considering the best strategy, a decision can then be made which then
becomes your tactic on which to act.
Decision point
A point on a decision tree over which management has control.
Decision tree
A graphic method of risk analysis that shows the magnitude of expected net
cash flows, their associated probabilities, and the interrelationships between
the various outcomes.
38-10
38 Glossary (G5)
sketches, soil data and sketches of major foundations, building sketches and a
complete set of specifications.
Delete
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, removes the specified item from the project.
Demand-diversity factor
The ratio of the actual power demand of an electrical system to the sum of the
nameplate ratings of each piece of equipment within that electrical system.
This ratio will always be less than unity for three reasons. First, motors are
manufactured in standard sizes so the actual power used will always be less
than the nameplate rating of the motor. Second, electrical equipment is
normally brought with some excess capacity; and third, not all equipment
operates at the same time.
Demobilization
See Mobilization/Demobilization.
Design basis
A set of specifications defining the country base, units of measure and
currency used in a project.
Detailed engineering
Defining specific equipment needs, areas, capacities, plot plans, utility
systems and tracks based on process engineering specifications and designs
defined during the Basic engineering phase. Pads and Oasis are created during
the detailed engineering phase. In addition, equipment is defined in relation to
the process flow during this phase.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-11
DH (Direct hire)
Practice by some general contractors of hiring craftsmen directly from the local
labor pools rather than subcontracting the work.
Dialog box
A window that either requests or provides information.
DIN
Dutch-Industrie-Normen.
Direct costs
Costs that can be directly attributed to a particular item of work or activity.
Discount period
A credit term that specifies the number of days during which the credit
discount can be taken.
Discount rate
The interest rate used to discount a future amount of money back to the
present. It is equal to the opportunity cost rate.
Display
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, shows the selected P&ID.
Distributable
A cost item that is spread over other cost items rather than managed as a
separate account.
Distribution of assets
Both the payment of dividends by the corporation to its stockholders and the
distribution of the liquidation proceeds to the creditors and the stockholders.
38-12
38 Glossary (G5)
Dividend policy
The established course of action management maintains in terms of that
portion of retained earnings paid out in dividends.
Dividend yield
A measure of the dividend return to investors for their investment in the
company. It is calculated by dividing dividends per share by the price of a
share of common stock.
Dividends
That portion of retained earnings which is paid to the stockholders.
Duration
Length of time needed to complete an activity. The time length can be
determined by user input or resource usage. Activities with no duration are
called milestones which act as markers. Estimating durations for future
activities is difficult. It is recommended that the largest duration possible be
used to account for possible delays.
E
E-P-C (Engineering, procurement and construction)
Consolidation of the responsibility for those activities under a single
contract(or).
Early finish
The earliest calculated date on which an activity can end. It is based on the
activitys Early start which depends on the finish of predecessor activities and
the activitys duration.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-13
Early start
The earliest calculated date on which an activity can begin. It is dependent on
when all predecessor activities finish.
Earned surplus
Also called retained earnings the accumulated annual earnings of
a corporation.
Economic forecast
Projection of those factors that indicate the general condition of the
national economy.
Economic indicator
The factor within the national economy that can be used to identify a particular
trend in the general economy.
Efficiency
The ability of a corporation to most effectively use its assets to produce sales
in a particular sales period.
Efficiency ratios
Ratios drawn with items concerning the companys asset base and sales. They
are useful in evaluating the ability of management to generate sales using
the assets.
Elapsed time
Total number of calendar days needed to complete an activity. This provides a
realistic view of an activitys length.
38-14
38 Glossary (G5)
EOM
A credit term that means End of Month and indicates that the credit period
begins on the first of the following month.
Equity
See Common equity.
Equity ratios
Ratios generated using items of interest to stockholders that give the
stockholder an indication of how desirable the company is for investment.
Escalation
Provision for an increase in the cost of equipment, material, labor, etc., over
the costs specified in the contract, due to continuing price-level change
over time.
EWF
Engineering workforce.
Exercise price
The price for which one share of common stock can be purchased through the
exercise of warrants.
Exit
Leaves the program.
Expected return
The mathematically anticipated return of a project, obtained by multiplying
each possible outcome by the associated probability of that outcome and
summing all the resulting values.
Exponential smoothing
A quantitative sales forecasting method in which past sales data and past sales
forecasts are used to forecast sales.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-15
Export
Copies data from the current project into a format that can be read by another
application, such as a spreadsheet program.
Extension
A voluntary financial agreement whereby the repayment period for debt
is extended.
F
Factored estimating
Making estimates based on multiple factors. Equipment items are on-site as
are completed costs, equipment schedules and plotting schedules from earlier
projects. These numbers are then adjusted with multipliers from current
equipment and man-hour costs. Factored estimating is a method of generating
the cost of related items without designs. ICARUS systems are not based on
factored estimating.
Fast tracking
Overlapping of project activities normally executed in a consecutive manner.
Field costs
Indirect costs of engineering and construction associated with the projects
field site rather than with the home office.
Field services
An indirect cost including medical, first aid, transport, welder tests and
welding supplies.
Financial forecasting
Projection of future revenues and costs.
Financial lease
A lease that cannot be canceled until the lessee has paid an entire fixed
amount of money over a specified period in order that the lessor gets back all
38-16
38 Glossary (G5)
costs plus a reasonable return. It generally does not include repair and
maintenance service.
Financial leverage
The operationalization of financial risk that can be measured to show the
influence of differing forms of financing on net income as operating
income changes.
Financial ratios
Ratios drawn between items from the balance sheet and income statements
that provide indications of a companys strengths and weaknesses.
Financial risk
The risk inherent in using a particular form of funding for the asset base of
a corporation.
Financial statements
The financial records of a corporation some of which are used as internal
controls and some of which are published for various external parties.
Financial structure
The particular combination of common equity, preferred stock and short- and
long-term liabilities maintained by a company.
Finish float
The amount of excess time an activity has at its finish before a successor
activity must start. This is the difference between the start date of the
predecessor and the finish date of the current activity, using the early or late
schedule. (Early and late dates are not mixed.) This may be referred to as
slack time. All floats are calculated when a project has its schedule computed.
Finish-to-finish lag
The minimum amount of time that must pass between the finish of one activity
and the finish of its successor(s). If the predecessors finish is delayed, the
successor activity may have to be slowed or halted to allow the specified time
period to pass. All lags are calculated when a project has its schedule
computed. Finish-to-finish lags are often used with start-to-start lags.
Finish-to-start lag
The minimum amount of time that must pass between the finish of one activity
and the start of its successor(s). The default finish-to-start lag is zero. If the
predecessors finish is delayed, the successor activitys start will have to be
delayed. All lags are calculated when a project has its schedule computed. In
most cases, finish-to-start lags are not used with other lag types.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-17
Finishing activity
The last activity that must be completed before a project can be considered
finished. This activity is not a predecessor to any other activity it has
no successors.
Fixed costs
Costs that do not vary over the production or sales range.
Flg.
Flanged.
Float
The amount of time that an activity can slip past its duration without delaying
the rest of the project. The calculation depends on the float type (start float,
finish float, positive float and negative float.) All float is calculated when a
project has its schedule computed.
Floating lien
A loan arrangement used when accounts receivable and inventories are used
as collateral. With this there is a general loan against the accounts on the
goods without any records being kept on specific ones.
Free float
The excess time available before the start of the following activity, assuming
that both activities start on their early start date. Free float can be thought of
as the amount of time an activity can expand without affecting the following
activity. If the current activity takes longer to complete than its projected
duration and free float combined, the following activity will be unable to begin
by its earliest start date.
Funded debt
Debt with a maturity of more than 1 year. It includes bonds, debentures, term
loans and mortgages.
38-18
38 Glossary (G5)
Funds forecast
The projection of any additional financing that may be necessary to achieve
and support projected sales.
G
G&A
General and administrative costs. Includes head office (corporate) expenses,
such as rental, heating and air conditioning (HVAC), maintenance, and
allocated costs (e.g., accounting).
GC
General contractor.
General conditions
A specific portion of the contract documents. They state the responsibilities
and relationships of all parties to the contract, as well as any conditions
applicable to the contract.
GMP
Guaranteed maximum price.
Go Back
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, retraces your steps one level.
Grassroots
Constructing an entirely new facility from pre-basic, through basic, through
detailed engineering through construction on an undeveloped site.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-19
H
Hammocks
A hammock groups activities, milestones, or other hammocks for reporting.
Most project management software calculates the duration of a hammock from
the early and late dates of the activities to which they are linked.
Hedging approach
In the hedging approach to working capital financing, the portion of current
assets that fluctuates is financed with current liabilities, and the portion that is
in effect fixed is financed through permanent financing.
Help
In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, accesses the online help system.
Histogram
A graphic display of resource usage over a period of time. It allows the
detection of overused or under-used resources. The resource usage is
displayed in bars.
Host
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator (on a UNIX workstation), the computer that
is in charge of the operation of a group of computers linked in a network.
HP
Horsepower.
HVAC
Heating, ventilating and air conditioning.
38-20
38 Glossary (G5)
I
Aspen Process Economic Analyzer (IPE)
ICARUS powerful PC-based software package designed for the automatic
preparation of detailed process facility designs, estimates and engineering and
construction schedules from your process simulation results.
Icon
A graphical representation of an application or document.
Import
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, copies specified information from an existing
project into the current project.
Income bonds
A debt instrument that requires interest payments only when the corporation
has positive earnings. It is often used for reorganizations.
Income statement
A record of a companys recorded earnings and expenses for a given
time period.
Indenture
See Bond indenture.
Indirect costs
All costs that do not become a final part of the installation. Indirect costs are
temporary construction costs and contractor overheads, burdens, fees, project
freight, design engineering, project management, taxes, insurance, cleanup
and contingency.
Industry forecast
Projection of revenue and cost trends for a particular industry.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-21
Industry ratios
Ratios generated for an entire industry by calculating the ratios for each
corporation in that industry.
Inflation
An economic situation in which the costs of goods and services increase and
the relative worth of a given amount of money decreases.
Info
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, lists information about the current backup or
retrieval.
Input-output model
A causal sales forecasting method in which interindustry transactions are used
to set up a purchaser-seller matrix, which in turn is used to establish
sales trends.
Installation bulks
Items that are directly associated with the component being defined and that
are used to complete the installation of the item. Refer to the users guide for
details on the twelve types of installation bulks summarized below:
38-22
Material/man-hour additions - adds lump sum material costs and/or manhours to a specified code of account.
Piping - General Specs - defines the rules for developing all of the
components installation piping, which carry liquids, gasses and/or solids
between successive equipment items in the process stream.
38 Glossary (G5)
Intrinsic value
The underlying true value of a company as determined by its management of
assets and liabilities and by the risks taken on, and the returns given its
shareholders. It is also in part determined by the individual investors attitudes
toward risk and return. For an actively traded stock, given sufficient
information availability, the intrinsic value is equal to the market value.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-23
Inventory turnover
An efficiency ratio. A measure of how many times the inventory is sold or
turned over in a sales period = net sales/inventory. It indicates how well the
size of the inventory has been managed.
Issued stock
The common stock of a corporation that has actually been sold to an investor.
Item
In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, a capsule-shaped element of a tree diagram
representing project specifications.
Item run
The process of having Aspen Capital Cost Estimator prepare a design and
estimate at the component level for all or selected components in a project.
J
JIS
Japanese Industrial Standard.
K
KV
Kilovolts
38-24
38 Glossary (G5)
KVA
Kilovolts-amperes
KW
Kilowatts
L
Labor burden
Taxes and insurance costs based on labor payroll that the employer is legally
required to pay on behalf of or for the benefits of laborers. (In the U.S., these
include federal old age benefits, federal unemployment insurance tax, state
unemployment tax and workers compensation.)
Labor cost
The base salary, plus all fringe benefit costs and labor burdens associated with
labor, that can be definitely assigned to one item of work, product, area or
account.
Lag
The time delay between the start or finish of an activity and the start or finish
of its successor(s).
Lagging indicator
An economic indicator the changes in which follow the changes in the general
economy during a known period of time.
Late finish
The latest dates by which an activity can finish to avoid causing delays in
a project.
Late start
The latest dates by which an activity can start to avoid causing delays in
a project.
Leading indicator
An economic indicator the changes in which precede concomitant changes in
the general economy in a known amount of time.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-25
Lease
A legal contract whereby a lessee is able to obtain the use of certain assets
without having to actually purchase these assets. The assets remain the
property of a lessor who receives a series of payments for the use of
the assets.
Lease capitalization
The evaluation of a lease arrangement that uses the present value of future
lease payments as the value for lease obligations to be shown as liabilities and
an equal value to be shown as net leased assets on the balance sheet of the
lessee. This is done by capitalizing the lease payments at an appropriate lease
capitalization rate. If this rate is applied to the lease payments after the first
payment is made, it results in a net capitalized value. If it is done before the
first payment is made, a gross capitalized value results.
Leverage
The amount of debt financing used by a corporation. A general measure is the
ratio of total debts to total assets.
Leverage ratios
The ratios generated using items dealing with the companys indebtedness,
which monitor the companys ability to meet its financial obligations.
Library
A set of user-defined specifications that may be added into a project when
requested.
Lien
A legally recognized pledge against specific physical property.
Line of credit
An arrangement between a bank and a client company that allows the client to
borrow up to a maximum amount of cash at its own discretion within a set
amount of time. Designed to get the company through periods of short-term
seasonal needs, a line of credit also allows the company the flexibility of
determining the timing and size of amounts outstanding at any one time. The
account generally must be paid up each year.
Link
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, a connection between an item in one tree
diagram with an item in another tree diagram.
38-26
38 Glossary (G5)
Liquidation value
The residual proceeds from selling off the companys assets and paying off the
companys liabilities.
Liquidity
The nearness of a certain asset to cash, the ease with which it can be
converted into cash and the amount of cash realized at conversion.
Liquidity ratios
The ratios using current assets and current liabilities that measure a
companys ability to pay its short-term liabilities.
LJ
Lap joint.
Loan amortization
The procedure of paying off a loan by making a series of equal payments
at regular intervals. These payments include both interest and
principal repayment.
Lock-box system
A method of improving funds collections, based upon having funds mailed to
post office boxes. These funds are then collected several times a day by
representatives of the companys local banks and deposited into the banks.
The companys market is divided into regions and the post offices and banks
are chosen for each region.
Log
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, lists prior backups for selecting files to
retrieve.
M
Main substation
A substation which feeds power at the distribution voltage to either a unit
substation or directly to a motor driven at the distribution voltage.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-27
Maintenance lease
A type of financial lease under which the lessor pays maintenance and
insurance costs.
Making a market
The act of maintaining an inventory of unlisted stocks and selling them as
orders for them are received.
Mark text
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, to select text by dragging the mouse pointer
over the selected text while holding down the left mouse button.
Mark-up
As variously used in construction estimating, such percentage applications as
general overhead, profit, and other indirect costs. When mark-up is applied to
the bottom of a bid sheet for a particular item, system or other construction
price, any or all of the above items (or more) may be included, depending on
local practice.
Market value
The value established in the market place by supply and demand and
market transactions.
MCC
Motor control center.
38-28
38 Glossary (G5)
Mechanical engineering
Primarily concerned with the function, use, design and fabrication of
equipment. The designing, testing, building and operating of machinery are
also of importance. Mechanical engineering focuses on two areas: machinery
and thermodynamics (heat and energy management based on laws of
conversion of matter and energy).
Micro-scheduling
The scheduling of activities with durations less than one day (in hours or
fractional days.)
Milestones
An activity with zero duration (usually marking the end of a period.)
Mobilization/Demobilization
An indirect cost including transportation cost of equipment, offices, etc. to and
from the construction site.
Mortgage bond
A bond that is backed by the pledge of specific assets of the company. If the
company is liquidated, proceeds from the liquidation of these assets are used
to satisfy these bondholders claims. They are considered the most secure type
of bond although they do not guarantee perfect safety. They can be either
senior or junior mortgage bonds, the senior having priority over all other
creditors of the company, the junior coming next.
Mouse
A device connected to the computer, that when moved, moves the cursor on
the monitor screen. In addition, the buttons on the mouse enable the user to
select text and objects.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-29
Moving averages
A quantitative sales forecasting method in which an arithmetic average over
some predetermined number of sales periods is used to determine trends.
MPS
Master project schedule.
Multi-project analysis
Used to analyze the impact and interaction of activities and resources whose
progress affects the progress of a group of projects or for projects with shared
resources or both. Multi-project analysis can also be used for composite
reporting on projects having no dependencies or resources in common.
N
Negative float
Indicates activities must start before their predecessors finish in order to meet
a target finish date. All float is calculated when a project has its schedule
computed. Negative float occurs when the difference between the late dates
and the early dates (start or finish) or any activity are negative. In this
situation, the late dates are earlier then the early dates. This can happen when
constraints (activity target dates or a project target finish date) are added to
a project.
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturing Association.
38-30
38 Glossary (G5)
Net worth
Total stockholders equity or total assets minus total liabilities.
Network
A group of computers connected together.
Network analysis
The process of identifying early and late start and finish dates for
project activities.
Network diagram
A graphic representation of activity sequence and relationships. Activity boxes
are connected together with one-way arrow to indicate precedence. The first
activity is placed on the left side of the diagram with the last activity on the
right side. Activity boxes are usually placed at different levels (not in a single
row) to accommodate activities that are done simultaneously.
O
Offsets
Items located external to the facility battery limits, including cooling towers
and boilers.
OH
Overhead.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-31
OK
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, specifies that you wish to continue with the
current activity.
Operating lease
Also called service lease a lease that allows the lessee to terminate the
lease at his convenience. The payments under an operating lease usually
include service and maintenance charges.
Operating leverage
A measure of the effect of changes in sales level on changes in earnings before
interest and taxes. The magnitude of the effect is determined by the portion of
sales revenue that has to be used to cover fixed costs.
Opportunity cost
The cost incurred by foregoing the opportunity to take advantage of the next
best alternative.
Option menu
Within a dialog box or entry form, a listing of all allowable entries/options.
Organizational goal
The aim or end product that the corporation as a whole works to achieve. All of
the decisions made within the corporation should be made in terms of
this aim.
Organized exchange
An organized capital market complete with physical facilities, governing boards
and membership regulations and requirements.
38-32
38 Glossary (G5)
Orifice union
Special set of flanges designed to hold an orifice plate.
Origin
The identity of a direct cost component (such as a pump), consisting of a 3character symbol and a number from 100 to 999 (e.g., CP 100 for Centrifugal
Pump numbered 100). This identity is also used to label all installation bulks
attached to the pump.
OSHA
U.S. Occupational Safety and Heath Administration.
OT
Overtime.
Overhead
A cost or expense inherent in performing an operation, i.e., engineering,
construction, operating, or manufacturing, that cannot be charged to or
identified with a part of the work, product, or asset and which, therefore, must
either be allocated on some arbitrary basis believed to be equitable, or
handled as a business expense independent of the volume of production.
P
P&ID
Piping and instrumentation diagram. Basics of detailed engineering. P&IDs are
detailed drawings of a specific process to be built. P&IDs do not list specific
items, such as inessential valves, fittings and elbows.
PAC's
Payroll added costs: Social Security, workers' compensation, insurance,
federal and state taxes.
Paid-in capital
See Paid-in surplus.
Paid-in surplus
Also called paid-in capital, excess over par, and capital in excess of par the
difference between the par value of a share of stock and the amount the
company realized on the initial issue of that share.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-33
Par value
An arbitrary value assigned to each share of common stock. It is used for
accounting purposes only and has no influence on either the issue price or the
market price of a share of stock.
Parallel activities
Two or more activities that can be done at the same time. This allows a project
to be completed faster than if the activities were arranged serially in a
straight line.
Path
A series of connected activities. Refer to Critical path for information on critical
and non-critical paths.
PC
Any personal computer (such as an IBM PC or compatible) using MS-DOS, OS/
2, Windows, Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95, Windows NT Workstation,
or Windows NT Server operating systems.
Perpetual bond
A bond with no maturity date.
Perpetual warrants
Warrants with no expiration date.
PFD
Process flow diagram. Process configuration with heat and material balances.
Phase 0
Preliminary process design.
38-34
38 Glossary (G5)
Phase I
Firm process design.
Phase II
Detailed engineering design, procurement and project control.
Plant bulk
An item (piping, civil, steel, instrumentation, electrical, insulation and/or
paint) which is needed to properly install a project component or operate
a facility
Plant start-up
Includes man-hours spent by the contractors discipline representatives
(specialists, foremen, superintendents, etc.), after mechanical completion of
the project, to perform the following tasks:
1
Assist the owner with starting the plant and address any technical issues.
Items not included in this contractor cost are such things as conferring with
the DCS vendor, developing control software, temporary utilities (e.g., more
steam required for start-up than thereafter), initial catalyst charges, changes
to the project scope or exchanging items, and any of the owners calibration or
commissioning staff.
PLC
Programmed logic controller.
Plot plan
A geographic (sky-view) plan for a future site. This is sometimes
called dimensioning.
PM/PE
Project manager/engineer.
PO
Purchase order.
Portfolio effect
The reduction in portfolio risk realized by diversification into negatively
correlated projects.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-35
Portfolio risk
The total risk incurred by holding a portfolio of assets.
Positive float
The amount of time that an activitys start can be delayed without affecting
the project completion date. An activity with positive float is not on the critical
path and is called a non-critical activity.
Power factor
The ratio of KW/KVA for an electrical system.
Precautionary motive
A motive for holding cash reserves that stems from managements desire to be
able to handle any extraordinary and unexpected cash outflows.
Precedence notation
A means of describing project work flow. It is sometimes called activity-onnode notation. Each activity is assigned a unique identifier. Work flow direction
is indicated by showing each of the activitys predecessors and their lag
relationships. Graphically, precedence networks are represented by using
descriptive boxes and connecting arrows to denote the flow of work.
Predecessor
An activity that must be completed (or partially completed) before a specified
activity can begin. The combination of all predecessors and successors
relationships among the project activities forms a network. This network can
be analyzed to determine the critical path and other project
scheduling implications.
Preferred stock
A type of equity that has certain priorities over common stock. It is generally
characterized by fixed dividend payments, which are payable before
common stock
dividends and claims on the liquidation value of the company that are
subordinate to all creditor claims but prior to common stockholder claims.
Preprocessor
A set of one or more ICUE commands stored in a file which can be opened,
edited, saved and run. Preprocessors are helpful when you access the estimate
results database and run the same ICUE commands.
Present value
The mechanism whereby future costs and benefits can be made comparable to
present costs and benefits.
38-36
38 Glossary (G5)
Price
The amount of money asked or given for a product. The chief function of price
is to ration the existing supply among prospective buyers. Price incorporates
direct and indirect costs, general overhead, profit and contingency.
Primary KV
Voltage in KV of the incoming power to a substation.
Primary market
That segment of the capital market which deals with new issues of securities
and the movement of funds from investors to issuing companies.
Prime rate
The lowest interest rate applicable to business loans.
Privilege level
For Windows NT, one of three settings (User, Administrator, or Guest)
assigned to each user account. The privilege level a user account has
determines the actions that the user can perform on the network.
Process engineering
Performing and determining process needs prior to Basic engineering and
Detailed engineering. Process engineering, usually performed by chemical
engineers, includes defining process streams using the data from
process simulators.
Process equipment
Equipment for handling liquids, gasses and solids.
Process fluid
A gas or liquid raw material, intermediate project or chemical (e.g., a solvent)
used in the manufacture of the product.
Product extension
A horizontal merger by which the product line of the merger companies
is extended.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-37
Productivity
A relative measure of labor efficiency, either good or bad, when compared to
an established base or norm as determined from an area of great experience.
Alternatively, productivity is defined as the reciprocal of the labor factor.
Profit margin
A profitability ratio. A measure of how well management has controlled costs
while successfully marketing the companys products = net profits/net sales. It
shows how many cents of profit are realized out of each sales dollar.
Profitability
The ability of a corporation to show a surplus of income over expenses in a
particular sales period. This is usually measured in dollars of total profit to
sales for the period.
Profitability ratios
Ratios that measure how effective management has been in generating a
return utilizing the assets of the company.
Project
A collection of general specifications and component design specifications
which describe a facility for an ICARUS system to designate/estimate.
Project database
The design and cost information stored in multiple SQL files for a
specific project.
Project estimate
The process of designing and costing the direct cost components and the
indirect costs in the project scope and creating database files.
Project manager
In owner/operator plants, someone who is responsible for design decisions and
reviewing processes, their viability and sometimes their completion. In
contractor companies, someone who is responsible for detailed design
decisions (integrating PFD, P&ID and ISO specifications) to complete a
projects construction.
38-38
38 Glossary (G5)
Project run
The process of having an ICARUS system prepare a design and estimate at the
project level for the entire project.
Promissory note
An IOU that establishes tangible proof of debt.
Proxy
An arrangement that allows common stockholders of a corporation to assign
their voting rights over to someone else for one particular
stockholders meeting.
Q
QA/QC
Quality assurance and control.
Queue
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, lists active print jobs.
Quick ratio
The liquidity ratio. Ratio of total current assets less inventories to total current
liabilities = (CA - Inv)/CL. Also called the acid-test ratio.
Quit
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, terminates an activity.
R
Rapid growth stocks
Stocks for which the dividends are expected to grow at a rapid rate for a few
years and then level to a normal, constant growth rate.
Recession
A situation in which the economy of a given area worsens.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-39
Red herring
A preliminary prospectus on a new securities issue sent out by the
underwriters. It includes a history of the company, the intended use of the
funds, up-to-date certified financial statements and a statement on risks. It is
used to provide information, generate interest and help set the final selling
price of the new securities.
Refit
Changing an existing facility by adding something left out, overhauling worn
out components or adding or subtracting from the current capacities of
existing components.
Registered bond
A bond that belongs to a specific investor whose name is recorded with the
company. This bondholder receives interest payments automatically.
Regression analysis
A causal sales forecasting method in which sales are defined as a function of a
number of independent variables. Changes in these independent variables are
then used to determine a model that will forecast future sales levels.
Regression analysis can also be used to forecast the need for funding.
Reorganization
Under bankruptcy proceedings, this is the formal restructuring of the debtor
companys financial structure. It involves discharging the debt, making
managerial and operational changes and acquiring new working capital.
Rescheduling
Recalculating the start and finish dates of all uncompleted activities based on
progress as of a specified date.
Residual assets
Any assets that remain after assets have been liquidated to pay off creditors.
38-40
38 Glossary (G5)
Resource
Anything that is assigned to an activity or needed to complete an activity. This
may include equipment, people, buildings, etc.
Resource leveling
Provides the capability to adjust project schedules to minimize the peaks in
daily resource usages. This is usually done when resources are over-allocated.
Activities are moved within their available float to produce a new schedule.
Resources and projects may have leveling priorities. Some activities may not
have any rescheduling flexibility due to lack of float. Either resourceconstrained or schedule-constrained leveling may be selected.
Retrofit
See Refit.
Revamp
See Refit.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-41
Revolving credit
A credit arrangement between a bank and a client in which the bank makes a
formal, legally binding commitment to extend credit to the client up to a
specified limit. It incurs a commitment fee in addition to the interest. Quite
often it extends for more than 1 year.
Rights offering
The method whereby stockholders who have the preemptive right are offered
the opportunity to maintain their proportionate share when new stock is
being issued.
Risk averter
A person who possesses very little utility for high risk undertakings.
Risk neutral
The state of having utility only for the expected return of a project.
Risk-seeker
A person who has very high utility for high risk projects.
ROG
A credit term that means receipt of goods and indicates that the credit period
does not begin until the day the goods are received.
Run
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, produces the selected estimate type.
38-42
38 Glossary (G5)
S
Safety stock
A quantity of inventory above the amount determined by using an EOQ model,
which will handle unanticipated demand. These levels are dependent upon lead
time to delivery, the probability distribution of demand and customer
service policies.
Sale of assets
A business combination whereby one company purchases the assets of
another. The buying company may also assume some or all of the liabilities of
the other company.
Salvage value
The expected value of an asset at the end of its usable life for the company.
The difference between an assets cost and its salvage value is the amount to
be depreciated over the assets usable life.
SC
Subcontract/subcontractor.
Scan
The process of checking the project scope for feasibility of design.
Scheduling
The process of determining when project activities will take place depending
on defined durations and precedent activities. Schedule constraints specify
when an activity should start or end based on duration, predecessors, external
predecessor relationships, resource availability or target dates.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-43
Scope
The equipment and materials to be provided, and the work to be performed.
Scope is documented by the contract parameters for a project to which the
company is committed.
Seasonal dating
A credit arrangement that extends the credit period for certain seasonal goods
into their selling season.
Secondary markets
That segment of the capital markets that deals with existing securities and the
transactions that occur between investors.
Security
A means of ensuring that shared files can be accessed only by
authorized users.
Select
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, to highlight an item by clicking it with the
mouse or using key combinations. Selecting does not initiate an action.
Selling group
A group of brokerage houses and dealers who sell the new securities
to investors.
Sequence
The order in which activities occur with respect to one another. This
establishes the priority and dependencies between activities. Successor and
predecessor relationships are developed in a network format. This allows those
involved in the project to visualize the work flow.
38-44
38 Glossary (G5)
Sinking fund
A bond indenture provision that requires the company to make periodic
payments to the trustee. This fund is to be used to retire portions of the bond
issue, either by buying the bonds off the market or calling and retiring portions
of it by lottery.
Site development
Includes those actions that must be taken to convert a prospective facility site
into a reasonably flat plant area, free of major obstructions, and with
provisions for water drainage, fencing, paving and rail spurs.
Slippage
The amount of slack or float time used by the current activity due to a delayed
start. If an activity without float is delayed, the entire project will slip.
Source of funds
The inflows of funds from operations, decreases in assets and increases in
liabilities and net worth accounts.
Special reports
Customized reports created by the ICUE Reporter.
SQL
Structured query language, a database sub language for querying, updating,
and managing relational databases. The basic structure of the relational model
is a table, consisting of rows and columns. Data definition includes declaring
the name of each table to be included in a database, the name and data types
of all columns of each table, constraints on the values in and among columns,
and the granting of table manipulation privileges to prospective users. Tables
can be accessed by inserting new rows, deleting or updating existing rows, or
selecting rows that satisfy a given search condition for output.
SS
Stainless steel.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-45
Standard basis
A previously defined project which is copied to provide the starting point for a
new project.
Start float
The amount of excess time an activity has between its early start and late
start dates.
Start-to-start lag
The minimum amount of time that must pass between the start of one activity
and the start of its successor(s).
Starting activity
A starting activity has no predecessors. It does not have to wait for any other
activity to start.
Statutory consolidation
A merger in which both merging companies cease to exist as separate
companies and a brand new company is formed. Shares of the old companies
are exchanged for shares of the new. The new company assumes all the assets
or liabilities of the old companies.
Statutory merger
A merger in which one of the partners is completely taken over and ceases to
exist as a separate business. There is a tax-free exchange of shares. All of the
assets and liabilities of the acquired company are assumed by the
surviving company.
Stock dividend
The payment of dividends in stock. This increases the number of shares
outstanding, leaves unchanged the par value of the stock and capitalizes part
of the retained earnings.
38-46
38 Glossary (G5)
Stock markets
Stock markets such as the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock
Exchange and the Midwest Stock Exchange are examples of organized
exchanges where corporate securities are traded.
Stock right
A subscription option that exists with each share of existing stock during a
rights offering. It has a value during the rights offering but is worthless
thereafter. The existing stockholder can choose to exercise the right, sell it or
allow it to expire.
Stock split
A stock dividend that results in an increase of 25 percent or more in the
number of shares of stock outstanding. The par value of the stock is adjusted
to account for this increase in number. Retained earnings do not change.
Stockholders equity
See Total stockholders equity.
Sub-critical activity
A sub-critical activity has a float threshold value assigned to it by the project
manager. When the activity reaches its float threshold, it is identified as being
critical. Since this type of criticality is artificial, it normally does not impact the
projects end date.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-47
Subordinated debenture
A bond whose holders claims are subordinate or lower than the claims of all
other creditors. They tend to have rather high interest rates.
Subproject
A distinct group of activities that comprise their own project which in turn is a
part of a larger project. Subprojects can be summarized into a single activity
to hide the detail.
Subscription price
The price at which a new share of common stock can be purchased at issue.
Successor
An activity whose start or finish depends on the start or finish of a
predecessor activity.
Super-critical activity
An activity that is behind schedule is considered to be super-critical. It has
been delayed to a point where its float is calculated to be a negative value. The
negative float is representative of the number of units an activity is
behind schedule.
SW
Socket weld.
T
T-T
Tangent to tangent. Straight-side dimension of vessels, columns and reactors.
Take-off
Detailed quantity count of work components: cubic yards, tons, feet, etc.
38-48
38 Glossary (G5)
Technical insolvency
A financial state in which a company cannot pay its due and payable
financial obligations.
TEFC
Totally enclosed fan cooled. Term applied to electrical motors.
TEMA
Tubular Exchanger Manufacturing Association.
TEWAC
Totally Enclosed Water Cooled.
Temporary construction
An indirect cost including temporary shelter and sanitary facilities, utilities,
temporary power, roadways, rigging and fencing.
Tender offer
An offer made by one company directly to the stockholders of another to
purchase the shares of the second company. This is a method used in a
takeover of a company. It is usually done without the consent of the
management of the second company.
TEWAC
Totally enclosed water cooled.
Text string
A set of one or more characters, including letters, numbers, symbols and
blank spaces.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-49
Total float
The excess time available for an activity to be expanded or delayed without
affecting the rest of the project assuming it begins at its earliest time.
Trade acceptance
A formal acknowledgment of debt that is initiated by the seller of the goods
and accepted by the buyer in order to permit shipment of the desired goods.
Trade credit
Also called accounts payable. A short-term financing source realized by
assuming a liability by buying goods on credit. Three types of trade credit
arrangements are open accounts, notes payable and trade acceptances.
Transaction loans
A short-term, 30 - 90 days, credit arrangement that allows a bank client to
borrow money for some special purpose.
38-50
38 Glossary (G5)
Treasury stock
The authorized and issued stock of a corporation that the corporation itself has
repurchased off the market. This stock is no longer outstanding.
Tree diagram
Branched graphical representation of specifications for contractors, contractor
scopes, power distribution, process control and areas.
Trend projection
A quantitative sales forecasting method in which sales trends are estimated
through the analysis of data that have been systematically gathered for some
period of time.
Trust receipt
A short-term financing instrument used in inventory pledging in which the
borrower acknowledges it holds merchandise in trust for the lender. It is used
when the goods are more easily held by the borrower and when they can be
identified by serial number.
Trustee
The overseer of a bond issue who protects the interests of the bondholders. It
is usually a bank or some other responsible financial institution.
U
Underwriting syndicate
A temporary alliance of investment brokers who jointly underwrite a particular
new issue.
Unit substation
A substation which feed power at a voltage less than the distribution voltage
(a) electrical equipment such as motors and lights within the process facility or
(b) another unit substation for further transformation to a lower utilization
voltage. Thus for (b), the subordinate unit substation would draw power from
the serving principle unit substation.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-51
Unsecured loan
A loan for which the bank requires no collateral.
Uses of funds
The outflow of funds used for increases in assets and decreases in liabilities
and net worth accounts.
V
Value
The perceived utility or satisfaction inherent in a product or service.
Value engineering
A practice function that is targeted at the design itself. The objective of value
engineering is to develop or design a facility or item that will yield the least life
cycle costs or provide the greatest value while satisfying all performance and
other criteria established for it.
Variable costs
The costs that change directly with changes in production or sales levels.
Vendor representatives
An indirect cost including travel, sustenances and average rates for vendor
field representatives, e.g., a compressor specialist.
Vertical merger
A merger that involves two companies in the same business at different
manufacturing and distribution levels.
38-52
38 Glossary (G5)
W
Wage rate
The wage paid to a specific discipline.
Windows NT workstation
The portable, secure 32-bit preemptive multitasking member of Microsoft
Windows operating system family.
Work flow
The relationship of the activities in a project from start to finish. Work flow
takes into consideration all types of activity relationships.
Work load
The amount of work units assigned to a resource over a period of time.
Work unit
Standard unit established to value all work components in a rational and
consistent manner. (The measurement of resources.) For example, people as
a resource can be measured by the number of hours they work.
Working capital
Current assets such as cash, marketable securities, accounts receivable and
inventories. Working capital has a life of less than 1 year.
38 Glossary (G5)
38-53
Y
Yield to maturity
That discount rate which makes the present value of future inflows from a
bond equal to its present market value.
Z
Zero float
Zero float is a condition where there is no excess time between activities. An
activity with zero float is considered a critical activity. If the duration of any
critical activity is increased (the activity slips), the project finish date will slip.
Zero-base budgeting
A planning procedure that assumes that the relevant base for all planning is
zero dollars.
38-54
38 Glossary (G5)
Index
(G6)
Numerics
1 1, 2, 5, 2, 51, 9, 10, 14, 17, 18, 19, 20, 6, 7,
24, 25, 29, 2, 6, 8, 12, 15, 16, 29, 43, 46, 47,
10, 29, 32, 39, 43, 52, 53, 57, 61, 62, 65, 69,
1, 7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 16, 21, 24, 25, 32, 38, 44,
46, 49, 50
1 SPEED
Hoists (HO)
2 STAGE
Ejectors (EJ)
4 STAGE
Ejectors (EJ)
4-STAGE B
Ejectors (EJ)
5 SPEED
Hoists (HO)
5-STAGE B
Ejectors (EJ)
18
4
5
5
18, 22
6
A
AACE 1
ABC 1
Above-grade piping
piping plant bulks 3, 6
Absorber towers 3
Absorption towers 3
ABVGR-TANK
civil plant bulks 2
AC/DC Transformer
electrical plant bulks 16
Accelerated depreciation 1
Accelleration
seismic data 15
Accomodations
construction overhead 62
Account 1
ACID BRICK
Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 8
Acid-test ratio 1
Action button 1
Activated aluminas
packing 4
Activated carbon
Index (G6)
pacing materials 66
packing 4
Activity duration 2
Actual dates 2
Addendum 2
Adsorption towers 3
AERATOR
Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8
AFC 2
AFD 2
Agitated falling film
Evaporators (E) 4
Agitated pan batch dryer
Dryers (D) 9
Agitated Tanks (AT) 7
COND-CELL 20
FLOAT-CELL 20
general nomenclature 21
MACH-PULP 17
MIXER 8, 9
OFF-MACH 17, 18
OPEN TOP 11
Agitated thin film evaporator
Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) 7
Agitators (AG) 7
ANCHOR 3
DIRECT 2
FIXED PROP 3
GEAR DRIVE 2
HIGH SHEAR 5
MECH-SEAL 3
PORT-PROP 3
PULP STOCK 4
SAN-FIXED 6
SAN-PORT 7
side entry 4
top entry 4
Air Compressors (AC) 8
CENTRIF-M 2
packaged unit 2, 3
RECIP-GAS 3
RECIP-MOTR 4
SINGLE 1-S 4
SINGLE 2-S 4
AIR COOLER
Heat Exchangers (HE) 3
AIR DRYER
Dryers (AD) 8
Air Dryers (AD) 15
AIR DRYER 8
Air fan
AIR COOLER (HE) 3
Allocate 2
Allowances 2
ALMNA 66
Alternate 2
Alumina
packing materials 66
Aluminum
non-ferrous plate materials
ASME 8
DIN 44
JIS 32
Amortization 2
Analog, process control 14
ANCHOR
Agitators (AG) 3
Anion exchangers
DEMINERAL 8
SOFTENING 8
Anodes
electrical plant bulks 11
ANSI 3
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 2
ANSI PLAST
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 4
API 3
API 610
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 5
API 610-IL
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 7
Apply 3
Apply & Close 3
APRON
Conveyors (CO) 7
Area
insulation/fireproofing 2
Area lighting
electrical plant bulks 8
AREA-LIGHT
electrical plant bulks 8, 9
Areas
pipe envelope 7
process control 20
types 3
unreferenced requiring power 35
ASME 3
ASPHALT
site development 12
Asphalt equipment
construction equipment 14
Asphaltic resin lining 63
ATM SUSPEN
Centrifuges (CT) 2
Atmospheric
solid/liquid storage
Vertical Tanks (VT) 36
Atmospheric tray batch dryer
Dryers (D) 9
ATM-SYSTEM
Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14
ATTRITION
Mills (M) 7
Attrition mill
Mills (M) 7
AUTOGENOUS
Mills (M) 8
Autogenous mill
Mills (M) 8
Automotive
construction equipment 2
Average collection period 3
Average rate of return (ARR) 3
Axial
Gas Compressors (GC) 5
AXIAL FLOW
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 11
B
BACKFILL
earthwork - site development 7
Baghouse
cloth bay 6
Balance sheet 4
Ball
Fisher control valve information 23
BALL MILL
Mills (M) 8
Ball mill
Mills (M) 8
Balloon 4
Balloon payment 4
BAR
Screens (VS) 32
Barcharts
project schedule 9
BAROMETRIC
Condensers (C) 2
Base indices
country base
US 2
BASE-PREP
site development 12
Basic engineering 4
disciplines and wage rates
JP 6, 8
UK 4
US 2, 10
BASINS
drainage - site development 4
Basins, catch
Index (G6)
Index (G6)
BOT-UNLOAD
Centrifuges (CT) 3
BOX
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 39, 40
Boxes
steel plant bulks 16
Boxes, junction
instrumentation plant bulks 4
Bracing
steel plant bulks 16
Brackets
steel plant bulks 16
BRADFORD
Crushers (CR) 6
Brass
non-ferrous plate materials
JIS 32
non-ferrous tube materials
DIN 50
JIS 38
BREAKER
electrical plant bulks 15
Break-even analysis 5
Break-even budget 5
Break-even point 5
Bridge crane
Cranes (CE) 13
BRIDGE-CRN
Cranes (CE) 13
BRUSH
earthwork - site development 6
BS design code
ferrous tube materials
high alloy steel 25
low alloy steel 24
BS5500 5
Bubble cap trays 3
Bucket elevator
Conveyors (CO) 10
Buildings
demolish 3
mill, steel plant bulks 12
BUMPER
railroads - site development 17
Bundle runs - pneumatic
instrumentation plant bulks 3
Burdens
construction overhead 61
Buried pipe
piping plant bulks 3, 21
BUS DUCT 14
Butterfly
Fisher control valve information 23
Butyl rubber
lined steel pipe 59
Butyl rubber lining 63
C
CABLE DUCT
12
Cable tray
electrical plant bulks 4
instrumentation plant bulks 3
Cable, data-highway
instrumentation plant bulks 9
Caged ladders 15
steel plant bulks 6
CAISSON
piling - site development 15
Calcium chloride
packing materials 66
Calcium silicate
insulation materials 4
CANNED
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 11
CANNED RTR
Gear Pumps (GP) 20
Carbon
packing materials 66
Carbon steel
lining materials 63
packing materials 67
Carpenter 20
ASME non-ferrous
tube materials 14
BS non-ferrous
plate materials 21
DIN non-ferrous
plate materials 45
tube materials 50
JIS non-ferrous
plate materials 33
tube materials 38
CARTRIDGE
Filters (F) 11
Cartridge filter
Filters (F) 11
Cascade rings 67
Cast steel
casting materials 65
Castable refractories, linings 5
Catalyst
bed reactor, packed 8, 21
Catch basin
drainage - site development 4
Catering
construction overhead 62
Cation exchangers
DEMINERAL 8
Cement
lined steel pipe 59
CENT-BKT-L
Conveyors (CO) 9, 10, 11, 12
CENT-COMPR
Refrigeration Units (RU) 6
CENTRF-PRE
Dust Collectors (C) 6
CENTRIF
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 13
Index (G6)
Index (G6)
Contingency 7
Continuous spray drying system
Dryers (D) 10
Contract documents 7
Contracts
concepts 64
construciton - home office construction
services 69
construction 66
construction - direct field manpower 67
construction - field erected vessels 67
construction - field indirects 68
cost benefits 65
description 63
engineering 57, 65
materials 66
overheads 69
prime contractor defaults 62
procurement 65
Control 8
Control centers 14, 15, 16
analog 16
default 17
defining 23, 24
digital 17
electrical plant bulks 15
PLC 26
redundant control 24
requirements 17
spares 24
types 23
Control process 8
Control valve size
piping 6
Controllers, multifunction
instrumentation plant bulks 6
CONTYP 14
Conversion premium 8
Convertible security 8
Conveyor belt scale
Scales (S) 19
Conveyor transfer tower
steel plant bulks 15
Conveyors (CO) 16
APRON 7
CENT-BKT-L 9, 10, 11, 12
CLOSED-BLT 4
CONT-BKT-L 10, 11, 12
OPEN BELT 2
PNEUMATIC 7
ROLLER 8
S BELTCONV 10
S VERTICAL 11
S VIBRATORY 11
sanitary
horizontal 10
vertical 11
vibratory 11
SCREW 8
Index (G6)
VIBRATING 8
COOLING
Cooling Towers (CTW) 2
Cooling Towers (CTW) 19
COOLING 2
COOLING-WP 3
factory assembled 3
PACKAGED 3
COOLING-WP
Cooling Towers (CTW) 3
Copper
ASME non-ferrous
tube materials 14
BS non-ferrous
tube materials 26
DIN non-ferrous
tube materials 50
JIS non-ferrous
tube materials 38
Copy & change 8
Cost 8
Cost index 8
Cost modeling 8
Cost of capital 8
Cost reporting
currency and escalation 39
COSTf1COST ICARUS mainframe-based estimating and scheduling system for evaluating
major process plants and mills. COST was
first marketed by ICARUS in 1969. 12
Counter flow trays 3
COUNT-ROT
Agitators (AG) 5
Country base
base indices
EU 2
JP 2
UK 2
US 2
project definition 37
Covenants 9
Crafts
names 43
productivity 50
wage rates 42
Crane
construction equipment 6
Crane attachment
construction equipment 7
Cranes (CE) 16
BRIDGE-CRN 13
HOIST 13
hoist trolley 13
travelling bridge crane 13
Create 9
Credit discount 9
Credit period 9
Credit period only 9
Credit policy 9
Index (G6)
Crew mixes
workforce 42
Critical activity 9
Critical path 9
CROSS BORE
Heat Exchangers (HE) 24
Cross gutter
site development 12
Crossflow trays 3
bubble cap 3
sieve 3
valve 3
CROSS-GUTT
site development 12
CROSSING
railroads - site development 17
Crossing signal
railroads - site development 17
Crude Oil Desalter 11, 12, 13
Crushed limestone
packing materials 66
Crushed stone
packing materials 66
Crushers (CR) 14
BRADFORD 6
CONE 2
ECCENTRIC 3
GYRATORY 3
HAMMER-MED 6
JAW 4
PULVERIZER 6
reversible hammermill 6
REV-HAMR 5
ring granulator 7
ROLL RING 7
ROTARY 4
rotary breaker 6
SAWTOOTH 5
S-IMPACT 6
single roll 4
size reduction 5
S-ROLL-HVY 5
S-ROLL-LT 4, 5
S-ROLL-MED 5
swing jaw 4
SWING-HAMR 6
CRWSCH Relation 1, 12
CRYOGENIC
Vertical Tanks (VT) 31
Cryogenic storage tank
Vertical Tanks (VT) 31
Crystallizers (CRY) 15
BATCH VAC 2
batch vacuum 2
classified-suspension 3
growth 3
MECHANICAL 2
mechanical scraped-surface crystallizer 2
OSLO 3
scraped surface 2
CS 9
CSTCRL Relation 12, 13
CSTCTRL Relation 1
CURB
site development 12
Curb and gutter
site development 13
Currency base
conversion 37
project definition 37
Current ratio 10
Current yield 10
CUSSPC Relation 1, 13
CUT-FILL
earthwork - site development 7
CYCLONE
Dust Collectors (DC) 9
CYLINDER
Heating Units (HU) 5
Vertical Tanks (VT) 14
Cylindrical chests
Vertical Tanks (VT) 40
D
Database 10
Data-highway cable
instrumentation plant bulks 9
DC HE TW
Single Diameter Towers (TW) 27
Debenture 10
Decision engineering 10
Decision tree 10
DEEP-ANODE
electrical plant bulks 11
Deferred call provision 10
Definitive
-5 to +15 percent estimate 10
DEFLAKE-CN
Stock Treatment (ST) 10
DEFLAKE-DK
Stock Treatment (ST) 9
Deflakers
Stock Treatment (ST)
concentric conical type 9
plate type 9
Degree of financial leverage 11
Degree of operating leverage 11
Delete 11
Delivery times
process equiment procurement 10
Delphi method for forecasting 11
Demand-diversity factor 11
DEMINERAL
Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8
Demineralizers
packed towers 8, 21
Demineralizing system
Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8
Demobilization 11
DEMOL
demolition - site development 3
DEMOLITION
demolition - site development 3
DERRICK
Flares (FLR) 3, 4
Design basis 11
DESIGN Relation 1, 10
Desorption towers 3
Desulferization reactors
packed 8, 21
Detail engineering 54
disciplines and wage rates
UK 4
US 2, 10
Detailed engineering 11
DETAILS Relation 1, 8
DEWATERING
drainage - site development 4
Dewatering wells
drainage - site development 5
DH (Direct hire) 12
Dialog box 12
DIAPHRAGM
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
(P) 23
Digital, process control 14
DIKE
earthwork - site development 6
DIKE-MEMBR
civil plant bulks 5, 7
DIRECT
Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
Direct contact heat exchanger tower 27
Direct costs 12
Direct feld fanpower
construction 67
Direct field cost (DFC) 12
Direct steam heat module
sanitary 29
Discharge elevator
Conveyors (CO) 9
DISCNCT SW 14
Discount period 12
Discount rate 12
DISK
Centrifuges (CT) 4
Disk filter
Filters (F) 12
Display 12
DISPOSAL
demolition - site development 3
Distillation towers 2
Distributable 12
Distribution of assets 12
Ditching
earthwork - site development 9
Dividend declaration date 12
Index (G6)
Index (G6)
CYCLONE 9
ELC-H-VOLT 10
ELC-L-VOLT 10
MULT-CYCLO 10
PULSE SHKR 8
WASHERS 10
E
Early finish 13
Early start 14
Earned surplus 14
Earnings per share 14
Earth (dirt)
packing materials 66
Earthmoving
construction equipment 3
EARTHWORK
earthwork - site development 6
Ebonite
lined steel pipe 59
ECCENTRIC
Crushers (CR) 3
Economic forecast 14
Economic indicator 14
Economic order quantity 14
Efficiency 14
Efficiency ratios 14
Ejectors (E) 12
Ejectors (EJ)
2 STAGE 4
4 STAGE 5
4-STAGE B 5
5-STAGE B 6
SINGLE STG 3
TWO STAGE 3
EL6 4
Elapsed time 14
ELC-H-VOLT
Dust Collectors (DC) 10
ELC-L-VOLT
Dust Collectors (DC) 10
ELEC-TRAY
electrical plant bulks 4
Electrical
cable tray 4
circuit breakers 15
code of accounts 15
construction equipment 13
galvanic anode 11
ground grid 7
group of anodes in shallow surface bed 11
motor control center 15
potential measurement test station 11
rigid conduit 2, 3
solar panel 12
tracing (existing equipment) 4
tracing (existing piping run) 5
transformer/rectifier 11
uninterupted power supply 16
10
Index (G6)
Eyewash
WSHWR 41
F
Fabric filters
Dust Collectors (DC) 6
Fabricated plate items
steel plant bulks 16
FABR-PLATE
steel plant bulks 16
Factored estimating 16
FALL-FILM
Evaporators (E) 4
Fans, Blowers (FN) 9
CENTRIF 11
CENT-TURBO 10
general purpose blower 12
heavy duty, low noise blower 10
PROPELLER 11
ROT-BLOWER 12
VANEAXIAL 12
Fast tracking 16
Feeders (FE) 17
BELT 14
BIN-ACTVTR 14
ROTARY 14
SACK-DUMP 16
SAN-BELT 17
SAN-FLOOR 21
SAN-SCREW 16
VIBRATING 15
WT-LOSS 15
FENCE-WOOD
fencing - site development 10
FENCING
fencing - site development 10
Fiber optic cables
instrumentation plant bulks 9
Field costs 16
Field erected vessels
agitated open tanks
Agitated Tanks (AT) 12
construction 67
floating roof tanks 28
gas holders 33
lifter roof tanks 29
open top tanks 29
storage tanks 28
tray towers 12, 24
Field Manpower Summary report
workforce 43
Field office
disciplines and wage rates
JP 6, 8
UK 4
US 2, 10
Field office construction supervision 56
Field services 16
construction overhead 62
Index (G6)
Filter
presses
PLATE+FRAM 12
Screens (VS) 32
Filter Upstream 23
Filters (F) 18
CARTRIDGE 11
COMPRSGAS 16
LEAF-DRY 11
LEAF-WET 11
PLATE+FRAM 12
RECL-REEL 17
ROTY-DISK 12
ROTY-DRUM 13
SAN-PIPE 18
SAN-PRESS 19
SAN-STRAIN 22
SCROLL 14
SEWAGE 14
SPARKLER 15
TUBULAR 15
WHITEWATER 15
Fin fan coolers
AIR COOLER (HE) 3
FIN TUBE
Heat Exchangers (HE) 23
Financial forecasting 16
Financial lease 16
Financial leverage 17
Financial ratios 17
Financial risk 17
Financial statements 17
Financial structure 17
Finish float 17
Finishing activity 18
Finish-to-finish lag 17
Finish-to-start lag 17
Finned double-pipe heat exchanger 23
Fireclay
lining materials 61
Fireproofing
insulation plant bulks 2
FIREP-SSTL
insulation plant bulks 2, 3
FITSPC.DAT file 14
Fitting Connection 14
Fitting specs file 14
Fixed costs 18
FIXED PROP
Agitators (AG) 3
Mixers (MX) 29
Fixed tube
Heat Exchangers (HE) 4
FIXED-T-S
Heat Exchangers (HE) 4, 5, 6, 7
Flakers (FL) 14
DRUM 7
Flares (FLR) 20
DERRICK 4
11
12
Froude number
Agitated Tanks (AT) 21
Full loan amortization 18
FULL-FRAME
Scales (S) 19
Funded debt 18
Funded debt to net working capital 19
Funds forecast 19
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 10
BOX 39
BOX - continued. 40
HEATER 40
PYROLYSIS 40
PYROLYSIS - continued. 41
REFORMER 41
VERTICAL 41
G
G & A 19
GALLERY
steel plant bulks 14
Galvanic anode
electrical plant bulks 11
Gantt (bar) chart 19
GAS
Turbines (TUR) 10
Gas
standard equations for piping
diameters 45
Gas absorbers
demineralizer 8
packed columns 8, 21
Gas Compressors (GC) 9
axial 5
CENTIFG-IG 6
CENTRIF 5
inline 5
RECIP-GAS 9
RECIP-MOTR 8
GAS HOLDER
Vertical Tanks (VT) 33
Gas turbine 9
GATES
fencing - site development 10
GC 19
GEAR
Gear Pumps (GP) 20
GEAR DRIVE
Agitators (AG) 2
Gear Pumps (GP) 11
CANNED RTR 20
GEAR 20
MECH-SEAL 21
General conditions 19
General electrical
electrical plant bulks 5
General service pumps 2
GEN-SERV
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 14
Index (G6)
Globe
Fisher control valve information 23
GMP 19
Go Back 19
Grading, site development
landscaping 11
roads - slabs - paving 12
Grassroots 19
GRATE
steel plant bulks 15
Grating
GRATE, steel plant bulks 15
Gravel
packing materials 66
GRND-GRID
electrical plant bulks 7
Ground grid
electrical plant bulks 7
Grout
CONCRETE - civil plant bulks 3
Growth crystallizer
Crystallizers (CRY) 3
Grubbing
earthwork - site development 6
GUNITE
earthwork - site development 6
Gunite
lining materials 62
Gunite slope protection
earthwork - site development 6
Gunning mixes, linings 1, 5
Gutter (and curb)
site development 13
GUYED
Flares (FLR) 3, 5
GYRATORY
Crushers (CR) 3
H
HAMMER-MED
Crushers (CR) 6
Hammocks 20
Hand excavation
earthwork - site development 7
HAND GT
Hoists (HO) 18
Hand hoists
Hoists (HO) 18
HAND NT
Hoists (HO) 19
HAND PT
Hoists (HO) 18
HAND-EXCV
earthwork - site development 7
Hangers
piping plant bulks 3
Hastelloy
non-ferrous plate materials
ASME 9
Index (G6)
DIN 44
JIS 33
non-ferrous tube materials
ASME 14
DIN 50
HAULING
earthwork - site development 7
HD STOCK
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
(P) 25
HDPE PIPE 42
Head design, towers/columns 1, 6
Heat Exchanger (HE)
MULTI-P+F 27
Heat Exchangers (HE) 9
AIR COOLER 3, 27
CORRUGATED 26, 27
CROSS BORE 24
FIN TUBE 23
FIXED-T-S 4
FIXED-T-S - continued 5, 6, 7
FLOAT-HEAD 8
FLOAT-HEAD - continued 9, 10
HEATER-ELC 22
HEATER-STM 22
HOT WATER 27
JACKETED 22, 23
MULTI-P+F 27
ONE SCREW 24
PLAT+FRAM 26
PRE-ENGR 20
PRE-ENGR - continued. 21
SHELL+TUBE 24
SPIRAL PLT 25
SUC-HEATER 25
TEMA-EXCH 14
TWO SCREW 24
U-TUBE 11, 37, 38
U-TUBE - continued 12, 13
WASTE HEAT 25
Heat tracing
piping plant bulks 25
HEATER
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 40
HEATER-ELC
Heat Exchangers (HE) 22
HEATER-STM
Heat Exchangers (HE) 22
Heating Units (HU) 20
CYLINDER 5
dowtherm unit 5
Hedging approach 20
Help 20
Helper, crew mix 43
Hemispherical towers 5
Hemispheriod
speheroid vertical tanks 26
High alloy steel
ferrous tube materials
13
BS 25
High density polyethylene pipe 42
High density stock pump
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
(P) 25
High energy level process interface units
instrumentation plant bulks 9
High pressure gas/liquid storage
Vertical Tanks (VT) 24
HIGH SHEAR
Agitators (AG) 5
HIGH SPEED
Mixers (MX) 32
Histogram 20
Historical average cost of capital 20
Historical cost estimating 20
History module 6
HL-PIU
instrumentation plant bulks 9
HOIST
Cranes (CE) 13
Hoists (HO) 18
Hoist
construction equipment 14
Hoist trolley
Cranes (CE) 13
Hoists (HO) 17
1 SPEED 18
5 SPEED 18, 22
HAND GT 18
HAND NT 19
HAND PT 18
HOIST 18
Home office
disciplines and wage rates
JP 6, 8
UK 4
Home office construction services 56
Honeywell TDC 2000/3000 process control
system 6
HORIZ-DRUM
Horizontal Tanks (HT) 2
HORIZONTAL
Flares (FLR) 8
Horizontal plate filters 12
Horizontal Tanks (HT) 13
HORIZ-DRUM 2
JACKETED 7
MULTI WALL 5
SAN-TANK 9
Hortonspheriod
spheroid vertical tanks 26
Host 20
HOT TAP
piping plant bulks 35
HOT WATER
Heat Exchangers (HE) 27
HP 20
HUMMER
14
Screens (VS) 31
HVAC 20
Hydrogenation reactors
packed columns 8, 21
Hydrotreaters
CYLINDER 14
I
ICARUS Process Evaluator (IPE) 21
ICARUS Project Manager (IPM) 21
Icon 21
Immersion heaters
HEATER-ELC (HE) 22
Import 21
IN LINE
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 14
Incoloy
tube materials
ASME 14
BS 26
DIN 50
Income statement 21
Inconel
clad plate materials
ASME 10
JIS 34
tube materials
ASME 14
BS 26
DIN 50
JIS 38
Incremental average cost of capital 21
Indenture 21
INDIRECT
Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
Indirect costs 21
INDIRECT Relation 15
INDIRECTS 1
Indirects 56
construction 68
INDIRECTS Relation 1
Industrial gate
fencing - site development 10
Industry forecast 21
Industry ratios 22
Inflation 22
Info 22
Inline
Gas Compressors (GC) 5
Input-output model 22
Installation bulks 22
INST-PANEL
instrumentation plant bulks 2
Instrumentation
cable tray 3
fiber optic cables 9
Honeywell TDC 2000/3000 process control
system 6
Honeywell TDC3000 5
Index (G6)
junction boxes 4
multifunction controllers 6
operator center 6
panel 2
pneumatic multi-tube bundle runs 3
signal wire 3
SUBTYPE 43, 46, 47
thermocouple wire 4
INST-TRAY
instrumentation plant bulks 3
INST-WIRE
instrumentation plant bulks 3
INSUL-AREA
insulation plant bulks 2
Insulation
code of accounts 16
existing piping 3
existing surface area 2
fireproofing 2
piping (existing) 3
structural steel (existing) 2
SUBTYPE 51
Intalox saddles
packing materials 66
Intermediate term loan 23
Internal rate of return (IRR) 23
Intrinsic value 23
Inventory holding costs 23
Inventory reorder costs 23
Inventory shortage costs 23
INVERTING
Centrifuges (CT) 5
Ion exchangers
demineralizer 8
I-P (inch-pound)
units of measure 39
Iron
casting materials 64
ISO 24
Issued stock 24
Item 24
Item run 24
Item symbols
process equipment 6
J
JACKETED
Heat Exchangers (HE) 22, 23
Horizontal Tanks (HT) 7
Vertical Tanks (VT) 21
Jacketed rotary vacuum dryer
Rotary Dryers (RD) 14
Jackhammer
earthwork - site development 8
JAC-VACUUM
Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
JAW
Crushers (CR) 4
J-HAMMER
Index (G6)
K
KETTLE
Blenders (BL) 25
Reboilers (RB) 30, 31, 32, 34
Kettle reboiler
Reboilers (RB) 30
Kneaders (K) 8
STATIONARY 28
TILTING 28
VAC-TILTING 28
KV 24
KVA 25
KW 25
Kynar
lined steel pipe 59
Kynar sheet lining 63
L
Labor burden 25
Labor cost 25
LADDER
steel plant bulks 15
Ladders 15
caged 6, 15
Lag 25
Lagging indicator 25
LANDSCAPE
landscaping - site development 11
Late start 25
LAUNDER RD
piping plant bulks 35
LAUNDER SQ
piping plant bulks 35
Launders
piping 35
LD STOCK
Screens (VS) 32
Lead
linings 6
Leading indicator 25
LEAF-DRY
Fitlers (F) 11
LEAF-WET
Filters (F) 11
Lease 26
15
Lease capitalization 26
Lease capitalization rate 26
Level
sensor loop descriptions 14
Leverage 26
Leverage ratios 26
Libraries
equipment model 2
unit cost 2
Library 26
Lien 26
LIFT
Vertical Tanks (VT) 28
Lifter roof tank (storage)
Vertical Tanks (VT) 29
Lighting
(area) electrical plant bulks 8
Limestone
packing materials 66
Line of credit 26
Line siding crossing
railroads - site development 17
Lining materials
fireclay 61
gunite 62
Linings
acid brick 5, 8
brick 1, 6, 9
castable refractories 5, 9
firebrick 9
fluorocarbon 1, 5
glass 9, 63
gunning mixes 1, 5, 8
introduction 7
Lead 1, 6
lead 6
organic 9
refractory brick 6
resin 6
rubber 6
zinc 6
Link 26
Liquid
standard equations for pipe diameters 45
Liquidation value 27
Liquidity 27
Liquidity ratios 27
Live bottom
Vertical Tanks (VT) 36
LIVE BTM
Vertical Tanks (VT) 36, 37
LL-PIU
instrumentation plant bulks 9
LNG Tank 44
Loaded labor rate 27
Loan amortization 27
Local control network (LCN) 18
Lock-box system 27
Log 27
16
LONG TUBE
Evaporators (E) 4
Long tube rising film
Evaporators (E) 4
Long tube vertical
Evaporators (E) 5
LONG-VERT
Evaporators (E) 5
Low alloy steel
plate materials
JIS 29
tube materials
BS 24
Low consistency stock pump
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 15
Low energy level process interface units
instrumentation plant bulks 9
Lump sum quotation
site development
demolition 3
drainage 5
earthwork 6
landscaping 11
railroads 17
M
Machine excavation
earthwork - site development 9
MACH-PULP
Agitated Tanks (AT) 17
MAG DRIVE
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 16
Main substation 27
power distribution 31
Maintenance lease 28
Making a market 28
Manholes
drainage - site development 4
towers 5
Marginal average cost of capital 28
Marginal cost of capital 28
Mark text 28
Market extension merger 28
Market value 28
Mark-up 28
Materials of construction
towers 6
Maturity value of a bond 28
MCC 28
electrical plant bulks 15
ME Country Base 10
MECHANICAL
Crystallizers (CRY) 2
Refigeration Units (RU) 6
Vacuum Pumps (VP) 7
Mechanical
seal agitators, MECH-SEAL (AG) 3
Mechanical booster 7
Mechanical engineering 29
Index (G6)
Index (G6)
SHEAR HOM 35
SIGMA 30
SPIRAL RIB 30
STATIC 30
TWO-ROLL 32
Mobilization/Demobilization 29
Molecular sieve
packing materials 67
Monel
tube materials
ASME 14
DIN 50
JIS 38
Monolithic 8
Mortgage bond 29
Motion
axial, radial, vibration
sensor loop descriptions 17, 18, 19, 20
Motor control center
electrical plant bulks 15
Mouse 29
Moving averages 30
MPS 30
MULCH
landscaping - site development 11
MULLER EXT
Mixers (MX) 29
MULT-CYCLO
Dust Collectors (DC) 10
MULTI WALL
Horizontal Tanks (HT) 5
Vertical Tanks (VT) 18
Multifunction controllers
instrumentation plant bulks 6
MULTI-P+F
Heat Exchanger (HE) 27
Multiple Diameter Trayed or Packed 15
Multiple workforces 40
Multi-project analysis 30
N
Near-atmospheric liquid storage
Vertical Tanks (VT) 28
Negative float 30
Negatively correlated projects 30
NEMA 30
Neoprene rubber
lined steel pipe 59
Neoprene sheet lining 63
Net cash flows 30
Net present value (NPV) 30
Net working capital (NWC) 31
Net working capital turnover 31
Net worth 31
Net worth turnover 31
Network 31
Network analysis 31
Network diagram 31
NEWCOA Relation 1, 11
17
Nickel
casting materials 65
plate materials
BS 21
JIS 33
tube materials
ASME 14
BS 26
DIN 50
JIS 38
NON-COND
Turbines (TUR) 9
Non-condensing turbine 9
Non-reversible hammermill
Crushers (CR) 6
Norman-type mixer
Mixers (MX) 32
Nozzles
towers 5
Number of walkways
AIR COOLER 3
O
OFF-MACH
Agitated Tanks (AT) 17, 18
Offsites 31
OH 31
OIL C BRKR 14
OIL-WATER
Separation Equipment (SE) 28
ONE DECK
Screens (VS) 31
ONE SCREW
Heat Exchangers (HE) 24
OPEN
Electrical Motors (MOT) 2
OPEN BELT
Conveyors (CO) 2
Open excavations
drainage - site development 4
Open structure
steel plant bulks 2
OPEN TOP
Agitated Tanks (AT) 11
Open top tank (storage)
Vertical Tanks (VT) 29
Open-end mortgage bond 32
Operating lease 32
Operating leverage 32
Operational unit area 32
Operator center
instrumentation plant bulks 6
Operator centers 14, 15, 18
defining 21, 22
major cost items 18
OPN-STL-ST
steel plant bulks 2
Opportunity cost 32
Option menu 32
18
Order of magnitude
-30 to +50 percent estimate 32
Organizational goal 32
Organized exchange 32
Origin 33
OSHA 33
OSLO
Crystallizers (CRY) 3
OT 33
OTHER
Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 9
Overhead 33
P
P&ID 33
PAC's 33
PACKAGED
Cooling Towers (CTW) 3
PACKED
Double Diameter Towers (DDT) 8
Single Diameter Towers (TW) 21
PACKING
Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 7
Packing
activated aluminas 4
activated carbon 4
berl saddle 4
Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 11
ACID BRICK 8
activated aluminas 4
activated carbon 4
Berl saddle 4
Intalox saddle 3
OTHER 9
PACKING 7
Pall ring 3
Raschig rings 3
ring type packing 2
Saddle type 2
Packings
tower internals 4
Paid-in capital 33
Paid-in surplus 33
Paint
code of accounts 16
grades 2
Pall rings 66
introduction 3
packing materials 4
PAN
Dryers (D) 9
Mixers (MX) 29
Panel
instrumentation plant bulks 2
solar, electrical plant bulks 12
PANEL BRD 12
Par value 34
Parallel activities 34
PASSENGER
Index (G6)
Index (G6)
hot tap 35
launders 35
paint 2
PIPE TRACE 26
Pipeline 51, 52, 53
process ductwork 22
tracing existing piping run 5
transfer lines 3
UTIL PIPE 20, 21
utility headers 20
well head 37
YARD PIPE 3
yard pipe runs 3
PIPTYP 14
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
(P) 11
DIAPHRAGM 23
DUPLEX 22
HD STOCK 25
ROTARY 24
SIMPLEX 22
SLURRY 23
TRIPLEX 22
PKG-TRANSF
electrical plant bulks 16
Plant bulk 35
PLANTING
landscaping - site development 11
PLAST TANK
Vertical Tanks (VT) 32
Plastic storage tank
Vertical Tanks (VT) 32
PLAT+FRAM
Heat Exchangers (HE) 26
Plate
and frame filters (F) 12
and frame heat exchanger 26
and frame heat exchanger, sanitary 27
spiral heat exchanger 25
steel plant bulks 16
towers, tray towers 24
PLATE+FRAM
Filters (F) 12
PLATFORM
steel plant bulks 13
PLC 26, 35
PLC control centers 26
Plot plan 35
Plunger pump, reciprocating
Piston, Other Positive Displacment Pumps
(P) 24
PM/PE 35
PNEUMATIC
Conveyors (CO) 7
Pneumatic portable tool
construction equipment 13
PNU-TUBING
instrumentation plant bulks 3
PO 35
19
POLE LINE 14
POLE-LINE
electrical plant bulks 5, 16
Polypropylene
lined steel pipe 59
packing materials 66
POND
earthwork - site development 6
Porcelain
packing materials 66, 67
PORTABLE
Electrical Generators (EG) 7
Portfolio effect 35
Portfolio risk 36
PORT-PROP
Agitators (AG) 3
Mixers (MX) 29
Positive float 36
Potential measurement test station
electrical plant bulks 11
POT-TEST
electrcial plant bulks 11
Pounds Sterling
currency base 37
POURED
piling - site development 15
Power distribution
country base location differences 29
default 35
main substation 31
primary feeders 31
reporting 36
transmission lines 31
unit substations 31
unreferenced area requiring power 35
usage instructions 34
Power factor 36
Power factor connection capacitor 16
Power function
Agitated Tanks (AT) 21
Power number
Agitated Tanks (AT) 21
PRECAST
piling - site development 15
Precast concrete piles
piling - site development 15
Precautionary motive 36
Precedence notation 36
Predecessor 36
PRE-ENGR
Heat Exchangers (HE) 20, 21
Preface iii
Preferred stock 36
Preprocessor 36
Present value 36
PRESSURE
Screens (VS) 32
Pressure
drum
20
Index (G6)
Project manager 38
Project run 39
Project schedule
barcharts 9, 11
impacting 12
introduction 9
Promissory note 39
PROPELLER
Fans, Blowers (FN) 11
Proxy 39
PULP STOCK
Agitators (AG) 4
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 15
Separation Equipment (SE) 26, 27
PULSE SHKR
Dust Collectors (DC) 8
Pulse type units
Dust Collectors (DC) 6
PULVERIZER
Crushers (CR) 6
Pumps
casting materials 65
construction equipment 13
oil-sealed 7
water-sealed 7
PVC
packing materials 67
PYROLYSIS
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 40, 41
Q
QA/QC 39
Queue 39
Quick ratio 39
Quit 39
R
Radial network
power distribution 32
RAILROADS
railroads - site development 17
Rapid growth stocks 39
Raschig rings 66
introduction 3
RAYMOND
piling - site development 15
RCON PIPE
piping plant bulks 21
Reactors
CYLINDER, Vertical Tanks (VT) 14
HORIZ-DRUM, Horizontal Tanks (HT) 2
jacketed horizontal vessel, JACKETED
(HT) 7
jacketed vertical vessel, JACKETED
(VT) 21
OPEN TOP
AgitatedTanks (AT) 11
packed towers 8, 21
tray towers 12, 24
Index (G6)
Reboilers (RB) 10
KETTLE 30
KETTLE - continued 31, 32, 34
THERMOSIPH 34
U-TUBE 35, 36
Receivers
CYLINDER, Vertical Tanks (VT) 14
HORIZ-DRUM, Horizontal Tanks (HT) 2
Recession 39
RECIP-CONV
Centrifuges (CT) 4
RECIP-GAS
Air Compressors (AC) 3
Gas Compressors (GC) 9
RECIP-MOTR
Air Compressors (AC) 4
Gas Compressors (GC) 8
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
(P) 25
Reciprocating
Air Compressors (AC) 3
Gas Compressors (GC) 8, 9
RECL-REEL
Filters (F) 17
Rectangular chests
Vertical Tanks (VT) 38
RECTIFIER
electrical plant bulks 11
Rectifier
electrical plant bulks 11
Recuperative thermal oxidizer
Flares (FLR) 9
Red herring 40
Redundancy
introduction 32
simple radial system 32
spot network system 32
REFINER
Stock Treatment (ST) 9
Refiners
Stock Treatment (ST) 9
Refit 40
REFORMER
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 41
Refrigeration Units (RU) 20
CENT-COMPR 6
centrifugal compression 6
MECHANICAL 6
mechanical compression 6
Registered bond 40
Regression analysis 40
Relations 7
Relationship of Database 7
Relief
standard equations for pipe diameter 46
REMARKS Relation 1, 10
Remote shop
materials 40
REMOVAL
21
22
Risk averter 42
Risk neutral 42
Risk-adjusted discount rate 42
Risk-free interest rate 42
Risk-seeker 42
Rock excavation
earthwork - site development 8
Rod charger
Mills (M) 8
Rod crushers
Crushers (CR) 8
ROD MILL
Mills (M) 8
Rod mill
Mills (M) 8
ROD-CHARGR
Mills (M) 8
ROG 42
ROLL RING
Crushers (CR) 7
ROLLER
Conveyors (CO) 8
Mills (M) 8
Roller conveyor
Conveyors (CO) 9
Roller mill
Mills (M) 8
Roofing
steel plant bulks 17
ROTARY
Blenders (BL) 25
Crushers (CR) 4
Feeders (FE) 14
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
(P) 24
piston, other positive displacement pumps
(P) 24
Rotary breaker
Crushers (CR) 6
Rotary double-cone
Blenders (BL) 25
Rotary drum
Blenders (BL) 25
Rotary drum cooker-cooler
Drum Dryers (DD) 11
Rotary Dryers (RD) 16
Conical rotary vacuum 13
DIRECT 13
INDIRECT 13
Jacketed rotary vacuum 14
JAC-VACUUM 13
VACUUM 13
Rotary vane feeder
Feeders (FE) 14
ROTARYBOWL
Blenders (BL) 26
ROT-BLOWER
Fans, Blowers (FN) 12
ROTY-DISK
Index (G6)
Filters (F) 12
ROTY-DRUM
Filters (F) 13
RTABLE 1
RTABLE Relation 16, 23
RTD 9
resistance temperature detector 7
Rubber
linings 6, 9
Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 9
Run 42
Runs of pipe
piping plant bulks 3
S
S BELTCONV
Conveyors (CO) 10
S INCLINE
Conveyors (CO) 11
S VERTICAL
Conveyors (CO) 10
S VIBRATRY
Conveyors (CO) 11
Saddle
Berl 4
Intalox 3, 4
packing 2
Safety stock 43
Sale and leaseback 43
Sale of assets 43
Sales force composite method for
forecasting 43
Sales forecast 43
Salvage value 43
Sand
packing materials 67
SAN-FIXED
Agitators (AG) 6
Sanitary bulk bag unloader
Feeders (FE) 16
Sanitary centrifugal pump
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 16
Sanitary corrugated double pipe exchanger
Heat Exchangers (HE) 26
Sanitary counter-rotating agitator
Agitators (AG) 5
Sanitary direct steam heat module
Heat Exchangers (HE) 29
Sanitary dumper
Feeders (FE) 15
Sanitary filter press
Filters (F) 19
Sanitary fixed propeller/turbine mixer
Agitators (AG) 6
Sanitary floor scale
Scales (S) 21
Sanitary flow diversion panel
piping plant bulks 42
Sanitary fluming pump
Index (G6)
23
STM-HE-MOD 29
Horizontal Tanks (HT)
SAN-TANK 9
Mixers (MX)
HIGH SPEED 32
PISTON HOM 34
RIBBON 32, 33, 34
SHEAR HOM 35
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
(P)
AIR DIAPH 27
ROTARYLOBE 26
Scales (S)
SAN-FLOOR 21
Vertical Tanks (VT)
SAN-TANK 43
Sanitary ribbon blender
Mixers (MX) 32, 33, 34
Sanitary rotary bowl blender
Blenders (BL) 26
Sanitary screw feeder
SAN-SCREW 16
Sanitary shear pump homogenizer
SHEAR HOM 35
Sanitary vertical conveyor
Conveyors (CO) 10
Sanitary vertical cylindrical vessel
Vertical Tanks (VT) 43
Sanitary vibratory conveyor
Conveyors (CO) 11
Sanitary, multi-shell, staggered blender
Blenders (BL) 27
SAN-PIPE
Filters (F) 18
SAN-PRESS
Filters (F) 19
SAN-PUMP
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 16
SAN-SCREW
Feeders (FE) 16
SAN-TANK
Horizontal Tanks (VT) 9
Vertical Tanks (VT) 43
Saran
lined steel pipe 59
SAWTOOTH
Crushers (CR) 5
SC 43
SCAFFOLD
civil plant bulks 5
Scaffolding
civil labor 5
construction overhead 62
Scales (S) 17
BEAM SCALE 19
BELT 19
BENCH 19
FULL-FRAME 19
SEMI-FRAME 19
24
TANK SCALE 20
TRACK 20
TRUCK 20
Scan 43
Scheduling 43
S-COOKCOOL
Drum Dryers (DD) 11
Scope 44
Scraped surface crystallizer
Crystallizers (CRY) 2
SCRAPER LR
piping plant bulks 36
Screen bowl
Centrifuges (CT) 5
SCREEN-BWL
Centrifuges (CT) 5
Screens (VS) 19
BAR 32
HUMMER 31
LD STOCK 32
ONE DECK 31
PRESSURE 32
SIFTER-1 31
SIFTER-2 31
SIFTER-3 31
THREE DECK 31
TWO DECK 31
SCREW
Conveyors (CO) 8
Screw heater
one screw thermascrew 24
two screw thermascrew 24
SCROLL
Filters (F) 14
Scroll conveyor
Centrifuges (CT) 4
Scroll discharge centrifugal filter
Filters (F) 14, 16
SCROLL-CON
Centrifuges (CT) 4
SEALCOAT
site development 14
Seasonal dating 44
Secondary markets 44
Security 44
SEEDING
landscaping - site development 11
Seismic data 15
Select 44
SELF-SUPP
Flares (FLR) 3, 7
SEMI-FRAME
Scales (S) 19
Semivariable costs 44
Sensitivity analysis in cash budgeting 44
Sensor loop descriptions
pressure 10
Separation Equipment (SE) 19
OIL-WATER 28
Index (G6)
Index (G6)
25
Spary
chambers, washers (DC) 10
Special reports 45
Speculative motive for holding cash 45
SPHERE
Vertical Tanks (VT) 24
SPHEROID
Vertical Tanks (VT) 26
Spheroids
hemispheriod 26
hortonspheriod 26
SPHOS 41, 42
SPIRAL PLT
Heat Exchangers (HE) 25
SPIRAL RIB
Mixers (MX) 30
Spiral ribbon mixer
SPIRAL RIB
Mixers (MX) 30
Spot network
power distribution 32
SPRAY
Dryers (D) 10
Sprinkler system
SPRNK 3, 37
SQL 45
S-ROLL-HVY
Crushers (CR) 5
S-ROLL-LT
Crushers (CR) 4, 5
S-ROLL-MED
Crushers (CR) 5
SRSC 5
SRST 5
SS 45
STABILIZE
earthwork - site development 6
Stable dollar dividend policy 46
STACK
Stacks (STK) 10
Stacks (STK) 21
height calculation 2
STACK 10
thickness 4
Stainless steel
casting materials 65
clad plate materials
BS 22
DIN 46
packing materials 67
STAIR
steel plant bulks 15
Stairs
steel plant bulks 15
Standard basis 46
Standard horizontal tube evaporator
Evaporators (E) 6
STAND-HOR
Evaporators (E) 6
26
Standpipe
SPHOS 41
STAND-VERT
Evaporators (E) 5
Start float 46
Starting activity 46
Start-to-start lag 46
Start-up 56
disciplines and wage rates
JP 9
US 3, 11
STATIC
Mixers (MX) 30
Station
potential measurement test
electrical plant bulks 11
STATIONARY
Kneaders (K) 28
Statutory consolidation 46
Statutory merger 46
Steam
plant, Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8
standard equations for piping
diameters 45
Steam Boilers (STB) 20
BOILER 4
field erected 4
packaged boiler 4
STM BOILER 4
Steam turbine 9
Steel
boxes 16
casting materials 64
chutes 16
columns, beams, bracing 2, 16
elevated access platforms 13
fabricated plate items 16
fireproofing for existing stuctural steel 2
gallery structure 14
grate 15
ladders 15
mill building 12
open structure 2
pipe rack 6
siding and roofing 17
stairs 15
transfer tower 15
STEEL-H
piling - site development 16
STERILIZE
landscaping - site development 11
Stirred vessels
agitated open tanks
Agitated Tanks (AT) 12
STM BOILER
Steam Boilers (STB) 4
Stock dividend 46
Stock markets 47
Stock pumps
Index (G6)
high density 25
low consistency 15
Stock right 47
Stock split 47
Stock Treatment (ST) 14
DEFLAKE-CN 10
DEFLAKE-DK 9
REFINER 9
Stockholders_quity 47
Stone
packing materials 66
Stoneware
packing materials 66
STOPS
railraods - site development 17
STORAGE
Flares (FLR) 10
Vertical Tanks (VT) 28
Stripping towers 3
STRIP-SOIL
earthwork - site development 9
STRUC-EXC
earthwork - site development 9
Structure
open, steel plant bulks 2
Structures
civil plant bulks 3
Sub-critical activity 47
SUBDRAIN
drainage - site development 4
Subordinated debenture 48
SUBPAVING
site development 14
Subproject 48
Subscription price 48
Substations
power distribution
main 31
unit 31
SUBSTN STL 14
SUBTYPE
database relation attributes 46, 47, 48, 49,
50, 51, 52, 53
Successor 48
SUC-HEATER
Heat Exchangers (HE) 25
Summary funds statement 48
Summary reports
code of accounts 5
Sump pit
drainage - site development 4
SUMP-PIT
drainage - site development 4
Super-critical activity 48
Support personnel 56
SURF-ANODE
electrical plant bulks 11
SW 48
Swing jaw crusher
Index (G6)
Crushers (CR) 4
SWING-HAMR
Crushers (CR) 6
Switch board 16
Symbol
process equipment 6
SYNCHRON
Electrical Motors (MOT) 3
Synchronous motors 3
System base indices, cost reporting
39
T
Take-off 48
Tank containment
civil 5
TANK SCALE
Scales (S) 20
TAR-CHIP
site development 14
Target finish roject 49
Target finish ctivity 48
Target start ctivity 49
Taxes and permits
code of accounts 6, 30
TC 7, 9
TC16 5
TEFC 49
TEFC (totally-enclosed fan-cooled)
Electrical Motors (MOT) 3
Teflon
lined steel pipe 59
Teflon sheet lining 63
Telescoping gas holder
Vertical Tanks (VT) 33
Tellerettes H.D. 67
TEMA 49
TEMA-EXCH
Heat Exchangers (HE) 14
Temperature swing adsorbtion unit 30
Temporary construction 49
Tender offer 49
Terminal warehouse receipt 49
Test borings
earthwork - site development 6
Test station
electrical plant bulks 11
TEWAC 49
TEWAC (totally enclosed water cooled)
Electrical Motors (MOT) 4
generated for API 610 pump 5
Text string 49
THCPL-WIRE
instrumentation plant bulks 4
Thermascrew (Rietz) singel screw (HE) 24
Thermocouple
instrumentation plant bulks 7
Thermocouple wire
instrumentation plant bulks 4
THERMOSIPH
27
Reboilers (RB) 34
Thermosiphon reboilers
Reboilers (RB) 34
THICKENER
Thickeners (T) 29
Thickeners (T) 19
THICKENER 29
THIN FILM
Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) 7
This 5, 1
THREE DECK
Screens (VS) 31
THRM-OX LC
Flares (FLR) 9
Tile Chests
Vertical Tanks (VT) 38
TILTING
Kneaders (K) 28
Time value of money 50
Times interest earned 50
Titanium
plate materials
BS 21
DIN 45
tube materials
ASME 14
DIN 50
JIS 38
Tools, small
construction overhead 61
TOP UNLOAD
Centrifuges (CT) 3
TOPSOIL
landscaping - site development 11
Torispherical towers 5
Total assets turnover 50
Total debt to total assets ratio 50
Total float 50
Total stockholders_quity 50
Towers
absorption 3
adsorption 3
applications 1, 2
appurtenances 6
convey transfer, steel plant bulks 15
description of 1, 5
desorption 3
distillation 2
ellipsoidal 5
elliptical 5
extraction 3
fractionator 3
functions 5
hemispherical 5
internals 1, 3
manholes 5
materials of construction 6
nozzles 5
packings 4
28
Index (G6)
Trenching
civil 5
Trend projection 51
TRIPLEX
Piston, Other Positive Displacment Pumps
(P) 22
TRNS-TOWER
steel plant bulks 15
TRUCK
Scales (S) 20
Truck
construction equipment 2
Truck scale
Scales (S) 20
Trust receipt 51
Trustee 51
TS ADSORB
Single Diameter Towers (TW) 30
T-T 48
Tube materials
DIN
non-ferrous 50
TUBULAR
Centrifuges (CT) 5
Filters (F) 15
Tubular
exchangers (HE) 4
Tubular fabric filters
Filters (F) 15
TURBINE
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 15
Turbines (TUR) 9
CONDENSING 9
GAS 10
NON-COND 9
non-condensing 9
steam turbine 9
TURBO
Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14
Turbo drying system
Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14
TURBOEXPANDER 10
TURBO-GEN
Electrical Generators (EG) 7
TURNOUT
railroads - site development 17
TWO DECK
Screens (VS) 31
TWO SCREW
Heat Exchangers (HE) 24
TWO STAGE
Ejectors (EJ) 3
TWO-ROLL
Mixers (MX) 32
U
UBC Zone
seismic data 15
UK country base
Index (G6)
units of measure 39
Underground cable duct 12
Underwriting syndicate 51
Unit cost database 51
Unit cost library 2
Unit substation 51
Unit substations
power distribution 31
Units of measure
project definition 39
Unsecured loan 52
UPS
electrical plant bulks 16
Upstream 23
US country base
units of measure 39
Uses of funds 52
UTIL PIPE
Piping plant bulks 20
Utility headers
piping 20, 51
U-TUBE
Heat Exchangers (HE) 11, 12, 13, 37, 38
Reboilers (RB) 35, 36
Reboilers (RB) - continued. 35, 36
V
VAC-SYSTEM
Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14
VAC-TILTNG
Kneaders (K) 28
VAC-TRAY
Dryers (D) 9
VACUUM
Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14
Vacuum Pumps (VP) 13
MECHANICAL 7
MECH-BOOST 7
WATER-SEAL 7
Vacuum tray batch dryer
Dryers (D) 9
Value 52
Value engineering 52
Valve trays 3
VANEAXIAL
Fans, Blowers (FN) 12
Vaneaxial fan
Fans, Blowers (FN) 12
Vapor control flare
Flares (FLR) 10
Variable cash budget 52
Variable costs 52
Variable payment sinking fund 52
VARY-SPEED
Electrical Motors (MOT) 5
Vendor representatives 52
construction overhead 62
VERTICAL
29
30
Feeders (FE) 14
Volumetric models 15
W
Wage rates
reporting 43
workforces 40, 42
Walkways, gallery 15
Wall, free standing
fencing - site development 10
WASHERS
Dust Collectors (DC) 10
WASTE HEAT
Heat Exchangers (HE) 25
Water heater
Heat Exchangers (HE) 27
Water supply well, cased
drainage - site development 4
Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 20
AERATOR 8
DEMINERAL 8
SOFTENING 8
WATER-CYCL
Separation Equipment (SE) 27
Water-only cyclones
Separation Equipment (SE) 22, 28
WATER-SEAL
Vacuum Pumps (VP) 7
Water-sealed vacuum pump 7
WATER-WELL
drainage - site development 4
Weight belt
sanitary 17
Weighted cost of capital 53
Welding equipment
construction equipment 9, 10
WELL HEAD
piping plant bulks 37, 39, 41, 42
WELLPOINTS
drainage - site development 5
WELLS
drainage - site development 5
WFE-SYSTEM
Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) 7
White water filter
Filters (F) 15
WHITEWATER
Filters (F) 15
Windows NT workstation 53
Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) 15
agitated thin film evaporator 7
THIN FILM 7
WFE-SYSTEM 7
Wire mesh fencing
fencing - site development 10
WOOD
piling - site development 16
WOOD TANK
Vertical Tanks (VT) 33
Index (G6)
Y
YARD PIPE
piping plant bulks 3
Yen
currency base 37
Yield to maturity 54
Z
Zero float 54
Zero growth stocks 54
Zero-base budgeting 54
Zinc
coating - lining 63
linings 6
Index (G6)
31
32
Index (G6)